Tdoct2584a Eng PDF

Sensors and
Edition 3.0
Systems
Edition 3.0
Sensors and Systems
www.pepperl-fuchs.com
Subject to modifications Pepperl+Fuchs
Printed in Germany Part. No. 270278 07/14 00
Sensors and Systems for Factory Automation Edition 3.0
Contents
Introduction ....................................................................... 4
Over Half a Century of Experience .............................................. 4
Application Solutions ................................................................... 4
Why Sensors? ............................................................................... 5
Typical Applications ...................................................................... 5
The Catalog .................................................................................... 6
The Website ................................................................................... 7
Sensor Connections/Sensor Outputs ......................................... 8
Sensor Interfaces ........................................................................ 11
Products ........................................................................... 12
1 Proximity Switches ............................................................... 12
2 Photoelectric Sensors ....................................................... 324
3 Ultrasonic Sensors ............................................................. 588
4 Rotary Encoders ................................................................ 678
5 Positioning Systems .......................................................... 758
6 Inclination and Acceleration Sensors .............................. 816
7 AS-Interface ........................................................................ 828
8 RFID Identification Systems............................................... 902
9 Logic Control Units ............................................................ 936
10 Accessories ........................................................................ 970
Appendix ..................................................................... 1086

Standards ............................................................................... 1086
Chemical Resistance of Housing Materials1100
.............................................................. ......................... 1087
Accreditation Offices for Electric Apparatus....................... 1088
General Explosion Protection Requirements ...................... 1089
Degrees of Protection through Housing .............................. 1090
Glossary .................................................................................. 1091
General notes relating to Pepperl+Fuchs
product information................................................................ 1097
Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH Worldwide.......................................... 1098
Alphabetic Type List .
2 Consider the General Notes on the Information in the Pepperl+Fuchs Product Catalogs
Pepperl+Fuchs Group USA: +1 330 486 0001 Germany: +49 621 776-4411
Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
www.pepperl-fuchs.com fa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com fa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com fa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
Sensors and Systems for Factory Automation Edition 3.0
Proximity sensors 1. Inductive sensors

2. Capacitive sensors
3. Magnetic field sensors
1
Photoelectric sensors 1. Photoelectric sensors/light scanners
2. Distance sensors
3.
4.
Contrast sensors/color sensors
Light grids 2
5. Optical data couplers
6. Accessories
Ultrasonic sensors 1. Diffuse mode sensors

2. Thru-beam sensors
3.
4.
Sensors for separate evaluation
Double sheet sensors 3
5. Accessories
Rotary encoders 1. Absolute rotary encoders

2. Incremental rotary encoders
3.
4.
5.
Cable pulls
Accessories
Safe Speed Monitor
4
Positioning systems 1. Inductive positioning systems
2. Laser distance measurement devices
3. Position encoding system WCS
4. Data Matrix positioning system PCV 5
5. Electronic cam-operated switch group
PAX
Inclination and 1. Inclination sensors

acceleration sensors 2. Acceleration sensors
6
AS-Interface 1. Masters/gateways
2. Power supplies, power extenders and
7
repeaters
3. Safety at Work
4. Modules
5. Display/operation
6. Accessories
RFID identification systems 1. Control interfaces
2. Heads and tags
(read/write heads)
3. Handheld devices 8
4. Accessories
Logic control units 1. Counters and displays

2. Process displays
3.
4.
Rotational speed and standstill monitors
Frequency voltage current converters 9
5. Sensor end stages/relays
Accessories 1. Electric connection technology

(connectors and splitters)
2.
3.
Sensor testers and tools
Mounting accessories 10
4. Wireless Inductive System WIS
Consider the General Notes on the Information in the Pepperl+Fuchs Product Catalogs
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
3
Sensors and Systems Introduction
Over Half a Century of Experience Sensors from Pepperl+Fuchs meet with uncompromising
standards in terms of reliability, functionality, and state-
A pioneer in the development of proximity switches, of-the-art technology. We give the utmost priority to high
Pepperl+Fuchs has been manufacturing sensors of the switching accuracy, semiconductor reliability, and water-
highest quality for over fifty years. With a large number proofing in the production of our sensors. Each individual
of production facilities and a global network of sales rep- sensor undergoes inspections and comprehensive test-
resentatives and application specialists, Pepperl+Fuchs ing to ensure the consistent performance of our products
is the world's largest manufacturer of electric proximity in almost every sector of industry and in all environments.
switches.
Pepperl+Fuchs endeavors to maintain its high standards

Application Solutions
of quality and service in compliance with ISO Standard In today's highly technological and automated world, the
9001. Our objective of delivering total complexity of control systems is continually increasing.
customer satisfaction means that you Sensors from Pepperl+Fuchs keep pace with the ever-
have access to excellent products and evolving technology and contribute towards increased
customer service. Our large team of productivity while reducing costs. Our product portfolio
sales representatives and application includes over a thousand sensors covering inductive, ca-
specialists are on hand to help you pacitive, and photoelectric sensors as well as ultrasonic
select the best solution for your ap- sensors, sensors for special applications, and intrinsically
plication. Through the use of modern safe proximity switches, offering the ideal solution for vir-
automated production methods, ex- tually every application. When it comes to speed, reliabil-
tensive testing, and intensive research and development, ity, and switching accuracy, Pepperl+Fuchs sensors are
Pepperl+Fuchs stamps its mark of excellence on the de- the preferred choice.
velopment of industrial control solutions.
Issue date:02.04.2015
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
Why Sensors? Typical Applications

The typical electromechanical switch has an Robotics Can crushers
inadequate service life.
Conveyors Door openers and
Extremely fast production cycles require high closers
switching frequencies. Machine tools
Semiconductor sensors are more suitable than Printing machines
Counting applications
mechanical contacts for applications with very weak Rotational speed
load currents. Elevators detection
The encapsulated housing design of proximity Filling level control Indexing
switches makes them impervious to the negative
Positioning Detection of missing
effects of fluids, vibrations, impacts, dust, dirt, and oil.
The target to be detected is very light and fragile. Mobile machinery parts
The movement of the target is too precise for Fairground rides Edge guide control
mechanical switches. Broken cable
Packaging machines
The target must be detected through other objects detection
(e.g., plastic or glass sheets). Anti-lock systems
Bottle and can top
Positioning of air detection
and hydraulic cylinders
Coin payment
Code readers
Broken tool detection
Valve setting
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
5
The Catalog Product selection table:
This compact yet comprehensive catalog presents the

entire product portfolio of our Factory Automation division.
Throughout the catalog, the table of contents for each
section is followed by comprehensive selection tables de-
tailing the most important features of each device series
with a direct reference to the product page.
Selection tables:
The technical data is supplemented by a list of approv-

als and certificates as well as an illustration of the most
important device dimensions.
Just a recommendation - preferred types

The wide portfolio of Pepperl+Fuchs offers a huge selec-
tion of products that differ even within product families in
many details from each other. So the choice of the right
product often is not easy. To support you in choosing the
right sensor solution, the model numbers of our preferred
types are highlighted in this catalog.
The selection tables summarize the technical data from

the product pages to the key selection criteria, and serve
as an important aid for factory planners and designers.
Quickly choosing the right product has never been easier.
Product pages
The tables illustrating the technical data on the product
pages always start by listing the "Common data" for all the
products featured on a page.
Your benefits with the choice of preferred types are:
The suitability for a wide range of applications in all
areas of automation technology
High short-term availability
The promise of long-term product availability
We understand the preferred types as a recommendation

and assure you shortterm and long term your replacement
needs for the reliable operation of your system.
Accessories
This is followed by a product selection table summarizing Suitable accessories enable huge potential savings in
the key features that distinguish the illustrated products, terms of installation and adjustment. During ongoing op-
enabling you to narrow down your selection and choose a eration, they allow for a long service life and high plant
product. The table header contains the full product name availability. A list of accessories and their complete model
for quick reference. numbers is included on the product pages.
This enables:
direct and secure ordering for buyers and
instant access to complete technical documentation
such as data sheets, operating instructions, suitable
software tools, etc. for technical specialist staff.
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
The Website The product selector

Use the product selector to navigate to the required
For the most up-to-date and comprehensive product product group.
information visit our website
www.pepperl-fuchs.com.
There are two ways in which you can narrow your search
and find the product information you need: Here, you can choose a product from a list of products
To search for information about a specific product,

use the search function.
To search for a product based on specific or on the basis of product features.

features, use the product selector.
The search function

Enter the product name (if known), part of the product
name (e.g., from the catalog), or a part number (e.g., from Now select the required product feature. Each time you
the type label of a product you have already purchased) in make a selection, the number of products that meet the
the search field on our website. The search function is not criteria is displayed. The more features you define, the
case sensitive. You can also carry out a wildcard search fewer suitable products will be displayed.
using *. Finally, click on
Product Selector Tool Results: xxx product(s)
to access the product list and view the
required product.
Depending on the completeness of the product name or

part number you entered, the search result displays a hit
list with a short description of each product from which
you can select the required product.
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
7
Sensor Connections/Sensor Outputs Switching example:
Pepperl+Fuchs provides sensors that can be operated BN

with AC and/or DC supply voltages. L+
The following list provides an overview. BK
BU
L-
Two-wire DC sensors
These are operated in series with the load. Most are
The model number for the vast majority of this type of sen-
voltage polarity independent (function independent sor includes the reference -E.
of connection polarity) and are predominantly short- Sensors of this type are supplied as:
circuit proof, while others offer reverse polarity pro- NPN NO contact (E or E0),
tection (function only with correct polarity, otherwise
NPN NC contact (E1),
the proximity switch remains at high impedance)
and are short-circuit proof. While in a locked state, PNP NO contact (E2),
a low leakage current flows due to their functional PNP NC contact (E3),
properties. While in switched state, a minor voltage NPN NO/NC contact convertible (E4)
drop occurs at the switch. PNP NO/NC contact convertible (E5).
PNP NO contact, dual channel (E8)
Switching example:
DC sensors, push-pull
BN These proximity switches are equivalent to the E-types,
L+
although the output is fitted with both a PNP and an NPN
transistor. This enables the load to be switched between
BU the output cable and +UB or -UB. A push-pull output com-
L-
bines the properties of a PNP and an NPN output.
Switching example:
Standard symbol/Connections:
The model number for sensors of this type includes (version EP, pnp/npn)
the reference -Z. Two-wire sensors are supplied as: 1 (BN) + UB

2 (WH)
NO contact (Z/Z0, Z3, Z4),
Beam input
U 5 (GY)
Synchronous
NC contact (Z1, Z5), 4 (BK)
Switch output
Programmable wiring (Z2).
3 (BU)
- UB
Core colours in accordance with EN 60947-5-2.
Three-wire DC sensors Sensors with push-pull output are included in:

These sensors have separate connections for the power Photoelectric sensors
supply and the load. They are overload protected, short- Ultrasonic sensors
circuit proof, and reverse polarity protected. The leakage
current is negligible. Incremental rotary encoders.
This group is divided into switched high (PNP) sensors
and switched low (NPN) sensors. Depending on the type Four-wire DC sensors
of sensor, the load is connected between output and 0V These proximity switches are equivalent to E-types, al-
or between the output and +UB. though they are fitted with an NC contact output and an
NO contact output.
L+ L+
Switching example:
Last
1
L+
Last
4
L- L- 2
3
L-
NPN PNP :
Due to the type of end stage transistor, switched low The model number for this type of sensor includes the ref-
end stages are often referred to as NPN end stages, and erence -A. They are supplied as:
switched high end stages are referred to as PNP end
NPN NC/NO contacts (A or A0).

stages.
PNP NC/NO contacts (A2)
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
Two-wire AC sensors
These are operated in series with the load. While in locked I/mA
state, a low leakage current flows due to their functional
properties and a voltage drop occurs at the conducting

switch.
Switching example:
BN
L
BU
N

The model number for this type of sensor includes the ref-

erence -W. They are supplied as:
NC contact (W),
NO contact (WS),
NC contact or NO contact (W) s/mm
(programmable wiring).
I/mA I 6.5 mA: Short circuit
Two-wire universal current sensors
These are operated in series with the load. They Example: NCB2-12GM35-N0
can be connected to either direct current or alter- not actuated
nating current supply voltages. They are overload
protected and short-circuit proof. While in locked
state, a low leakage current flows due to their func- acceptable operating range
tional properties and a voltage drop occurs at the of the switch amplifier
conducting switch.
actuated
I 0.15 mA:
Switching example: Lead breakage
2
s/mm
AC/DC
3 The model number for this type of sensor includes the ref-
1 erence -N or -N0.
They are supplied as:
NC contact (N/N0),
The model number for this type of sensor includes NO contact (1N),
the reference -U. They are supplied as: Dual channel NC contact (N4).
NC contact (U), NAMUR sensors are connected to external switch ampli-
fiers that convert the current variation into a binary output
NO contact (US), signal.
NC contact or NO contact (U) (programmable wiring).
Switching example:
Two-wire NAMUR sensors
NAMUR sensors (Normenarbeitsgemeinschaft fr Mess- BN
und Regelungstechnik der chemischen Industrie) manu- L+
factured in accordance with EN 60947-5-6 (VDE 0660
Part 212) are two-wire sensors that have a constant (type BU
L-
N) or non-constant (type N0) travel/current characteristic.
Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH offers a range of switch amplifiers

for NAMUR sensors for use in hazardous and nonhazard-
ous applications.
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
9
Two-wire NAMUR photoelectric safety sen- The model number for this type of sensor includes the ref-
S
sors erence -I or -U. They are supplied as:
These proximity switches are equivalent to Current output, e.g., 4 mA ... 20mA (I)
NAMUR sensors, although they behave in a Voltage output, e.g., 0 V ... 10V (U)
particular way: in the case of a system sen-
Current/voltage output with independent load
sor/control unit/extension cable malfunction,
detection and function changeover (IU).
the output of the control unit automatically
goes to the safe "OFF" state.
The model number for this type of sensor includes the ref- Three-wire DC sensors with frequency
erence -SN or S1N. They are supplied as: output
NC contact (SN) These kinds of sensors (primarily ultrasonic sensors) in-
dicate the measured quantities within the detection area
NO contact (S1N).
in the form of a rectangular signal with variable frequency.
For example, when the fill level is Smin the frequency out-
Sensors with relay contact output put supplies the lowest frequency value; when the fill level
Some sensors have relay contact outputs. The maximum is Smax it supplies the highest frequency. The frequency
switching power and the type of voltage can be found in characteristic runs in a straight line between the measure-
the respective data sheets. The mechanical service life ment range limits.
data relates to the number of switching cycles for the un- These sensors are also analog sensors with an output
loaded relay contact output. This value is achieved with a signal that can be processed directly by the digital input
low electric contact load. Under nominal load for the con- of a control unit.
tacts, it reduces to the value specified for the electrical life.
The service life details are MTBF values. Application example:
Function of the output
Switching example:
Frequency-
Sensor
Sensor
output
1
UB
2 Smin
UB
3
4
A1
5
A2
A3 6
Smax
Three-wire
fmax.
fmin.
DC analog sensors
These sensors have separate connections for the power
supply and the output. An analog signal that is proportion-
al to the measured quantity can be tapped at the output. Switching example:
The most widely used analog signals are 4 mA ... 20mA
and 0 V ... 10V.
1
Examples of the measured quantity include the object dis- +UB
tance, an inclination angle, a filling level, a valve position, 2
XI
or an acceleration value.
4
Most analog sensors have a parameterization option that Ausgang
enables the output to be optimally adapted to the condi- 3
-UB
tions in the application.
Analog sensors often also have switching outputs for sig-
naling trip values (see Three-wire DC sensors). The model number for this type of sensor includes the ref-
erence -F.
Switching example:
1
+UB
5
Synchronisation
2
Lerneingang
4
Analogausgang
3
-UB
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
Sensor Interfaces
Many sensors from Pepperl+Fuchs have a digital inter- All the features of this modern interface technology are
face on its own or in addition to binary or analog outputs. available in communication mode:
Parameterizing the sensor functions
Sensors with RS232 interface Reading out process data
The RS232 interface enables communication with the
interface during operation. However, this interface is Transferring diagnostics data
primarily designed for parameterizing extensive sensor When using IO-Link, you also benefit from:
functions. Many of our ultrasonic sensors are fitted with
Reduction in the number of versionsone IO-Link
this type of interface.
sensor replaces a number of sensors with different
end stages
Sensors with USB interface Reduction in machine downtime due to differentiated
Generally, what applies to the RS232 interface also ap-
diagnostics
plies to the USB interface. It is essentially designed for
parameterizing extensive sensor functions. Calling up of diagnostic information during operation
as a means of preventative maintenance
Sensors with a parallel interface Reduction in project planning and installation costs
The process value is issued by the sensor via parallel thanks to a standardized interface
data lines. A separate line is required for each bit of the Simple three-core cable to connect all sensors
data word. IO-Link master enables different sensor typeseven
Pepperl+Fuchs supplies ultrasonic sensors, optical data simple binary sensorsto be connected.
couplers, and rotary encoders with a parallel interface.
Bus-compatible sensors
Sensors with SSI interface
The SSI interface (Synchronous Serial Interface) is a uni- AS-Interface sensors
directional interface for the rapid transfer of process data These sensors are connected directly to the AS-Interface
from the sensor to the control unit. The telegram length is bus. The communicative ability of these devices supports
always 25 bits. enhanced functionality.
Sensors with SSI interface are included in: AS-Interface sensors are included in the following product
Absolute rotary encoders areas
Data Matrix positioning systems PCV Inductive sensors
Position encoding system WCS Photoelectric sensors
Rotary encoders.
Laser distance measurement devices
Binary standard sensors can be connected to AS-Inter-
Sensors with IO-Link face via AS-Interface modules.
IO-Link is a point-to-point com-
munication system. Additional bus systems and networks
Sensors with IO-Link are fully downward compatible with Sensor products with extensive features and high data
binary sensors with a switching output. If no IO Link mas- transmission volumes in particular are fitted with bus
ter is connected to the sensor, the sensor operates in SIO and network-compatible communication interfaces.
mode with a conventional switching output. An IO-Link Pepperl+Fuchs offers sensor products for all standard
sensor can therefore be integrated into existing systems field bus systems.
without restriction.
If the sensor detects a connected IO-Link master when
it is switched on, it operates in IO-Link communication
mode.
2
4 IO-Link
SIO
3
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
11
Proximity Switches
1
.1
Contents
1 1 1 1
.1.1 .1.2 .1.3 .1.4 .1.5
1
.1.5
1
.1.6
1
.1.7
1
Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors
Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Rotational Speed Monitors

Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, cylindrical
Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, rectangular types
Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, slot types
Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, ring types
Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Valve Position Sensors
Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Valve Position Sensors ( Accessories)
Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Clamping Systems Sensors

1 Proximity Switches
1.1 Inductive Sensors ..................................................................... 12
1.2 Capacitive Sensors ................................................................ 288
1.3 Magnetic Field Sensors ......................................................... 314
Pepperl+Fuchs Group USA: +1 330 486 0001 Germany: +49 621 776-4411 Singapore: +65 6779 9091

Table of Contents, Inductive Sensors
1 1
1.1 Inductive Sensors .1
Proximity Sensors

Overview of Inductive Sensors/Selection Tables
Cylindrical Sensors ....................................................................................... 14

Rectangular Sensors ..................................................................................... 18
Slot Sensors ................................................................................................... 24
Ring Sensors .................................................................................................. 25
Double Sensors for Valve Actuators/Position Feedback Sensors ............ 26
Position Sensors for Clamping Systems ..................................................... 27
Rotational Speed Monitors ........................................................................... 27
Choosing the Right Sensor in Five Steps......................................... 28
Special Sensor Features for Special Applications ......................... 32
Sensors for Position Feedback to Valve Actuators ......................... 33
Type Code, Inductive Standard Sensors .......................................... 35
Data section
1.1.1 Cylindrical Sensors ....................................................................... 36
1.1.2 Rectangular Sensors ................................................................... 171
1.1.3 Slot Sensors ................................................................................. 251
1.1.4 Ring Sensors ................................................................................ 263
1.1.5 Double Sensors for Valve Actuators .......................................... 268
Double Sensors for Valve Actuators (Accessories) ................. 282
1.1.6 Double Sensors for Clamping Systems .................................... 285
1.1.7 Rotational Speed Monitors ......................................................... 286
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
13
Proximity Switches
Cylindrical
Sensors
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.1 .1.1 .1.2 .1.3 .1.4 .1.5 .1.5 .1.6 .1.7
Series 3mm 4 mm 4.5 mm 5 mm

Smallest housing Smooth housing Intrinsically safe Threaded housing
design High switching Smooth housing Short housing
Smooth housing frequency Short housing design

High switching Stainless steel design
frequency Stainless steel
Stainless steel
Operating distance
Flush 0.6mm/1mm 0.6mm to 1.5mm 0.8 mm 0.8 mm/1.5 mm
Non-flush
Connection
Cable l l l l
Male cordset l l l
Plug connector l l
Terminal compartment
Output
Two-wire DC
Three-wire DC Page 36 Page 37, 38 Page 39
Four-wire DC
Two-wire AC
Three-wire AC
Two-wire AC/DC
Analog output
NAMUR Page 152 Page 152
NAMUR with
safety function
AS-Interface
Special features
Weld-immune
Reduction factor 1
Metal face
With e1 certification
Extended temperature
range
Pressure-resistant
Hazardous applications
approval (3G,3D)

Selection Table, Inductive Sensors, Cylindrical
Cylindrical
Sensors
1 1
.1
6.5 mm 8 mm 11 mm 12 mm Series
Smooth housing Threaded housing Intrinsically safe Large selection of
Proximity Sensors

PNP, NPN, and Plug and cable Smooth housing analog outputs,
NAMUR types versions or with M14 metal housing lengths, and
thread materials
Operating distance
1.5 mm to 3 mm 1.5mm to 4mm 2 mm 2mm to 6mm Flush
3 mm/6 mm 2 mm to 6 mm 5 mm 4 mm to 10 mm Non-flush
Connection
l l l l Cable
Male cordset
l l l Plug connector
Output
Page 46 ff Page 59 ff Two-wire DC
Page 40 ff Page 48 ff Page 61 ff Three-wire DC
Page 49 ff Page 65 ff Four-wire DC
Page 76 ff Two-wire AC
Three-wire AC
Page 78 Two-wire AC/DC
Page 79 Analog output
Page 152 Page 153 Page 154 Page 155 ff NAMUR
NAMUR with
Page 165 Page 166
safety function
Page 170 AS-Interface
Special features
Page 124, 129 ff Page 125, 129 ff Weld-immune
Page 119 Page 120, 129 Page 121, 129 Reduction factor 1
Page 130 ff Page 130, 132 Metal face
Page 135 ff With e1 certification
Page 50 Page 65, 67, 70
range
Page 142 Pressure-resistant
Page 145 Page 146 ff
approval (3G,3D)
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
15
Proximity Switches
1 Cylindrical
Sensors
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.1 .1.1 .1.2 .1.3 .1.4 .1.5 .1.5 .1.6 .1.7

Series 14 mm 18 mm 22 mm 30 mm

Pressure-resistant to Vast selection Intrinsically safe Vast selection
500bar Wide detection Smooth housing or Very wide detection
Stainless steel ranges with PG21 metal ranges
Types for all thread Types for all
applications applications
Operating distance
Flush 3mm 5 mm to 12 mm 6 mm 10 mm to 22 mm
Non-flush 8 mm to 20 mm 10 mm 15 mm to 40 mm
Connection
Cable l l l
Male cordset
Plug connector l l l
Output
Two-wire DC Page 80 ff Page 96 ff
Three-wire DC Page 143 Page 84 ff Page 100 ff
Four-wire DC Page 85 ff Page 101 ff
Two-wire AC Page 92 ff Page 113 ff
Three-wire AC
Two-wire AC/DC Page 94 Page 116 ff
Analog output Page 95 Page 118
NAMUR Page 157 ff Page 160 Page 161 ff
NAMUR with
Page 167 Page 168 Page 169
safety function
AS-Interface Page 170 Page 170
Special features
Weld-immune Page 126 ff, 129 ff Page 128 ff
Reduction factor 1 Page 122, 129 Page 123
Metal face Page 130, 133 Page 130, 134
With e1 certification Page 137 ff Page 139
Page 85, 88, 140 Page 108, 141
range
Pressure-resistant Page 143 Page 144, 159
Page 148 ff Page 150 ff
approval (3G,3D)

Selection Table, Inductive Sensors, Cylindrical
1
Cylindrical
Sensors
1
.1
Proximity Sensors

30 mm 40 mm 50 mm Series
Plastic housing Intrinsically safe Intrinsically safe

Terminal compartment Smooth housing Cylindrical plastic installation
Terminal compartment housing
Operating distance
10 mm Flush
15 mm 20 25 mm Non-flush
Connection
l Cable
Male cordset
Plug connector
l l Terminal compartment
Output
Two-wire DC
Three-wire DC
Page 103, 109 Four-wire DC
Page 115 Two-wire AC
Three-wire AC
Two-wire AC/DC
Analog output
Page 163 Page 163 Page 164 NAMUR
NAMUR with
safety function
AS-Interface
Special features
Weld-immune
Reduction factor 1
Metal face
range
Pressure-resistant
approval (3G,3D)
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
17
Proximity Switches
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Rectangular
.1 .1.1
Sensors
.1.2 .1.3 .1.4 .1.5 .1.5 .1.6 .1.7


Series F76 F29 F79 V3
Plastic housing Plastic housing 27 x Plastic housing 16 x NAMUR versions,
25 x 8 x 5.5mm 10 x 6mm 8x4m can be used to SIL2
Operating distance
Flush 2 mm 2 mm 1.5 mm 2 mm to 3 mm
Non-flush 4 mm 4 mm
Connection
Cable l l l l
Male cordset l
Plug connector l
Output
Two-wire DC Page 174
Three-wire DC Page 171 Page 172 Page 173 Page 175 ff
Four-wire DC Page 172
Two-wire AC
Three-wire AC
Two-wire AC/DC
Analog output
NAMUR Page 242
NAMUR with
safety function
AS-Interface
Special features
Weld-immune Page 219
Reduction factor 1
range
Page 237 ff
approval (3G,3D)

Selection Table, Inductive Sensors, Square-Shaped
1 1
Rectangular
Sensors
.1
Proximity Sensors

F141/F41/F41A F1 F2 Series
Miniature metal Plastic housing Sensors for stop screws

housing 26 x 12 x 40 mm
25 x 5 x 5 mm (F141) Can be connected in
40 x 8 x 8mm (F41..) series
Operating distance
0.8mm to 3 mm 2 mm to 4mm 1.5 mm Flush
8 mm Non-flush
Connection
l l l Cable
Male cordset
Output
Two-wire DC
Page 177 ff Page 180, 182 Page 185 Three-wire DC
Page 181, 183 Four-wire DC
Two-wire AC
Three-wire AC
Page 184 Two-wire AC/DC
Analog output
NAMUR
NAMUR with
safety function
AS-Interface
Weld-immune
Reduction factor 1
range
approval (3G,3D)
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
19
Proximity Switches
1 Rectangular
Sensors
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.1 .1.1 .1.2 .1.3 .1.4 .1.5 .1.5 .1.6 .1.7

Series F7 F9 F10 F11

Plastic housing Plastic housing Plastic housing Plastic housing
28 x 17 x 17 mm 38.5 x 16 x 16.5 mm 38.5 x 25 x 25 mm 52.5 x 30 x 30.5 mm
Operating distance
Flush 5 mm 7 mm
Non-flush 5 mm 7 mm to 10 mm 15 mm
Connection
Cable l l l l
Male cordset
Output
Two-wire DC
Three-wire DC Page 186 Page 187 Page 188 ff Page 190
Four-wire DC
DC, relay
Two-wire AC
Three-wire AC
Two-wire AC/DC
Analog output
NAMUR
NAMUR with
safety function
AS-Interface
Special features
Weld-immune
Reduction factor 1
range
approval (3G,3D)

1
Rectangular
Sensors
1
.1
Proximity Sensors

F104M F33/F33M F148 F35 Series
Compact metal Plastic or metal Robust metal Sensor head can be

housing housing available housing used up to 250 C
32 x 20 x 8 mm Suitable for drag
chains
Operating distance
7 mm 5 mm to 8 mm 8mm to 15 mm 20 mm to 25 mm Flush
10 mm Non-flush
Connection
l l l Cable
l l l Male cordset
l Plug connector
Output
Two-wire DC
Page 192 ff Page 232 Three-wire DC
Page 191 Page 192 ff Page 236 Four-wire DC
Page 232 DC, relay
Two-wire AC
Three-wire AC
Two-wire AC/DC
Analog output
NAMUR
NAMUR with
safety function
AS-Interface
Special features
Weld-immune
Reduction factor 1
Page 231 Page 232 With e1 certification
Page 236
range
approval (3G,3D)
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
21
Proximity Switches
1 Rectangular
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.1 Sensors
.1.1 .1.2 .1.3 .1.4 .1.5 .1.5 .1.6 .1.7


Series M1K L2/L3 U1/U4
VariKont-L VariKont
Terminal compartment Quick-mount lock Terminal compartment
Adjustable sensor head 4 LED indication 4 LED indication
Plastic or metal sensor base
Operating distance
Flush 20 mm 20 mm
Non-flush 15 mm 40 mm 40 mm
Connection
Cable
Male cordset
Plug connector l l
Terminal compartment l l
Output
Two-wire DC Page 194 Page 197 Page 201
Four-wire DC Page 195 Page 198 ff Page 203 ff
Two-wire AC Page 196 Page 206
Three-wire AC Page 207
Two-wire AC/DC Page 200 Page 208
Analog output
NAMUR Page 243 Page 244 Page 245
NAMUR with
Page 247
safety function
AS-Interface Page 249 Page 250
Special features
Weld-immune Page 220 ff, 228 Page 202,225
Reduction factor 1 Page 227 ff Page 229
With e1 certification Page 233 ff Page 235
Page 198 ff Page 203 ff
range
Page 239 Page 240
approval (3G,3D)

1
Rectangular
1
Sensors .1
Proximity Sensors

FP FPS F23 Series
Terminal compartment in Terminal compartment in 100mm operating distance

sensor base sensor base Plastic housing
Plastic or metal sensor base Plastic housing 117 x 117 x 60.5 mm
77 x 60 x 41 mm
Operating distance
50 mm 25 mm Flush
50 mm 30 mm 100 mm Non-flush
Connection
Cable
Male cordset
l l Plug connector
Output
Page 209 Two-wire DC
Page 210 Page 215 Page 217 Three-wire DC
Page 210 ff Page 215 Four-wire DC
Page 212 ff Two-wire AC
Three-wire AC
Page 216 Page 218 Two-wire AC/DC
Page 214 Analog output
Page 246 NAMUR
NAMUR with
Page 248
safety function
AS-Interface
Special features
Page 226, 230 Weld-immune
Page 230 Reduction factor 1
Extended
temperature range
Page 241
approval (3G,3D)
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
23
Proximity Switches
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
.1 .1.1 .1.2 .1.3 .1.4 .1.5 .1.5 .1.6 .1.7
Slot

Sensors

Slot width 2 mm 3.5 mm 5 mm 10 mm 15 mm 30 mm
LED LED Can be Can be Wide slot Very wide
Can be Can be used up to used up to width slot width
used up to used up to SIL2 SIL2
SIL2/SIL3 SIL2/SIL3
Connection
Cable l l l l l l
Male cordset
Plug connector l l
Output
Two-wire DC
Three-wire DC Page 251 Page 252 Page 253
Four-wire DC Page 251 Page 253 Page 254
Two-wire AC Page 255
Three-wire AC
Two-wire AC/DC
Analog output
NAMUR Page 256 Page 257 Page 258 Page 259 Page 259 Page 259
NAMUR with
Page 260 Page 261
safety function
AS-Interface
Special features
Weld-immune
Reduction factor 1
range
approval (3G,3D)

Selection Tables
1 1
.1
Ring
Proximity Sensors

Sensors
10 mm / 20 mm 10 mm 15 mm 21 mm / 43 mm Ring width
Special design for Bistable function Bistable function Wide ring diameter
welding clamp monitoring for rotation for rotation
Easy configuration by direction direction
Teach-In monitoring monitoring
NAMUR versions NAMUR versions
Connection
l l l Cable
Male cordset
l Plug connector
Output
Two-wire DC
Page 262 Page 263 Three-wire DC
Four-wire DC
Two-wire AC
Three-wire AC
Two-wire AC/DC
Analog output
Page 265 ff Page 264 ff Page 264 NAMUR
NAMUR with
safety function
AS-Interface
Special features
Weld-immune
Reduction factor 1
range
approval (3G,3D)
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
25
Proximity Switches
1 1
Double sensors for valve 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
actuators
.1 .1.1 .1.2 .1.3 .1.4 .1.5 .1.5 .1.6 .1.7

Series F25 F31/F31K F31K2

Direct mounting on standard Direct mounting on standard Direct mounting on standard
drives drives drives
NAMUR versions can be Valve connection Valve connection
used up to SIL3 Best protection for use
under harsh environtmental
conditions
Operating distance
Flush mountable 3mm 3mm 3mm
Non-flush
Connection
Cable l l
Male cordset
Plug connector l l
Terminal compartment l l
Output
Two-wire DC Page 267 Page 269, 272
Three-wire DC Page 268 Page 270, 273 Page 274
Four-wire DC
Two-wire AC
Three-wire AC
Two-wire AC/DC Page 271
Analog output
NAMUR Page 277 Page 278 ff
NAMUR with
Page 280
safety function
AS-Interface Page 275 ff

Selection Tables
1
Position sensors for
clamping systems
1
.1
Proximity Sensors

F58 Series
2 independent oscillators
Very bright display LEDs
90 adjustable connector
Operating distance
2 mm Non-flush
Connection
l Plug connector
Output
Three-wire DC
Page 284
2 x PNP, NO contact
Three-wire DC
Page 284
2 x NPN, NO contact
Special features
l Weld-immune
Rotational speed monitors
U1 Series
VariKont
Adjustable rotational speed limits

Start-up override time approx. 30s
Display LEDs for switching state and attenuation
Operating distance
15 mm Flush
Non-flush
Connection
l Terminal compartment
Output
Three-wire DC
Page 285
PNP, NO contact
Three-wire AC
Page 286
NO contact
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
27
Proximity Switches
Choosing the Right Sensor in Five Steps Area switches (FP)
First of all, decide which sensor principle is suitable. This depends on the
material of the object to be detected.
If the object is metal, we recommend an inductive sensor.
1 1 1
If the object is plastic, paper or fluid (oil or water-based), granular or pow-
1 1 1 1 1 1
der, we recommend a capacitive sensor.
.1 .1.1contains a magnet,
If the object .1.2 a magnetic
.1.3 .1.4
field sensor is suitable. .1.5 .1.5 .1.6 .1.7
You can find more background information on the physical effect of the

different types of proximity switches at the start of each relevant chapter.
Find the ideal sensor for your application in five steps:
Step 1: Housing design

Step 2: Operating distance
Step 3: Mounting conditions These block-shaped sensors have a large front area (80mm x 80mm)
Step 4: Electric data and connections and therefore a long operating distance. They are comprised of two parts.
The lower part contains the terminal compartment and the top contains
Step 5: General specification and special features the male pin and the sensor element along with the electronics, which are
Step 1: Housing design vacuum encapsulated in casting resin. The top is always made from PBT
and the bottom can be made from either PBT or cast metal. They conform
with the mounting hole arrangement (housing design ID80) defined in
Rectangular sensors European standard EN 60947.
Cylindrical sensors
This housing design introduced by Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH under the

brand names VariKont and VariKont M has the mounting hole arrange-
ment (housing designs IC30 and IC40) defined in European standard
EN 60947. This arrangement is the same as for mechanical position limit
switches. The VariKont comprises a stable basic housing (PBT or metal)
Their active area is on the front face in the axial direction. They are avail-
that is screwed to the mounting surface and contains the terminals. The
able in diameters from 3mm (no thread) or 4mm (with thread) to 30mm
PBT add-on part is sealed against the basic housing with a neoprene
(with thread) or 40mm smooth (with terminal housing).
seal and contains the encoded connector. The add-on part contains the
switch amplifier. The sensor head can be adjusted in five directions, i.e., Surface mount proximity switches
the active area can be aligned forwards, to the right, to the left, upwards,
or downwards.
The main difference between the VariKont and VariKont M types is their
dimensions, and this product can also be supplied with V1 connectors in
addition to terminals.
The VariKont L type does not have a terminal compartment, making it ex-
tremely compact so that it can be mounted using only a screwdriver. The
active area can be adjusted in increments of 15 within two planes and is
connected via cable or a V1 connector.
Type Dimensions Settings (head)

(front) mm
VariKont 40 x 40 or Adjustable by 90
55 x 55
VariKont M 30 x 30 Adjustable by 90 and in incre-
ments of 15
VariKont L 40 x 40 Adjustable by 90 and in incre-
ments of 15
These small proximity switches are mounted to the required surface.

Different versions are available with the active zone aligned upwards or
forwards.
The housing is usually made of PBT.

Introduction, Inductive Sensors
Slot-shaped inductive proximity switches Step 2: Operating distance

The operating distance is the most important parameter for a proximity
switch. It primarily depends on the sensor diameter (coil or capacitor).
The dimensions and material composition of the actuator as well as the
1
ambient temperature are also influencing factors. For magnetic proximity
switches, the alignment and field strength of the magnets used must also 1
be taken into account.
.1
Definition of the operating distance
Standard EN 60947-5-2 defines the operating distance for all types of
Proximity Sensors

proximity switch other than slot and ring-shaped housing designs.
There are two options for actuating a proximity switch:
Through an axial approach

Through a radial approach
The following definitions apply first of all to axial actuation.
Rated operating distance sn

These have a U-shaped housing made out of PBT. The electromagnetic
The rated operating distance (according to EN 60947-2-5 "Rated Sens-
AC field is generated between two coils that are positioned opposite each
ing Range") is a conventional size for defining the operating distance.
other in the sides of the U. The switching element function is triggered
It neither takes into account production tolerances nor changes through
when the object (metallic switching target) appears in the area between
external influences such as voltage and temperature.
the coils.
Ring-shaped inductive proximity switches Standard measuring plate

The following operating distances are determined using a standard mea-
suring plate. This plate is square with a thickness of 1mm and is made of
steel, e.g., type FE 360 (ST37) with a smooth surface.
Its side lengths are either
1 x inner circle diameter of the active area or

3 x sn.
The greater value applies in each case. The standard measuring plate
must be grounded for capacitive proximity switches.
Example 1:
.M18 proximity switch
5mm operating distance
.3 x operating distance = 15mm < diameter
Therefore, the actuator dimensions must be 18 x 18 x 1mm
These proximity switches are designed as a ring. The electromagnetic Example 2:
AC field is concentrated inside the ring. The switching element function is .M18 proximity switch
triggered when a metallic object moves into the ring. .8 mm operating distance
.3 x operating distance = 24mm
The housing is made of PBT.
Therefore, the actuator dimensions must be 24 x 24 x 1mm
This standard measuring plate is the optimal actuator for the operation.
Inductive PMI positioning systems A reduction in the dimensions or change in material composition reduces
the operating distance.
Actual operating distance sr

The operating distance of an individual proximity switch measured at am-
bient temperature of 23 5 C, at a voltage within the operating voltage
range and the defined mounting conditions:
.0.9 sn sr 1.1 sn
Usable operating distance su

The operating distance of an individual proximity switch, measured at an
ambient temperature range between -25 C and +70 C, with a supply
voltage between 85% and 110% of the rated operational voltage:
.0.9 sr su 1.1 sr
Target
switched off with
certainty
Based on the very precise evaluation of multiple coil systems, inductive
positioning systems F90, F110, and F112 are able to determine exact
positions along linear travel ranges. The PMI360D inductive positioning su su max + Hysteresis
system is optimized for continual angle determination on valve actuators
max
sr max sr max + Hysteresis

and valves. Inductive positioning systems are included in Section 5 from sn sn + Hysteresis
page 758. sr min
sr min + Hysteresis
su su min + Hysteresis
min
switched on
with certainty s a active face
Sensor
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
29
Proximity Switches
Assured operating distance sa In the case of inductive proximity switches, the conductivity/permeability
ratio of the actuator is the parameter for the reduction factor. Some typical
Distance from the active area where actuation of the proximity switch is
reduction factor values are provided below:
assured under defined conditions:
.0 < sa 0.81 sn Material Reduction factor
1 Repeatability R 1 1 1 1 1 Construction steel

Aluminum foil
1 1 1 1
1
Change in the actual operating distance sr, measured over a period of
.1 eight hours
.1.1at a housing.1.2
temperature of.1.3
23 5 C, any.1.4
level of relative .1.5 Stainless
.1.5 steel .1.6 .1.7 0.85
humidity and a supply voltage of Ue 5% or any voltage within the rated
operational voltage range 5%: Aluminum 0.4

R 0.1 sr Brass 0.4
Copper 0.3
Hysteresis H

Distance between the trip points when the measuring plate approaches Step 3: Mounting conditions
and moves away from the proximity switch. It is specified relative to the
actual operating distance sr, measured at an ambient temperature of 23 Inductive and capacitive sensors can be flush mounted or non-flush
5 C and rated operational voltage: mounted.
H 0.2 sr. Sensors that cannot be flush mounted
Safely switched off The largest possible operating distance (in reference to the diameter D
of the active area) is reached by sensors that cannot be flush mounted.
A proximity switch is switched off safely when the distance between the
measuring plate and the active area is at least three times the rated op- In the case of an inductive sensor, coils are used to generate electromag-
erating distance sn. netic fields. To achieve a forwards or backwards
field alignment, the coils are embedded in a pot core. Despite this mea-
Sideways approach sure, part of this field is emitted laterally
Above, the focus is on an axial approach to the standard measuring plate. and is affected by the surrounding metal. This lateral effect is also ob-
However, if you move the plate sideways into the active zone, you obtain served with capacitive sensors.
another operating distance s depending on the axial offset. This correla-
tion characterizes the response curve. To prevent sensors with a wide detection range from being attenuated
by the surrounding metal, clearance must be created around the sensor
element.

The size of the clearance can also be determined from the technical data
for the respective sensors.

Sensors that can be flush mounted
Sensors that can be flush mounted do not require any clearance. (A=0).
The advantage of these sensors over ones that cannot be flush mounted
is that
they are better mechanically protected and are less sensitive to interfer-

ence. However, one disadvantage is the shorter operating distance as
the active area

of the sensor is already surrounded by metal. The sideways interference

from the surrounding metal is reduced by a special internal shield,
but this happens at the detriment of the detection range. These sensors
achieve only approx. 60% of the operating distance of non-flush designs.

B = 3 x diameter
B
A = 2 x operating distance
Different actuator sizes D
Inductive sensors are used to check machine parts in many cases. These
A
very rarely have the same size and shape as the standard measuring
plate to which the sensor's technical data applies. The operating distance
in particular depends on the size of the metal used to attenuate the sen-
Non-flush mountable Flush mountable sensor,
sor. sensor, installed correctly installed correctly
Generally the operating distance increases only marginally with a larger
object surface, but reduces significantly for smaller objects.
F
If the object being checked is different in size to the standard measur-
ing plate, it is recommended that you verify the operating distance of the
selected sensor.
Further details on the mounting conditions are included in the technical
Different actuator materials data for the sensors.
In addition to the actuator's dimensions, the material property of the ac-
tuator is also of considerable importance. This is characterized by the
reduction factor. The reduction factor specifies by what factor the operat-
ing distance reduces as a result of different materials versus steel FE 360
(St37) for inductive proximity switches and against a grounded plate for
capacitive proximity switches. The lower the reduction factor, the shorter
the operating distance for the material in question. Since the reduction
factor for inductive proximity switches depends upon the housing and
shielding material, this factor vary from type to type. Please use the value
in the respective data sheet.

Mutual interference 2a a
To be able to detect metal, inductive sensors use a sensor coil to gener-
ate an electromagnetic AC field. This AC field evaluates the smallest of
a
changes in the immediate vicinity of the sensor element. A change can,
for example, result from a metal plate approaching the sensor.
Even an external magnetic AC field, e.g., that of an adjacent sensor, can 1 1
Sn
a
2
affect the switching characteristics. Therefore, a minimum distance must
be maintained between two adjacent sensors. The minimum distance be- .1
tween two sensors can be determined as follows.
Proximity Sensors

F = 4 x diameter (D) F = 2 x diameter (D)
Actuator to determine the maximum switching frequency.
D D D D
F F The harmonic voltage, also referred to as ripple or residual ripple, is
the AC voltage (peak-to-peak) that is superimposed over the operating
Non-flush mountable sensor, Flush mountable sensor,
F must be 4 times F must be twice
voltage and specified as a percentage of the arithmetic average value.
the housing diameter. the housing diameter. Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH sensors feature max. 10% of the residual ripple
and comply with standard DIN EN 60947-5-2.
Permissible interference voltage
If the application does not allow a minimum distance to be maintained, Short-term voltage peaks on the supply lines can damage unprotected
sensors with offset oscillation frequencies are available upon request. proximity switches. Transient protection on all sensors by Pepperl+Fuchs
These sensors can then be mounted directly beside each other. GmbH suppresses noise pulses in accordance with EN 60947-5-2.
The time delay before availability tv is the time taken until a proxim-
Step 4: Electric data and connections ity switch is ready for operation once the operating voltage has been
In addition to the operating distance, other important criteria include sen- switched on.
sor parameters such as the type and level of supply voltage. An overview Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH proximity switches feature max. 300ms and com-
of the output circuits for our sensors is included in this catalog from page ply with EN 60947-5-2.
8. Switch-on pulse suppression
In terms of supply voltage, our wide product range includes DC, AC, and All proximity switches are equipped with this feature, which suppresses a
AC/DC sensors. fault signal at the output when the operating voltage is switched on dur-
For each of our sensor series, the available supply voltage types and out- ing time tv.
put types are outlined briefly and clearly in the product selection tables Short circuit current limitation
starting from page 14.
In the case of short circuit current limitation, which is included in most
Step 5: General specification proximity switches by Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH, if the current trip value is
exceeded the output is periodically locked and re-released until the short-
The no-load current Io specifies the individual power consumption of circuit is fixed.
the proximity switch. It is measured without load. The permissible ambient temperature is the temperature range within
The operating current IL (rated operating current Ie according to EN which the proximity switch operates properly. The following apply to the
60947-5-2) specifies the maximum load current for continuous operation. Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH standard series:
The short-time current IK is the current that may occur for a short time -25 C ... +70 C or 248K ... 343K.
when switching on, without damaging the proximity switch. Degree of protection
The leakage current IR is the current that flows via the load when the Depending on the requirements, proximity switches by Pepperl+Fuchs
proximity switch is locked. GmbH are IP65, IP67, or IP68 (EN 60529) protected (see page 1092).
The operating voltage UB is specified with the maximum and minimum Permissible shock and vibration load
values for the supply voltage. The proximity switch can be operated safely The shock resistance test is carried out at 30 times ground accelera-
in this area. The rated voltage is specified for NAMUR proximity sensors. tion and 11ms duration. The vibration resistance test is conducted at a
The voltage drop Ud is measured via the controlled proximity switch or resonance frequency between 10 and 55Hz and 1mm amplitude (IEC
output. 60068-2-6).
The switching frequency f is the maximum number of changes from Permissible tightening torque [Nm]
attenuated to non-attenuated state in Hertz (Hz), see also the figure in
accordance with EN 60947-5-2. Stainless Brass PBT PPS
steel
Measurement a is the greater value of either the diameter or the edge
length and the three-fold rated operating distance (see Standard mea- M5 x 0.5 3.0 - - -
suring plate on page 29). M8 x 1 10.0 3.0 - -
M12 x 1 15.0 10.0 0.75 -
M18 x 1 30.0 30.0 1.5 5
M30 x 1.5 30.0 30.0 3.0 10
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
31
Proximity Switches
Special Sensor Features for Special Applications
Reduction factor 1 Sensors with e1 and E1 certification
1 1
The perfect sensor is one that is equally suited to all types of applications
and this is the case with reduction factor 1 sensors. They detect all types
of metal with almost the same operating distance. Compared with com-
1 1
Commercial vehicles represent an important application area for sen-
sor technology. Special setups or add-on systems often result in "rolling
machines." Sensors for diggers, cranes, agricultural machinery, refuse,
1 1 1 1 1
.1 mon inductive
.1.1 sensors, .1.2
they offer considerable
.1.3 benefits,.1.4 in particular for .1.5
or fire trucks.1.5
ares some of the
.1.6many applications
.1.7 for industrial sensor
applications where a sensor must detect different metals. technology. Specially adapted products may be required for use in ships
or fork lift trucks.

Here, different and conflicting requirements must all be taken into consid-
eration in the applied components. This includes the various application-
specific boundary conditions that we are familiar with from many applica-

tions in traditional mechanical engineering. In addition to the basic sensor
function, optimal mechanical integration into the overall system is also
required, as well as application-specific sealing of the devices and resis-
tance to temperature and environment influences. In some cases, special
connectors usually found in vehicles may be integrated into the sensors.
Furthermore, the pertinent standards for the vehicles must be taken into
consideration. This includes vehicle or ship-building requirements such
as more stringent EMC requirements. Over recent years, Pepperl+Fuchs
has worked on many customer-specific developments where it has dem-
onstrated its ability to integrate both these requirements into sensors,
Benefits: both efficiently and cost effectively for high volumes. Many reputable
Same operating distance for all metals companies within this sector choose our products.
Maximum operating distance from 2mm to 75mm Due to their robustness, inductive proximity switches in cylindrical hous-
ings are often used for this market. Pepperl+Fuchs also offer inductive
Electric magnetic field immunity
sensors for analog position measurement as well as inclination sensors.
Mechanical welding immunity (optional)
Complete portfolio of cylindrical and cubic housing designs
Weld-immune sensors
Proximity switches used in welding systems are characterized by their
high immunity to strong magnetic fields and an increased mechanical ro-
bustness suitable for the rough ambient conditions.
E1
They are fitted with a cross-linked PPS front face to provide protection
against spattering weld sparks during welding, and their housing is made
from PTFE-coated brass.
Pressure-resistant sensors
Pressure-resistant proximity switches are suitable for use in hydraulic ac-
tuators. They are suitable for operating pressures up to 500bar and peak
pressures up to 800bar on the active area.
The pressure resistance is achieved by means of a ceramic front face
that is an integral part of the stainless steel housing. A groove is also
incorporated into the housing (O-ring).
Sensors with a metal face

Metal Face sensors from Pepperl+Fuchs are made of stainless steel for
applications that have particularly high requirements in terms of sensor
robustness. For example, sensors that are used in machine tools are ex-
posed to high forces, abrasion, and aggressive media.
To ensure a long service life, sensors with an active face made from stain-
less steel are used in these applications.

Sensors for Position Feedback to Valve Actuators

Sensors for Box Installation Position feedback sensors for box installation
The F25 sensor series by
Pepperl+Fuchs offers an effective
The term "box solution" refers to
the integration of sensor technol- alternative for position feedback on
valve actuators.
1 1
ogy in an accessory box that gen-
erates the mechanical coupling of They combine two devices as .1
the sensors on adjustment drives "double sensors" in one housing,
of different dimensions. significantly reducing the mounting
Proximity Sensors

This solution was developed to and maintenance effort.
prevent the sensors from being di- Backed by decades of experience,
rectly exposed to the environment Pepperl+Fuchs offers a wide range
and therefore allows the use of of sensors and actuators for the
standard sensors. F25 Series that are suitable for
Most reputable drive manufactur- both the box solution and for direct
ers offer standard boxes that are fitted with Pepperl+Fuchs sensors, ei- mounting on the adjustment drive.
ther with or without optical display.
Features:
Features: Double sensor - as the sensor has two active zones
Versatile as the box offers individual connection options Safe as it is not possible to insert a finger between the
Reliable as the installation is integrated into the box such actuator and the sensor, in compliance with the accident
that it is resistant to manipulation and prevents dust build-up prevention regulations
Safe as the box complies with the accident prevention Variable as it can be mounted directly to the drive or the
regulations valve, via a bracket or in a box
Simple as it is mounted using preadjusted sensors Simple as mounting requires no adjustments or additional
Compliant as the connection identification of MSR devices settings
complies with standard DIN 45140 T.1 and the mechanical
mounting complies with VDI/VDE 3845 Practical as several sensors can be stacked for more than
Standard sensors two trip points if necessary
For box installation, Pepperl+Fuchs offers cylindrical standard sen-
sors with short housing lengths up to 40mm and slot sensors
with a slot width of 3.5mm, along with sensors from the V3 series.
These are square-shaped sensors in standard dimensions for me-
chanical micro switches. Standard DC versions and NAMUR ver-
sions are available with an extended temperature range (up to
-50 C to +100 C).
Cylindrical
Slot-shaped
V3 series
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
33
Proximity Switches
Sensors for "Open Mounting" Features:

Safe - as the dimensions of the sensor and the distances
Are you looking for a stable and robust, open-construction position feed-
back solution that enables the sensor and actuator to be directly mount- between sensors and actuators are selected to prevent risk of
ed? injury during operation (certified by TV)
1 1
The F31, F31K, and F31K2 Series by Pepperl+Fuchs are ideally suited
for direct mounting to drives without the need for additional mounting
1 1
Variable - as the sensors are suitable for all standard drives 1 1 1 1 1
regardless of size and make
materials. Using just two.1.2
actuators, you can
.1.3determine the position of all .1.5
.1 .1.1 .1.4 Fixed as the adjustment
.1.5 is retained thanks
.1.6 .1.7 to mounting
standard drives regardless of their size and make.
holes in the sensor housing for easy sensor replacement
The F31K(2) Series has a terminal compartment with caged spring tech-

nology or screw terminals for the system and valve connection. Universal as both left- and right-rotating drives can be read
Versions without valve connections and versions with one or two valve Clear as the assignment of the actuator to the hole pattern
connections are also available. The valve can be controlled directly via for the drive is clear and the drive position is clearly visible

the sensor connection if necessary, reducing the mounting effort and ca- Versatile as you can choose between a cable connection,
bling costs. plug connection (V1, V16, or V18), and terminals
Pepperl+Fuchs also offers an attractive open solution the F25 sensor Transparent as the switching states, supply voltage, and
series for position feedback of manually operated ball valves and flaps.
valve control can be displayed clearly using LEDs

Type code, inductive standard sensors
1) -FA {
N B B 10 - 30 G M 50 - E2 - C - V1 -FB
Food & Beverage
1 1
.1
Proximity Sensors

Electrical Output
A, A0 4-wire, DC, NPN, antivalent
A2 4-wire, DC, PNP, antivalent
Cylindrical B3 AS-Interface Spec. 2.0
usable
threaded length B3B AS-Interface Spec. 2.1
(mm) E, E0 3-wire, DC, NPN, NO
E1 3-wire, DC, NPN, NC
E2 3-wire, DC, PNP, NO
M Metal
E2B 3-wire, DC, PNP, NO, bistable
(brass, nickel plated)
E3 3-wire, DC, PNP, NC
K Plastic
E4 3-wire, DC, NPN, NO or NC
KK Plastic terminal block
E5 3-wire, DC, PNP, NO or NC
H Stainless steel
1.4435/AISI 316L E8 4-wire, DC, PNP, dual, NO
S Stainless steel I3 3-wire, DC, PNP, analog
1.4305/AISI 303 N, N0 NAMUR, NC
N3 NAMUR, bistable
G Threading
N4 NAMUR, dual, NC
Diameter in mm 1N, N1 NAMUR, NO
Rectangular type U 2-wire, AC/DC, programm. wiring
F1, F9, F10, F11, F17, F23, F24, F25, U8 2-wire, AC/DC, dual, NO
F29, F31, F33, F41, V3, F46 U 2-wire, AC/DC, NC
VariKont M (M1, M1A, M1K)
M US 2-wire, AC/DC, NO
L2 VariKont L W 2-wire, AC, programm. wiring
U VariKont W4 2-wire, AC, programm. wiring
FP/FPS Surface switch W 2-wire, AC, NC
Operating distance
WS 2-wire, AC, NO {
reverse polarity
0.6 mm ... 100 mm Z0 2-wire, DC, NO protected
Z1 2-wire, DC, NC
B flush Z2 2-wire, DC, NC or NO
N non-flush Z3 2-wire, DC, NO {
voltage polarity
Z4 2-wire, DC, NO independent
B Basis line
Z5 2-wire, DC, NC
C Comfort line
E Extended operating range
M Metal face
R Reduction factor 1 Special Features
C Welding field resistant
DW Rotation speed monitoring
N Inductive standard sensor
IA Inductive analog sensor
D Pressure-proof
S Inductive slot sensor FE Iron
R Inductive ring sensor NE/FE Iron/nonferrous
P or NFE nonferrous
SN Safety function
T Higher temperatures up to 100 C
150, 200, 250 Maximum applicable temperature
Connection Elements
V1 M12 x 1 device connector for DC proximity switches
V3 M8 device connector for DC proximity switches
V5 Faston connector
V13 M12 x 1 device connector for AC proximity switches
V16 Rd24 x 1/8 device connector for dual sensors in F31 housing
V18 M18 x 1 device connector for valve connection (F31 housing)
1)
The switching interval followed by a P (eg. 20P) indicates a selective switching behavior of the sensor.
The nominal distance refers to aluminum..
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
35
Inductive sensor cylindrical, 3 mm
Technical Data
For detailed data and product description refer to the data sheets at www.pepperl-fuchs.com
General Data
1 Type of voltage
Operating voltage
DC
10 ... 30 V
No-load supply current 10 mA
.1.1 Installation flush mountable
Reverse polarity protection
Operating current 0 ... 100 mA
Short-circuit protection pulsing
Indication of the switching state LED, yellow
Ambient temperature -25 ... 70 C (-13 ... 158 F)
Protection degree IP67

Housing material Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
NBB0,6-3M22-E0-0,3M-V3
NBB0,6-3M22-E2-0,3M-V3
NBB1-3M22-E0-0,3M-V3
NBB1-3M22-E2-0,3M-V3
NBB0,6-3M22-E0
NBB0,6-3M22-E1
NBB0,6-3M22-E2
NBB0,6-3M22-E3
NBB1-3M22-E0
NBB1-3M22-E2
Model Number
Properties
3 mm housing
Up to 1 mm, flush mountable
DC, 3-wire switching output green = preferred type
Rated operating distance 0.6 mm
Cable and pigtail versions 1 mm
Switching element function NPN NC
NPN NO
PNP NC
PNP NO
Switching frequency 0 ... 700 Hz
0 ... 1300 Hz
0 ... 1400 Hz
Connection type cable PUR , 2 m
cable PVC , 2 m
Cable connector M8 x 1 , 3-pin

with PVC cable 300 mm
Approvals and Certificates

UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC mar-
king because they do not require approval.
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 22
Diameter D [mm] 3
s. B Thread length lt [mm] 0
Po s. C
Po Cap length l1 [mm] 0
s. A Connector area lc [mm] 0
Po
LED position Pos. A Pos. A
This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10

Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
lc
BF 4 Mounting flange, 4 mm
lt L
D
l1
Electrical Connection
NBB0,6-3M22-E0 NBB0,6-3M22-E2 NBB0,6-3M22-E0-0,3M-V3
NBB1-3M22-E0 NBB1-3M22-E2 NBB1-3M22-E0-0,3M-V3
BN BN 1 4
L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4
1 3
BU BU 3
L- L- L-
Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

NBB0,6-3M22-E2-0,3M-V3
Date of issue: 04/08/2015
NBB0,6-3M22-E1 NBB0,6-3M22-E3
NBB1-3M22-E2-0,3M-V3 1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
BN BN 1 4 BK (black)
L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4
BU BU 3
L- L- L-
36 Refer to General Notes Relating to Pepperl+Fuchs Product Information.

Pepperl+Fuchs Group USA: +1 330 486 0001 Germany: +49 621 776 4411 Singapore: +65 6779 9091
Technical Data
General Data
Rated operating distance
Installation
0.8 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC
Operating voltage 10 ... 30 V .1.1

NBB0,8-4M25-E0-0,3M-V3
NBB0,8-4M25-E2-0,3M-V3
NBB0,8-4M25-E0-V3
NBB0,8-4M25-E2-V3
NBB1,5-4M25-E0-V3
NBB0,8-4M25-E0
NBB0,8-4M25-E1
NBB0,8-4M25-E2
NBB0,8-4M25-E3
Model Number
Properties
4 mm housing
0.8 mm and 1.5 mm, flush mountab-
le versions green = preferred type
Switching element function NPN NO
DC, 3-wire switching output NPN NC
Cable, pigtail and connector versi- PNP NO
ons PNP NC
12 mA
0 ... 200 mA
Connection type Device connector M8 x 1 , 3-pin
cable PVC , 2 m
Cable connector M8 x 1 , 3-pin with
PVC cable 300 mm

CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
marking because they do not require approval.
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 25 25 40 45
Diameter D [mm] 4 4 4/8
Thread length lt [mm] 0 0
s. B Cap length l1 [mm] 0 0
Po s. C
Po Connector area lc [mm] 0 0 5
s. A LED position Pos. A Pos. A Pos. B
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB0,8-4M25-E0-V3
NBB1,5-4M25-E0-V3 4
BN BN 1
L+ L+ L+
1 3
BK BK 4
BU BU 3
L- L- L-
Date of issue 04/08/2015

NBB0,8-4M25-E2-V3 1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
BN BN 1
L+ L+ L+ 4 BK (black)
BK BK 4
BU BU 3
L- L- L-
Refer to General Notes Relating to Pepperl+Fuchs Product Information. 37

Technical Data
General Data
1 Installation
Type of voltage
flush
DC
Operating voltage 10 ... 30 V
.1.1 No-load supply current 10 mA

NBB0,6-4GM22-E2-0,3M-V3
NBB1-4GM22-E0-0,3M-V3
NBB1-4GM22-E2-0,3M-V3
NBB0,6-4GM22-E0
NBB0,6-4GM22-E1
NBB0,6-4GM22-E2
NBB0,6-4GM22-E3
NBB1-4GM22-E0
NBB1-4GM22-E2
Properties Model Number
4 mm housing
Up to 1 mm, flush mountable
Cable and pigtail versions Rated operating distance 0.6 mm
1 mm
NPN NO
PNP NC
PNP NO
0 ... 1300 Hz
0 ... 1400 Hz

PVC cable 300 mm

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 22
Diameter D [mm] 4
Thread length lt [mm] 22
s. B
Po s. C Cap length l1 [mm] 0
Po
Connector area lc [mm] 0
s. A LED position Pos. A
Po

lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB0,6-4GM22-E0 NBB0,6-4GM22-E2 NBB1-4GM22-E0-0,3M-V3
NBB1-4GM22-E0 NBB1-4GM22-E2
BN BN 1 4
L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 1 3
BU BU 3
L- L- L-

1 BN (brown)
NBB0,6-4GM22-E1 NBB0,6-4GM22-E3 NBB0,6-4GM22-E2-0,3M-V3
3 BU (blue)
NBB1-4GM22-E2-0,3M-V3 4 BK (black)
BN BN 1
L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4
BU BU 3
L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
Type of voltage
flush
DC
1
Reverse polarity protection .1.1

NBB0,8-5GM25-E0-0,3M-V3
NBB0,8-5GM25-E2-0,3M-V3
NBB0,8-5GM25-E0-V3
NBB0,8-5GM25-E2-V3
NBB1,5-5GM25-E2-V3
NBB1,5-5GM25-E3-V3
NBB0,8-5GM25-E0
NBB0,8-5GM25-E1
NBB0,8-5GM25-E2
NBB0,8-5GM25-E3
Model Number
Properties
5 mm housing
green = preferred type
Up to 1.5 mm, flush mountable Rated operating distance 0.8 mm
DC, 3-wire switching output 1.5 mm
Cable, pigtail and connector Switching element function NPN NC
versions NPN NO
PNP NC
PNP NO
12 mA
15 mA
0 ... 200 mA
0.1 ... 100 mA
cable PVC , 2 m


Dimensions
s. B
Po s. C
Length L [mm] 25 35 32
Po Diameter D [mm] 5 5 /8 5 /8
s. A
Thread length lt [mm] 25 21 20
Po
Cap length l1 [mm] 0 0 0
Connector area lc [mm] 0 10 6
LED position Pos. A Pos. B Pos. A
lc This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10
lt L
D
V3-WM Female connector, M8, 3-pin, field attachable

l1 V3-GM Female connector, M8, 3-pin, field attachable
V3-GM-2M-PUR Cable socket, M8, 3-pin, PUR cable
V3-WM-2M-PUR Cable socket, M8, 3-pin, PUR cable
NBB0,8-5GM25-E0 NBB0,8-5GM25-E2 NBB0,8-5GM25-E0-0,3M-V3 4
NBB0,8-5GM25-E0-V3
1 3
BN BN 1
L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4
BU BU 3 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
L- L- L-
1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
NBB0,8-5GM25-E1 NBB0,8-5GM25-E3 NBB0,8-5GM25-E2-0,3M-V3 NBB1,5-5GM25-E3-V3 4 BK (black)

NBB0,8-5GM25-E2-V3
NBB1,5-5GM25-E2-V3
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 6.5 mm
Technical Data
General Data
1 Rated operating distance
Installation
1.5 mm
flush
Type of voltage DC
.1.1 Operating voltage 10 ... 60 V
NJ1,5-6,5-40-E0-V3
NJ1,5-6,5-40-E2-V3
NJ1,5-6,5-40-E0
NJ1,5-6,5-40-E2
Model Number
Properties
6.5 mm housing Switching element function NPN NO
PNP NO
1.5 mm, flush mountable
DC, 3-wire switching output 0 ... 500 Hz
Cable and connector versions Indication of the switching LED, yellow
state
cable PUR , 2 m

CCC approval Certified by China Compulsory Certification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40 44
Diameter D [mm] 6.5 6.5 / 8
Cap length l1 [mm] 0
Connector area lc [mm] 0 6
LED position Pos. C A B

BF 6,5 Mounting flange, 6.5 mm
s. B V3-GM Female connector, M8, 3-pin, field attachable
Po s. C
Po V3-GM-2M-PUR Cable socket, M8, 3-pin, PUR cable
s. A V3-WM Female connector, M8, 3-pin, field attachable
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NJ1,5-6,5-40-E0 NJ1,5-6,5-40-E0-V3
4
BN 1 1 3
L+ L+
BK 4
BU 3
L- L-
1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
NJ1,5-6,5-40-E2 NJ1,5-6,5-40-E2-V3 4 BK (black)
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
1.5 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC
Short-circuit protection

NBB1,5-6,5S20-E2-V3
NBB1,5-6,5S20-E3-V3
NBB1,5-6,5S40-E0-V3
NBB1,5-6,5S40-E1-V3
NBB1,5-6,5S40-E2-V3
NBB1,5-6,5S40-E3-V3
NBB1,5-6,5S16-E2
NBB1,5-6,5S30-E0
NBB1,5-6,5S30-E2
Model Number
Properties
6.5 mm housing
1.5 mm, flush mountable Switching element function NPN NO
Cable and connector versions PNP NO
PNP NC
11 mA
2 mA
7 mA
0 ... 2000 Hz
0 ... 5000 Hz
0 ... 6000 Hz
Connection type connector (M8 x 1), 3-pin
cable PUR , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 16 35 35 20 20 40 40 40 40
s. B Connector area lc [mm] 0 9 5
Po s. C
Po LED position Pos.: C C C B B B B B A
s. A This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10
Po
V3-GM Female connector, M8, 3-pin, field attachable
lc V3-WM Female connector, M8, 3-pin, field attachable
lt L V3-WM-2M-PUR Cable socket, M8, 3-pin, PUR cable
D
l1
NBB1,5-6,5S30-E0 NBB1,5-6,5S40-E0-V3 NBB1,5-6,5S20-E2-V3
4
NBB1,5-6,5S40-E2-V3
1 3
BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+
BK 4 4
BU 3 3 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
L- L- L-
1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
NBB1,5-6,5S16-E2 NBB1,5-6,5S40-E1-V3 NBB1,5-6,5S20-E3-V3 4 BK (black)
NBB1,5-6,5S30-E2 NBB1,5-6,5S40-E3-V3
BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+
BK 4 4
BU 3 3
L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
2 mm
flush
Type of voltage DC
Indication of the switching LED, yellow
state
Housing material brass, nickel-plated
NBB2-6,5M25-E0-V3
NBB2-6,5M25-E1-V3
NBB2-6,5M25-E2-V3
NBB2-6,5M25-E3-V3
NBB2-6,5M30-E0
NBB2-6,5M30-E2
6.5 mm housing
2 mm, flush mountable
DC, 3-wire switching output Switching element function NPN NO
Cable and connector versions NPN NC
PNP NO
PNP NC
5 ... 30 V
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 30 35
Diameter D [mm] 6,5 6,5 / 8
LED position Pos. Pos. C Pos. B
s. B This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10
Po
Po
s. C Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB2-6,5M30-E0 NBB2-6,5M25-E0-V3 NBB2-6,5M25-E2-V3
4
BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ 1 3
BK 4 4
BU 3 3
L- L- L-

1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
NBB2-6,5M30-E2 NBB2-6,5M25-E1-V3 NBB2-6,5M25-E3-V3 4 BK (black)
BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+
BK 4 4
BU 3 3
L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
3 mm
virtually flush
1
Type of voltage DC
Operating voltage 10 ... 30 V DC .1.1
Operating current 0 ... 200 mA , above 50C 150 mA

state
NEB3-6,5M45-E0-V1
NEB3-6,5M45-E1-V1
NEB3-6,5M45-E2-V1
NEB3-6,5M45-E3-V1
NEB3-6,5M50-E0-V3
NEB3-6,5M50-E1-V3
NEB3-6,5M50-E2-V3
NEB3-6,5M50-E3-V3
NEB3-6,5M45-E0
NEB3-6,5M45-E1
NEB3-6,5M45-E2
NEB3-6,5M45-E3
Properties
Model Number
6.5 mm housing
3 mm, virtually flush mountable
DC, 3-wire switching output
Cable and connector versions Switching element function NPN NO
NPN NC
PNP NO
PNP NC
Device connector M8 x 1 , 3-pin
cable PUR , 2 m

Dimensions
Diameter D [mm] 6.5 6.5 / 12 6.5 / 8
LED position Pos. A

s. B
Po s. C
Po BF 6,5 Mounting flange, 6.5 mm
V1-G-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
s. A
Po V3-GM Female connector, M8, 3-pin, field attachable
V1-W-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
lc
V1-G-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
lt L V1-W-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
D
l1
NEB3-6,5M45-E0 NEB3-6,5M45-E2 NEB3-6,5M45-E0-V1 NEB3-6,5M45-E2-V1 1
NEB3-6,5M50-E0-V3 NEB3-6,5M50-E2-V3 4
BN BN 1 1 1 3 2 4
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L- 3

1 BN (brown)
NEB3-6,5M45-E1 NEB3-6,5M45-E3 NEB3-6,5M45-E1-V1 NEB3-6,5M45-E3-V1 2 WH (white)
NEB3-6,5M50-E1-V3 NEB3-6,5M50-E3-V3 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 2 2
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
3 mm
non-flush
Type of voltage DC
state
NBN3-6,5M25-E0-V3
NBN3-6,5M25-E1-V3
NBN3-6,5M25-E2-V3
NBN3-6,5M30-E0
NBN3-6,5M30-E2
6.5 mm housing
3 mm, non-flush mountable
PNP NO
5 ... 30 V
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 30 29
LED position Pos. C Pos. B

s. B Accessories
Po s. C See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
Po
s. A V3-GM-2M-PUR Cable socket, M8, 3-pin, PUR cable
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN3-6,5M30-E0 NBN3-6,5M25-E0-V3 NBN3-6,5M25-E2-V3 4
BN 1 1 1 3
L+ L+ L+
BK 4 4
BU 3 3
L- L- L-
NBN3-6,5M30-E2 NBN3-6,5M25-E1-V3 1 BN (brown)

3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
6 mm
non-flush
1
Type of voltage DC

state
NEN6-6,5M45-E0-V3
NEN6-6,5M45-E1-V3
NEN6-6,5M45-E2-V3
NEN6-6,5M45-E3-V3
NEN6-6,5M45-E0-V1
NEN6-6,5M45-E1-V1
NEN6-6,5M45-E2-V1
NEN6-6,5M45-E3-V1
NEN6-6,5M45-E0
NEN6-6,5M45-E1
NEN6-6,5M45-E2
NEN6-6,5M45-E3
Properties
Model Number
6.5 mm housing
NPN NC
PNP NO
PNP NC
cable PUR , 2 m

Dimensions
Diameter D [mm] 6.5 6.5 / 8 6.5 / 12
LED position Pos. A

Po
s. B
s. C
Po
s. A V3-GM Female connector, M8, 3-pin, field attachable
Po
lc V1-G-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
lt
L
D
V1-W-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable

l1
NEN6-6,5M45-E0 NEN6-6,5M45-E2 NEN6-6,5M45-E0-V1 NEN6-6,5M45-E2-V1 1
NEN6-6,5M45-E0-V3 NEN6-6,5M45-E2-V3 4
BN BN 1 1 1 3
L+ L+ L+ L+ 2 4
BK BK 4 4
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L- 3

1 BN (brown)
NEN6-6,5M45-E1 NEN6-6,5M45-E3 NEN6-6,5M45-E1-V1 NEN6-6,5M45-E3-V1
2 WH (white)
NEN6-6,5M45-E1-V3 NEN6-6,5M45-E3-V3 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 2 2
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
1.5 mm
flush
Type of voltage DC
Reverse polarity protection tolerant

S
NCB1,5-8GM50-Z0-V3
NCB1,5-8GM50-Z1-V3
NBB1,5-8GM40-Z0
NCB1,5-8GM40-Z0
NCB1,5-8GM40-Z1
8 mm housing
1.5 mm, flush mountable green = preferred type
DC, 2-wire switching output Switching element function DC NO
Cable and connector versions DC NC
Further Products cable PUR , 2 m
In this series, we offer additionally:
NBB1-8GS50-Z0-T
Rated operating distance: 1 mm
Installation: flush
Switching element function: DC, NO Approvals and Certificates
Operating voltage: 15 ... 34 V UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Ambient temperature: -25 ... 100 C (-13 ... 212 F) CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
Housing material: Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
CCC approval Certified by China Compulsory Certifica-
Connection type: cable PUR , 2 m
tion (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40 51
Diameter D [mm] 8
LED position Pos. C

EXG-08 Quick mounting bracket with dead stop
s. B V3-GM Female connector, M8, 3-pin, field attachable
Po s. C
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB1,5-8GM40-Z0 NCB1,5-8GM50-Z0-V3
NCB1,5-8GM40-Z0 4
NBB1-8GS50-Z0-T
1 3
BN 3
L+ L+
BU 4
L- L- Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
NCB1,5-8GM40-Z1 NCB1,5-8GM50-Z1-V3
BN 3
L+ L+
BU 4
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
2 mm
non-flush
1
Type of voltage DC

S
NCN2-8GM50-Z0-V3
NCN2-8GM50-Z1-V3
NCN2-8GM40-Z0
NBN2-8GM40-Z1
NCN2-8GM40-Z1
Model Number
Properties
8 mm housing
Switching element function DC NO
DC, 2-wire switching output DC NC
Cable and connector versions Connection type Device connector M8 x 1 , 3-pin
cable PUR , 2 m
cable PVC , 2 m

CCC approval Certified by China Compulsory Cer-

tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40 51
Diameter D [mm] 8
LED position Pos. C

s. B
Po s. C
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NCN2-8GM40-Z0 NCN2-8GM50-Z0-V3
4
BN 3 1 3
L+ L+
BU 4
L- L-
1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
NCN2-8GM40-Z1 NCN2-8GM50-Z1-V3 4 BK (black)
NBN2-8GM40-Z1
BN 3
L+ L+
BU 4
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
1.5 mm
flush
Type of voltage DC

NJ1,5-8GM40-E0-V1
NJ1,5-8GM40-E2-V1
S
NJ1,5-8GM40-E0
NJ1,5-8GM40-E2
Model Number
Properties
8 mm housing
PNP NO
Cable and connector versions 0 ... 500 Hz
cable PUR , 2 m

CCC approval Certified by China Compulsory Certification
(CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40 54
Diameter D [mm] 8 8 / 12
Thread length lt [mm] 40 36 35 40
Cap length l1 [mm] 0 4 0 0
LED position Pos.: A C B A

s. B
Po s. C
Po V1-G-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
s. A V1-W-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NJ1,5-8GM40-E0 NJ1,5-8GM40-E0-V1
1
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3
NJ1,5-8GM40-E2 NJ1,5-8GM40-E2-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
BK 4 4 BK (black)
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
1.5 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NBB1,5-8GM50-A0-V1
NBB1,5-8GM50-A2-V1
NBB1,5-8GM40-E0-V1
NBB1,5-8GM60-A0
NBB1,5-8GM60-A2
NBB1,5-8GM16-E2
Model Number
Properties Switching element function NPN NO/NC

8 mm housing NPN NO
PNP NO/NC
1.5 mm, flush mountable PNP NO
DC, 3-wire and 4-wire switching No-load supply current 10 mA
output versions 15 mA
Cable and connector versions 20 mA
0 ... 6000 Hz
0 ... 200 mA
-25 ... 85 C (-13 ... 185 F)
brass, nickel-plated
cable PUR , 2 m
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 16 60 60 65 64 64
s. B Diameter D [mm] 8 8 / 12
Po s. C
Po Thread length lt [mm] 16 60 60 40 50 50
s. A
Po Connector area lc [mm] 0 6
LED position Pos. C Pos. A

lc
lt L
D
l1 V1-W-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector

NBB1,5-8GM16-E2 NBB1,5-8GM60-A0 NBB1,5-8GM40-E0-V1 NBB1,5-8GM50-A0-V1
NBB1,5-8GM40-E0-V1
1
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
2 4
BU WH 3 2
L- L-
BU 3
L- L- 3
NBB1,5-8GM60-A2 NBB1,5-8GM50-A2-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+
4 3 BU (blue)
BK
4 BK (black)
WH 2
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
1 Installation
Type of voltage
flush
DC
Operating voltage 10 ... 30 V DC
.1.1 Reverse polarity protection
NBB1,5-8GS40-E2-T-V3
NBB1,5-8GS30-E2-T
NBB2-8GS40-E1-V3
NBB2-8GS40-E3-V3
NBB2-8GS30-E2-V1
NBB2-8GS30-E0
NBB2-8GS30-E1
NBB2-8GS30-E2
NBB2-8GS30-E3
Model Number
Properties
8 mm housing
1.5 mm and 2 mm, flush mountable 2 mm
versions Switching element function NPN NO
PNP NC
5 mA
7 mA
0 ... 2000 Hz
0 ... 2500 Hz
0 ... 3500 Hz
0 ... 600 Hz
-25 ... 85 C (-13 ... 185 F)
Connection type connector (M8 x 1), 3-pin
cable PUR , 2 m

s. B
Dimensions
Po s. C Length L [mm] 30 35 35 35 35 44 45 45 49
Po
Diameter D [mm] 8 8/12
s. A Thread length lt [mm] 30 35 35 35 35 44 42 42 30
Po
Connector area lc [mm] 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 6
lc
lt L BF 8 Mounting flange, 8 mm
D

l1
NBB2-8GS30-E0 NBB1,5-8GS30-E2-T NBB2-8GS40-E1-V3 NBB1,5-8GS40-E2-T-V3 1
NBB2-8GS30-E2 NBB2-8GS30-E2-V1 4
BN BN 1 1 1 3 2 4
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
BU BU 3 3 3
L- L- L- L-

NBB2-8GS30-E1 NBB2-8GS30-E3 1 BN (brown)

NBB2-8GS40-E3-V3
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BN BN 1
L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4
BU BU 3
L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
2 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC

Indication of the switching state Multihole-LED, yellow
Housing material Stainless steel 1.4435 / AISI 316L
Connection type M8 x 1 connector, 3-pin
Properties
NBB2-8GH20-E0-V3
NBB2-8GH20-E2-V3
NBB2-8GH25-E0-V3
NBB2-8GH25-E2-V3
NBB2-8GH40-E0-V3
NBB2-8GH40-E2-V3
8 mm housing
DC, 3-wire switching output Model Number
Connector version
PNP NO
Dimensions
Diameter D [mm] 8
LED position Pos. B

BF 8 Befestigungsflansch, 8 mm
V3-GMV4A-5M-PUR
V3-WMV4A-5M-PUR
s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB2-8GH20-E2-V3 NBB2-8GH20-E0-V3
4
1 1
L+ L+ 1 3
4 4
3 3
L- L-

1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Consider the General Notes on the Information in the Pepperl+Fuchs Product Catalogs Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs 51
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
2 mm
flush
Type of voltage DC
NBB2-8GM30-A0-V1
NBB2-8GM30-A2-V1
NBB2-8GM25-E0-V3
NBB2-8GM25-E1-V3
NBB2-8GM25-E2-V3
NBB2-8GM25-E3-V3
NBB2-8GM40-E2-V3
NBB2-8GM40-E3-V3
NBB2-8GM30-E0-V1
NBB2-8GM30-E2-V1
NBB2-8GM40-E0-V1
NBB2-8GM40-E2-V1
NBB2-8GM30-E0
NBB2-8GM30-E2
NBB2-8GM40-E2
NBB2-8GM50-E0
NBB2-8GM50-E2
Model Number
Properties
8 mm housing Switching element function NPN NO/NC
2 mm, flush mountable NPN NO
DC, 3-wire and 4-wire switching NPN NC
output versions PNP NO/NC
PNP NO

Cable and connector versions PNP NC
5 ... 30 V DC
0 ... 1500 Hz
0 ... 2000 Hz
0 ... 3000 Hz
-25 ... 80 C (-13 ... 176 F)
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 30 40 50 29 50 49 59
s. B Diameter D [mm] 8 8 / 12
Po s. C
Po Thread length lt [mm] 30 40 50 25 40 30 40
s. A

lc
lt L
D
l1 V3-GM-2M-PUR Cable socket, M8, 3-pin, PUR cable

NBB2-8GM30-E0 NBB2-8GM25-E0-V3 NBB2-8GM25-E2-V3 NBB2-8GM30-A0-V1 1
NBB2-8GM50-E0 NBB2-8GM30-E0-V1 NBB2-8GM40-E2-V3 4
NBB2-8GM40-E0-V1 NBB2-8GM30-E2-V1
NBB2-8GM40-E2-V1 1 3 2 4
BN 1 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK 4 4 4
3
BU 3 3 2
L- L- L-
3
L-

NBB2-8GM30-E2 NBB2-8GM25-E1-V3 NBB2-8GM25-E3-V3 NBB2-8GM30-A2-V1
NBB2-8GM40-E3-V3 1 BN (brown)
NBB2-8GM40-E2
2 WH (white)
NBB2-8GM50-E2 1
3 BU (blue)
L+
BN 1 1 4 4 BK (black)
L+ L+ L+
BK 4 4 2
BU 3 3 3
L- L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
2 mm
non-flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NBN2-8GM50-A0-V1
NBN2-8GM50-A2-V1
NBN2-8GM40-E2-V3
NBN2-8GM40-E2-V1
NBN2-8GM60-A0
NBN2-8GM60-A2
NBN2-8GM50-E0
NBN2-8GM50-E2
Model Number
Properties
8 mm housing
2 mm, non-flush mountable Switching element function NPN NO/NC
NPN NO
DC, 3-wire and 4-wire switching PNP NO/NC
output versions PNP NO
Cable and connector versions No-load supply current 15 mA
20 mA
0 ... 2000 Hz
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 60 50 65 64
s. B
Po s. C
Po This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10
s. A
Po V1-W-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN2-8GM50-E0 NBN2-8GM60-A0 NBN2-8GM40-E2-V1 NBN2-8GM50-A0-V1 1
NBN2-8GM40-E2-V3 4
BN BN 1 1 1 3 2 4
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
BU WH 3 2 3
L- L-
BU 3
L- L-
1 BN (brown)
NBN2-8GM50-E2 NBN2-8GM60-A2 NBN2-8GM50-A2-V1 2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BN BN 1
L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4
BU WH 2
L-
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
3 mm
non-flush
Type of voltage DC

NBN3-8GM25-E0-V3
NBN3-8GM25-E1-V3
NBN3-8GM25-E2-V3
NBN3-8GM25-E3-V3
NBN3-8GM45-E2-V3
NBN3-8GM30-E0-V1
NBN3-8GM30-E2-V1
NBN3-8GM30-E0
NBN3-8GM30-E2
NBN3-8GM50-E0
Model Number
Properties
8 mm housing green = preferred type
3 mm, non-flush mountable Switching element function NPN NO
NPN NC
PNP NO
5 ... 30 V
0 ... 2000 Hz
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 30 30 50 29 29 29 29 55 49 49
Thread length lt [mm] 30 30 45 21 21 21 21 40 26 26
s. B
Po s. C
s. A
Po BF 8 Mounting flange, 8 mm
lc
D

l1
NBN3-8GM30-E0 NBN3-8GM25-E0-V3 NBN3-8GM25-E2-V3
NBN3-8GM50-E0 NBN3-8GM30-E2-V1
NBN3-8GM45-E2-V3 1
4
BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+
1 3 2 4
BK 4 4
BU 3 3
L- L- L-
3
NBN3-8GM30-E2 NBN3-8GM25-E1-V3 NBN3-8GM25-E3-V3 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
BN 1 1 1 BN (brown)
L+ L+ L+ 2 WH (white)
BK 4 4
3 BU (blue)
BU 3 3 4 BK (black)
L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
3 mm
virtually flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NEB3-8GM45-E0-V3
NEB3-8GM45-E1-V3
NEB3-8GM45-E2-V3
NEB3-8GM45-E3-V3
NEB3-8GM45-E0-V1
NEB3-8GM45-E1-V1
NEB3-8GM45-E2-V1
NEB3-8GM45-E3-V1
NEB3-8GM45-E0
NEB3-8GM45-E1
NEB3-8GM45-E2
NEB3-8GM45-E3
8 mm housing
3 mm virtually flush mountable
PNP NO
PNP NC
cable PUR , 2 m

Dimensions
LED position Pos. A

s. B BF 8 Mounting flange, 8 mm
Po s. C
Po
lc V3-WM-2M-PUR Cable socket, M8, 3-pin, PUR cable
lt L
D
l1
NEB3-8GM45-E0 NEB3-8GM45-E2 NEB3-8GM45-E0-V3 NEB3-8GM45-E2-V1
NEB3-8GM45-E0-V1 NEB3-8GM45-E2-V3 1
4
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
1 3 2 4
BK BK 4 4
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-
3
NEB3-8GM45-E1 NEB3-8GM45-E3 NEB3-8GM45-E1-V3 NEB3-8GM45-E3-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

NEB3-8GM45-E1-V1 NEB3-8GM45-E3-V3 1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN BN 1 1 3 BU (blue)
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 2 2 4 BK (black)
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
4 mm
virtually flush
Switching element function PNP NO
.1.1 Type of voltage DC

Housing material chromium plated brass
NEB4-8GM50-E2-V3
NEB4-8GM45-E2
Properties
8 mm housing Model Number
cable PUR , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 45 60
Diameter D [mm] 8
LED position Pos. A

s. B
Po s. C V3-WM-2M-PUR Cable socket, M8, 3-pin, PUR cable
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NEB4-8GM45-E2 NEB4-8GM50-E2-V3
4
1 3
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
BU 3
L- L-

1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
56 Consider the General Notes on the Information in the Pepperl+Fuchs Product Catalogs Copyright Pepperl+Fuchs
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
6 mm
non-flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NEN6-8GM45-E0-V3
NEN6-8GM45-E1-V3
NEN6-8GM45-E2-V3
NEN6-8GM45-E3-V3
NEN6-8GM45-E0
NEN6-8GM45-E1
NEN6-8GM45-E2
NEN6-8GM45-E3
8 mm housing
PNP NO
PNP NC
cable PUR , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 45 60
Diameter D [mm] 8
LED position Pos. A

s. B
Po s. C
Po
lc V1-W-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
lt L
D
l1
NEN6-8GM45-E0 NEN6-8GM45-E2 NEN6-8GM45-E0-V3 NEN6-8GM45-E2-V3
4
BN BN 1 1 1 3
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-

NEN6-8GM45-E1 NEN6-8GM45-E3 NEN6-8GM45-E1-V3 NEN6-8GM45-E3-V3 1 BN (brown)

2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 2 2
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
6 mm
non-flush
Type of voltage DC
.1.1 Operating voltage 10 ... 30 V DC

Properties

NEN6-8GM45-E0-V1
NEN6-8GM45-E1-V1
NEN6-8GM45-E2-V1
NEN6-8GM45-E3-V1
8 mm housing
Model Number
Connector version

NPN NC
PNP NO
PNP NC
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 66
Diameter D [mm] 8 / 12
LED position Pos. A

s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A V3-WM Female connector, M8, 3-pin, field attachable
Po
lc V3-WM-2M-PUR Cable socket, M8, 3-pin, PUR cable
lt L
D
l1
NEN6-8GM45-E0-V1 NEN6-8GM45-E2-V1
1
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
2 4
3 3
L- L-
3
NEN6-8GM45-E1-V1 NEN6-8GM45-E3-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
1 1
2 WH (white)
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
2 2 4 BK (black)
3 3
L- L-
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
Type of voltage
flush
DC
1
Short-circuit protection pulsing .1.1
state
NBB2-12GM40-Z0-V1
NCB2-12GM40-Z0-V1
NCB2-12GM40-Z1-V1
NCB4-12GM40-Z4-V1
NCB4-12GM40-Z5-V1

NBB2-12GM40-Z0
NCB2-12GM40-Z0
NCB2-12GM40-Z1
NCB4-12GM35-Z4
NCB4-12GM35-Z5
Model Number
S

Rated operating distance 2 mm
Properties 4 mm
12 mm housing DC NC
2 mm and 4 mm, flush mountable Operating voltage 3.5 ... 30 V
versions 5 ... 60 V
Reverse polarity protection conducting
DC, 2-wire switching output tolerant
Cable and connector versions Switching frequency 0 ... 800 Hz
0 ... 1000 Hz
Pre-fault indication LED, red
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PUR , 2 m
cable PVC , 2 m

CCC approval Certified by China Compulsory Certi-

fication (CCC)
Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC mar-
Dimensions
s. B Diameter D [mm] 12
Po s. C
Po Thread length lt [mm] 37 32 39
s. A
LED position Pos. C

lc
lt L
D

l1 V1-G-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
NBB2-12GM40-Z0 NBB2-12GM40-Z0-V1 NCB4-12GM40-Z4-V1
NCB2-12GM40-Z0 NCB2-12GM40-Z0-V1 1
NCB4-12GM35-Z4
BN 3 1 2 4
L+ L+ L+
BU 4 4
L- L- L-
3
NCB2-12GM40-Z1 NCB2-12GM40-Z1-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

NCB4-12GM35-Z5 NCB4-12GM40-Z5-V1
1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BU 2
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
1 Installation
Type of voltage
non-flush
DC
.1.1 Short-circuit protection pulsing
state
NBN4-12GM40-Z0-V1
NCN4-12GM40-Z0-V1
NCN4-12GM40-Z1-V1
NCN8-12GM40-Z4-V1
NCN8-12GM40-Z5-V1
NBN4-12GM40-Z0
NCN4-12GM40-Z0
NCN4-12GM40-Z1
NCN8-12GM35-Z4
NCN8-12GM35-Z5
S
Model Number

Properties 8 mm
12 mm housing DC NC
4 mm and 8 mm, non-flush moun- Operating voltage 3.5 ... 30 V
table versions 5 ... 60 V
DC, 2-wire switching output Reverse polarity protection conducting
tolerant
0 ... 800 Hz
0 ... 1000 Hz
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PUR , 2 m
cable PVC , 2 m


tion (CCC)
Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC mar-
Dimensions
s. B Length L [mm] 40 35 55
Po s. C
Po Diameter D [mm] 12
s. A
LED position Pos. C
lc This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10

lt L
D

NBN4-12GM40-Z0 NBN4-12GM40-Z0-V1 NCN8-12GM40-Z4-V1
NCN4-12GM40-Z0 NCN4-12GM40-Z0-V1 1
NCN8-12GM35-Z4
BN 3 1
L+ L+ L+ 2 4
BU 4 4
L- L- L- 3

NCN8-12GM35-Z5 NCN8-12GM40-Z5-V1 1 BN (brown)
BN 2 WH (white)
L+ 1 3 BU (blue)
L+
4 BK (black)
BU
L- 2
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
Operating voltage
DC
10 ... 30 V DC
1
Housing material PBT

Protection degree IP68 / IP69K
Connection type cable PVC , 2 m
NBB2-12GK50-E0
NBB2-12GK50-E2
NBN4-12GK50-E0
NBN4-12GK50-E2
Properties
2 mm, flush and 4 mm, non-flush
mountable versions
DC, 3-wire switching output Rated operating distance 2 mm
Cable version 4 mm
Installation flush
non-flush
PNP NO
0 ... 1500 Hz
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position Pos. C

s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB2-12GK50-E0 NBB2-12GK50-E2
NBN4-12GK50-E0 NBN4-12GK50-E2
BN BN
L+ L+
BK BK
BU BU
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
1 Type of voltage
Operating voltage
DC
10 ... 60 V
NJ2-12GK40-E1
NJ2-12GK40-E2
NJ2-12GK40-E3
NJ4-12GK40-E1
NJ4-12GK40-E2
NJ4-12GK40-E3
NJ2-12GK40-E
NJ4-12GK40-E
12 mm plastic housing
mountable versions Rated operating distance 2 mm
4 mm
DC, 3-wire switching output Installation flush
Cable version non-flush
NPN NC
PNP NO
PNP NC
0 ... 3000 Hz

tion (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40 40
Diameter D [mm] 12

s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NJ2-12GK40-E NJ2-12GK40-E1 NJ2-12GK40-E2 NJ2-12GK40-E3
NJ4-12GK40-E NJ4-12GK40-E1 NJ4-12GK40-E2 NJ4-12GK40-E3
BN BN BN BN
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK BK BK
BU BU BU BU
L- L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
2 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC

S
NJ2-12GM40-E2-V1
NJ2-12GM40-E3-V1
NJ2-12GM40-E-V1
NJ2-12GM40-E2
NJ2-12GM40-E3
NJ2-12GM40-E
Model Number
Properties
12 mm housing
2 mm, flush mountable Switching element function NPN NO
DC, 3-wire switching output PNP NO
15 mA
cable PUR , 2 m


tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40 50
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position Pos. A

Po s. C
Po EXG-12 Quick mounting bracket with dead stop
s. A
lc
lt L
D
l1
NJ2-12GM40-E NJ2-12GM40-E2 NJ2-12GM40-E-V1 NJ2-12GM40-E2-V1
1
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
2 4
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-
3
NJ2-12GM40-E3 NJ2-12GM40-E3-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN 1
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
BK 2 4 BK (black)
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
2 mm
flush
Type of voltage DC

NBB2-12GM30-E2-V1
NBB2-12GM40-E0-V1
NBB2-12GM40-E2-V1
NBB2-12GM30-E2
NBB2-12GM40-E0
NBB2-12GM40-E1
NBB2-12GM40-E2
NBB2-12GM40-E3
Model Number
Properties
12 mm housing
PNP NC
0 ... 800 Hz
0 ... 200 mA
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 30 40 45 50
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position Pos. C
s. B
Po s. C This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10
Po Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
s. A BF 12 Mounting flange, 12 mm
Po
lc V1-G-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
lt L
D
l1
NBB2-12GM40-E0 NBB2-12GM30-E2 NBB2-12GM40-E0-V1
NBB2-12GM40-E2
1
BN BN 1
L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4
2 4
BU BU 3
L- L- L-
3
NBB2-12GM40-E1 NBB2-12GM40-E3 NBB2-12GM30-E2-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

NBB2-12GM40-E2-V1
1 BN (brown)
BN BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
BK BK 4 4 BK (black)
BU BU 3
L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
2 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NBB2-12GM60-A0-V1
NBB2-12GM60-A2-V1
NBB2-12GM50-E0-V1
NBB2-12GM50-E1-V1
NBB2-12GM50-E2-V1
NBB2-12GM60-E2-V1
NBB2-12GM60-A0
NBB2-12GM60-A2
NBB2-12GM50-E0
NBB2-12GM50-E1
NBB2-12GM50-E2
Model Number
Properties
Switching element function NPN NO/NC
12 mm housing
NPN NO
2 mm, flush mountable NPN NC
Cable and connector versions
20 mA
Further Products Switching frequency 0 ... 1000 Hz
0 ... 1500 Hz
In this series, we offer additionally: Indication of the switching state LED, yellow
NBB2-12GM60-E2-T Ambient temperature -25 ... 70 C (-13 ... 158 F)
Technical data similar to NBB2-12GM50-E2 but: -40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
Operating voltage: 10 ... 65 V
No-load supply current: 10 mA Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
Operating current: 0 ... 300 mA cable PVC , 2 m
Ambient temperature: -25 ... 100 C (-13 ... 212 F)
NBB2-12GM50-E2-T-V1
Technical data similar to NBB2-12GM50-E2-V1 but:
Operating voltage: 10 ... 65 V
No-load supply current: 10 mA Approvals and Certificates
Operating current: 0 ... 300 mA
Ambient temperature: -25 ... 100 C (-13 ... 212 F) UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 50 50 60 60 65 65 65 70 70 70
Diameter D [mm] 12
Thread length lt [mm] 50 50 50 60 60 50 50 50 40 70 70
s. B Connector area lc [mm] 0 6 10 0
Po s. C
Po LED position Pos.: C C C C C C C C - C C
lt L
D

l1
NBB2-12GM50-E0 NBB2-12GM50-E2 NBB2-12GM60-A0 NBB2-12GM50-E0-V1 NBB2-12GM60-E2-V1 NBB2-12GM60-A0-V1 1
NBB2-12GM60-E2-T NBB2-12GM50-E2-T-V1
NBB2-12GM50-E2-V1
BN BN BN 1 1 1 2 4
L+ L+ L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK BK 4 4 4
BU BU WH 3 3 2 3
L- L- L- L-
BU 3
L- L-
NBB2-12GM50-E1 NBB2-12GM60-A2 NBB2-12GM50-E1-V1 NBB2-12GM60-A2-V1

BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 2 4
BU WH 3 2
L- L-
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
4 mm
non-flush
Type of voltage DC

S
NJ4-12GM40-E2-V1
NJ4-12GM40-E3-V1
NJ4-12GM40-E-V1
NJ4-12GM40-E1
NJ4-12GM40-E2
NJ4-12GM40-E3
NJ4-12GM40-E
12 mm housing
PNP NO
PNP NC
cable PUR , 2 m


tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40 50
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position Pos. A

Po s. C
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NJ4-12GM40-E NJ4-12GM40-E2 NJ4-12GM40-E-V1 NJ4-12GM40-E2-V1
1
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
2 4
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-
3
NJ4-12GM40-E1 NJ4-12GM40-E3
NJ4-12GM40-E3-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

BN BN
L+ L+
BK BK
1 BN (brown)
1 2 WH (white)
BU BU L+ 3 BU (blue)
L- L-
2 4 BK (black)
3
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
4 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NBB4-12GM30-E2-V3
NBB4-12GM30-E2-V1
NBB4-12GM30-E3-V1
NBB4-12GM30-E2
NBB4-12GM30-E3
NBB4-12GM40-E0
NBB4-12GM40-E2
Model Number
Properties green = preferred type

12 mm housing PNP NO
4 mm, flush mountable PNP NC
DC, 3-wire switching output No-load supply current 15 mA
20 mA

Further Products Operating current
0 ... 800 Hz
0 ... 150 mA
In this series, we offer additionally: 0 ... 200 mA
NBB4-12GM30-E2-T-V1 Ambient temperature -25 ... 70 C (-13 ... 158 F)
Technical data similar to NBB4-12GM30-E2-V1 but: -40 ... 80 C (-40 ... 176 F)
Operating current: 0 ... 100 mA -40 ... 85 C (-40 ... 185 F)
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 30 40 44 45
Diameter D [mm] 12
s. B Cap length l1 [mm] 0
Po s. C
Po Connector area lc [mm] 0 9 6
LED position Pos. C
s. A
Po
lc
V1-G-2M-PUR H/S Female cordset, M12, 4-pin, irradiated PUR cable
lt L
D
l1 V3-WM-2M-PUR Cable socket, M8, 3-pin, PUR cable

NBB4-12GM40-E0 NBB4-12GM40-E2 NBB4-12GM30-E2-T-V1
NBB4-12GM30-E2 NBB4-12GM30-E2-V1
NBB4-12GM30-E2-V3 1
4
BN BN 1
L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 1 3 2 4
BU BU 3
L- L- L-
3
NBB4-12GM30-E3 NBB4-12GM30-E3-V1 1 BN (brown)

2 WH (white)
BN 1
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
BK 2 4 BK (black)
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
4 mm
flush
Type of voltage DC

NBB4-12GM50-E0-V1
NBB4-12GM50-E1-V1
NBB4-12GM50-E2-V1
NBB4-12GM50-E3-V1
NCB4-12GM50-E2-V1
NBB4-12GM50-E0
NBB4-12GM50-E1
NBB4-12GM50-E2
NBB4-12GM50-E3
Model Number
Properties
12 mm housing
PNP NC
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 65
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position Pos. C
s. B
s. A V1-G-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
Po
lt L
D
l1
NBB4-12GM50-E0 NBB4-12GM50-E2 NBB4-12GM50-E0-V1 NCB4-12GM50-E2-V1
NBB4-12GM50-E2-V1
1
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
2 4
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-
3

NBB4-12GM50-E1 NBB4-12GM50-E3 NBB4-12GM50-E1-V1 NBB4-12GM50-E3-V1
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
BK BK 2 2 4 BK (black)
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
4 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC
state

NBB4-12GM50-A2-V1
NBB4-12GM30-E2-V1
NBB4-12GM30-E3-V1
NBB4-12GM50-E0-V1
NBB4-12GM50-E1-V1
NBB4-12GM50-E2-V1
NBB4-12GM50-E3-V1
NBB4-12GM50-A2
NBB4-12GM30-E2
NBB4-12GM30-E3
NBB4-12GM50-E0
NBB4-12GM50-E1
NBB4-12GM50-E2
NBB4-12GM50-E3
Model Number
Properties
12 mm housing Switching element function NPN NO
DC, 3-wire and 4-wire switching PNP NO
output PNP NC
PNP NO/NC
20 mA
Further Products Switching frequency 0 ... 800 Hz
In this series, we offer additionally: 0 ... 1000 Hz
NBB4-12GM30-E2-V3 0 ... 1500 Hz
Technical data like NBB4-12GM30-E2-V1 but: Operating current 0 ... 150 mA
Connection type: Device connector M8 x 1 , 3-pin 0 ... 200 mA
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PVC , 2 m

CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Pur-
pose
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 30 50 45 65
Po s. C
Po Thread length lt [mm] 27 47 30 49
s. A Cap length l1 [mm] 0
Po
LED position Pos. C

lc Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
lt L EXG-12 Quick mounting bracket with dead stop
D

NBB4-12GM50-E0 NBB4-12GM30-E2 NBB4-12GM50-A2 NBB4-12GM50-E0-V1 NBB4-12GM30-E2-V1 NBB4-12GM50-A2-V1 1
NBB4-12GM50-E2-V1
BN BN BN 1 1 1 2 4
L+ L+ L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK BK 4 4 4
BU BU WH 3 3 2 3
L- L- L- L-
BU 3
L- L- 4
NBB4-12GM50-E1 NBB4-12GM30-E3 NBB4-12GM50-E1-V1 NBB4-12GM30-E3-V1 1 3

BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 2 2 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
BU BU 3 3 1 BN (brown)
L- L- L- L- 2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
4 mm
non-flush
Type of voltage DC

state
NBN4-12GM50-E0-V1
NBN4-12GM50-E1-V1
NBN4-12GM50-E2-V1
NBN4-12GM50-E3-V1
NBN4-12GM50-E0
NBN4-12GM50-E1
NBN4-12GM50-E2
NBN4-12GM50-E3
Properties
NPN NC
Further Products PNP NO
In this series, we offer additionally: PNP NC
NBN4-12GM40-E2-T-V1 Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
NBN4-12GM60-E2-T-V1 cable PVC , 2 m
Technical data:
PNP NO
-25 ... 100 C (-13 ... 212 F)

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 65
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position Pos. C

Po
s. B Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
s. C
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN4-12GM50-E0 NBN4-12GM50-E2 NBN4-12GM50-E0-V1 NBN4-12GM40-E2-T-V1
NBN4-12GM60-E2-T-V1 1
NBN4-12GM50-E2-V1
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+ 2 4
BK BK 4 4
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L- 3
NBN4-12GM50-E1 NBN4-12GM50-E3 NBN4-12GM50-E1-V1 NBN4-12GM50-E3-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
BN BN 1 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+ L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
BK BK 2 2
4 BK (black)
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
4 mm
non-flush
1
Type of voltage DC
state

NBN4-12GM35-A0-V1
NBN4-12GM35-A2-V1
NBN4-12GM60-A0-V1
NBN4-12GM60-A2-V1
NBN4-12GM60-A0
NBN4-12GM60-A2
Model Number
Properties
12 mm housing
DC, 4-wire switching outputs Switching element function NPN NO/NC
PNP NO/NC
20 mA
0 ... 1200 Hz
0 ... 800 Hz
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Diameter D [mm] 12
s. B
Po
lt L
D
l1
NBN4-12GM60-A0 NBN4-12GM35-A0-V1
NBN4-12GM60-A0-V1 1
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
2 4
WH 2
BU 3 3
L- L-

NBN4-12GM60-A2 NBN4-12GM35-A2-V1
NBN4-12GM60-A2-V1 1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN 1 3 BU (blue)
L+ L+
4 BK (black)
BK 4
WH 2
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
6 mm
virtually flush
Type of voltage DC

state
NEB6-12GM50-E0-V1
NEB6-12GM50-E1-V1
NEB6-12GM50-E2-V1
NEB6-12GM50-E3-V1
NEB6-12GM50-E0
NEB6-12GM50-E1
NEB6-12GM50-E2
NEB6-12GM50-E3
Properties
NPN NC
PNP NO
PNP NC
cable PUR , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 60
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position Pos. A

s. B
Po s. C BF 12 Mounting flange, 12 mm
Po
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NEB6-12GM50-E0 NEB6-12GM50-E2 NEB6-12GM50-E0-V1 NEB6-12GM50-E2-V1 1
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+ 2 4
BK BK 4 4
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L- 3

1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
NEB6-12GM50-E1 NEB6-12GM50-E3 NEB6-12GM50-E1-V1 NEB6-12GM50-E3-V1 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 2 2
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
7 mm
non-flush
1
Type of voltage DC

Indication of the switching all direction LED, yellow
state
NBN7-12GM35-E2-V1
NBN7-12GM35-E3-V1
NBN7-12GM35-E2
Properties
Cable and connector versions Switching element function PNP NO
PNP NC
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 35 50
Diameter D [mm] 12

s. B
Po s. C V1-W-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
Po
s. A V1-W-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN7-12GM35-E2 NBN7-12GM35-E2-V1 NBN7-12GM35-E3-V1
1
BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ 2 4
BK 4 2
BU 3 3
L- L- L-
3

1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
8 mm
non-flush
Type of voltage DC

state
NBN8-12GM50-A0-V1
NBN8-12GM50-A2-V1
NBN8-12GM50-E0-V1
NBN8-12GM50-E2-V1
NBN8-12GM50-A0
NBN8-12GM50-A2
NBN8-12GM50-E0
NBN8-12GM50-E2
12 mm housing
DC, 3-wire and 4-wire switching green = preferred type
output versions Switching element function NPN NO/NC
NPN NO
Cable and connector versions PNP NO/NC
PNP NO
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 65
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position Pos. C
s. B
Po
lt L
D
l1
NBN8-12GM50-E0 NBN8-12GM50-A0 NBN8-12GM50-E0-V1 NBN8-12GM50-A0-V1 1
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
2 4
BK BK 4 4
BU WH 3 2
L- L-
3
BU 3
L- L-

1 BN (brown)
NBN8-12GM50-E2 NBN8-12GM50-A2 NBN8-12GM50-E2-V1 NBN8-12GM50-A2-V1 2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
BU WH 3 2
L- L-
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
10 mm
non-flush
1
Type of voltage DC

state
NEN10-12GM50-E0-V1
NEN10-12GM50-E1-V1
NEN10-12GM50-E2-V1
NEN10-12GM50-E3-V1
NEN10-12GM50-E0
NEN10-12GM50-E1
NEN10-12GM50-E2
NEN10-12GM50-E3
Properties
Cable and connector versions green = preferred type
NPN NC
PNP NO
PNP NC
cable PUR , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 60
Diameter D [mm] 12
Cap length l1 [mm] 5,7
LED position Pos. A

s. B
Po s. C
s. A
lc
lt L
D
l1
NEN10-12GM50-E0 NEN10-12GM50-E2 NEN10-12GM50-E0-V1 NEN10-12GM50-E2-V1
1
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4 2 4
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-
3

1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
NEN10-12GM50-E1 NEN10-12GM50-E3 NEN10-12GM50-E1-V1 NEN10-12GM50-E3-V1 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 2 2
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
1 Type of voltage
Operating voltage
AC
20 ... 253 V
.1.1 Switching frequency 0 ... 20 Hz
state

NJ2-12GM50-WO
NJ4-12GM50-WO
NJ2-12GM50-WS
NJ4-12GM50-WS
S
Model Number
Properties
12 mm housing Rated operating distance 2 mm
4 mm
2 mm, flush and 4 mm, non-flush Installation flush
mountable versions non-flush
AC, 2-wire switching output Switching element function AC NO
Cable version AC NC
Further Products
NBB2-12GM60-WS
Technical data like NJ2-12GM50-WS but:
Operating voltage: 20 ... 150 V AC UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Switching frequency: 0 ... 25 Hz CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
Operating voltage indicator: LED, green CCC approval Certified by China Compulsory Certifica-
Housing material: Brass, nickel plated
tion (CCC)
Length L: 60 mm
Thread length lt: 60 mm Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50
Diameter D [mm] 12
Cap length l1 [mm] 0 5
LED position Pos. A

s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NJ4-12GM50-WS NJ4-12GM50-WO
NJ2-12GM50-WS NJ2-12GM50-WO
NBB2-12GM60-WS
BN BN
L L
BU BU
N N
GN/YE GN/YE

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
4 mm
non-flush
1
Type of voltage AC
Operating voltage display LED, green

state
S
NBN4-12GM60-WO-V12
NBN4-12GM60-WS-V11
NBN4-12GM60-WS-V12
NBN4-12GM60-WO
NBN4-12GM60-WS
12 mm housing
AC, 2-wire switching output
Cable and connector versions Switching element function AC NO
AC NC
Connection type Device connector 1/2"-20 UN , 3-pin
Device connector M12, 3-pin
cable PVC , 2 m

(CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 60 70
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position Pos. A

s. B
Po s. C
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN4-12GM60-WS NBN4-12GM60-WS-V11
V11 V12
1 1
BN 2
L L
2 4
BU 1 2 3
N N
3
GN/YE 4
Wire colors Wire colors

NBN4-12GM60-WO NBN4-12GM60-WS-V12 NBN4-12GM60-WO-V12
1 BU (blue) 1 GN (green)
2 BN (brown) 2 RD/BK (red/black)
4 GN/YE (green/yellow) 3 RD/WH (red/white)
BN 2 2
L L L
BU 3 3
N N N
GN/YE 1 1

Technical Data
General Data
1 Switching element function
Type of voltage
AC/DC
AC/DC
NO
Operating voltage 20 ... 250 V AC/20 ... 300 V DC

.1.1 Reverse polarity protection tolerant
Switching frequency 30 Hz
Operating current 8 ... 200 mA AC/DC
state
S
NBB4-12GM65-US-V12
NBN8-12GM65-US-V12
NBB4-12GM75-US
NBN8-12GM75-US
Properties
Model Number
12 mm housing
mountable versions
AC/DC, 2-wire switching output Rated operating distance 4 mm
Cable and connector versions 8 mm
Installation flush
non-flush
cable PUR , 2 m

CCC approval Certified by China Compulsory Certifi-

cation (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 75 82
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position Pos. B

Po s. C
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB4-12GM75-US NBB4-12GM65-US-V12
NBN8-12GM75-US NBN8-12GM65-US-V12 1
BN 2
AC/DC AC/DC
BU 3
2 3
GN/YE 1
Wire colors
1 GN (green)
2 RD/BK (red/black)
3 RD/WH (red/white)

Inductive analog sensor cylindrical, 12 mm
Technical Data
General Data
Measurement range
Installation
0 ... 6 mm
virtually flush
1
Type of voltage DC
No-load supply current 10 mA .1.1
Limit frequency (3dB) 1000 Hz
Adjustment tolerance zero 10 % of full-scale value
point

Properties
IA6-12GM50-IU-V1
IA6-12GM35-U-V1
12 mm housing
6 mm, virtually flush mountable Model Number
DC, 3-wire analog output
Connector version
Switching element function analog voltage output
Your Benefit analog, current or voltage output
Inductive position measurement
15 ... 30 V , residual ripple 20 % UB
Distance proportional analog value Output type 0 ... 5 V
Suitable for positioning tasks 0 ... 10 V / 4 ... 20 mA
Load resistor 500
voltage output: 500

current output: 500
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 45 60
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position 45 60
Po
Po
s. A
lc
lt L
D
l1
IA6-12GM35-U-V1 IA6-12GM50-IU-V1
1
IU
1 1/BN 2 4
L+ L+
4 I I
2/WH
4/BK RL1 RL2
3 U 3/BU 3
L- L-
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
5 mm
flush
Type of voltage DC
NBB5-18GM40-Z0-V1
NCB5-18GM40-Z0-V1
NCB5-18GM40-Z1-V1
NCB5-18GM40-Z3-V1
NBB5-18GM40-Z0
NCB5-18GM40-Z0
NCB5-18GM40-Z1
S
Model Number

18 mm housing
DC NC
5 mm, flush mountable Switching frequency 0 ... 350 Hz
DC, 2-wire switching output 0 ... 500 Hz
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PUR , 2 m
cable PVC , 2 m

tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40 55
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position Pos. C
s. B
Po s. C
Po
Po
lt L
D
l1
NCB5-18GM40-Z1 NBB5-18GM40-Z0-V1 NCB5-18GM40-Z3-V1
NCB5-18GM40-Z0-V1
1
BN 3 1
L+ L+ L+
2 4
BU 4 4
L- L- L-
3
NBB5-18GM40-Z0 NCB5-18GM40-Z1-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

NCB5-18GM40-Z0
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN 1
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BU 2
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
8 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC
Operating voltage 3.5 ... 30 V .1.1

NCB8-18GM50-Z4-V1
NCB8-18GM50-Z5-V1
NCB8-18GM50-Z4
NCB8-18GM50-Z5
Model Number
Properties
18 mm housing
8 mm, flush mountable Switching element function DC NO
Cable and connector versions Ambient temperature -25 ... 70 C (-13 ... 158 F)
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 48 65
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position Pos. C

Po s. C
s. A
lc
lt L
D
l1
1
BN 1
L+ L+
2 4
BU 4
L- L-
3

1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN 1 3 BU (blue)
L+ L+
4 BK (black)
BU 2
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
8 mm
non-flush
Type of voltage DC
NBN8-18GM40-Z0-V1
NCN8-18GM40-Z0-V1
NCN8-18GM40-Z1-V1
NBN8-18GM40-Z0
NCN8-18GM40-Z0
NCN8-18GM40-Z1
S
Model Number
Properties
18 mm housing
8 mm, non-flush mountable DC NC
DC, 2-wire switching output Switching frequency 0 ... 300 Hz
0 ... 450 Hz
0 ... 500 Hz
cable PUR , 2 m
cable PVC , 2 m

tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40 55
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position Pos. C
s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A BF 18-F Mounting flange with dead stop, 18 mm
Po
lc EXG-18 Quick mounting bracket with dead stop
lt L
D
l1
NBN8-18GM40-Z0 NBN8-18GM40-Z0-V1
BN 3 1
L+ L+
BU 4 2 4
L- L-
3
NCN8-18GM40-Z1 NCN8-18GM40-Z1-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BU 2
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
12 mm
non-flush
1
Type of voltage DC
Reverse polarity protection reverse polarity-conductive

NCN12-18GM50-Z4-V1
NCN12-18GM50-Z5-V1
NCN12-18GM50-Z4
NCN12-18GM50-Z5
18 mm housing
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 48 65
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position Pos. C

s. B V1-G-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
Po s. C
s. A V1-G-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NCN12-18GM50-Z4 NCN12-18GM50-Z4-V1
1
BN 1
L+ L+
2 4
BU 4
L- L-
3

NCN12-18GM50-Z5 NCN12-18GM50-Z5-V1
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN 1 3 BU (blue)
L+ L+
4 BK (black)
BU 2
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
5 mm
flush
Type of voltage DC
NBB5-18GM20-E2-V1
NBB5-18GM40-E0-V1
NBB5-18GM40-E2-V1
NBB5-18GM40-E3-V1
NBB5-18GM20-E2
NBB5-18GM40-E1
NBB5-18GM40-E2
Model Number
Properties
NPN NC
5 mm, flush mountable PNP NO
DC, 3-wire switching output PNP NC
20 mA
0 ... 1000 Hz
0 ... 200 mA
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 20 40 40 35 50 50 50
Diameter D [mm] 18
Thread length lt [mm] 17 37 37 20 39 39 39
Po s. C
Po LED position Pos. C Pos. A
lc V1-W-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
lt L
D

l1 BF 18-F Mounting flange with dead stop, 18 mm
NBB5-18GM40-E1 NBB5-18GM40-E0-V1 NBB5-18GM40-E2-V1
NBB5-18GM20-E2-V1
1
BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+
BK 4 4
2 4
BU 3 3
L- L- L-
3
NBB5-18GM40-E2 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

NBB5-18GM40-E3-V1
NBB5-18GM20-E2 1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN 1
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
BK 2 4 BK (black)
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
5 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NBB5-18GM60-A0-V1
NBB5-18GM60-A2-V1
NBB5-18GM50-E0-V1
NBB5-18GM50-E2-V1
NBB5-18GM50-E3-V1
NBB5-18GM60-A0
NBB5-18GM60-A2
NBB5-18GM50-E0
NBB5-18GM50-E2
NBB5-18GM50-E3
18 mm housing
DC, 3-wire and 4-wire switching Switching element function NPN NO/NC
output versions NPN NO
PNP NO/NC
PNP NO
Further Products PNP NC
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
NBB5-18GM50-E2-T-V1 Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
Technical data like NBB5-18GM50-E2-V1 but: cable PVC , 2 m
Connection type: Device connector M12 x 1 , 3-pin

Protection class II
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 60 65 70
Diameter D [mm] 18
s. B LED position Pos. C
Po s. C
Po
s. A Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
Po
lt
L
D
l1
NBB5-18GM50-E2 NBB5-18GM60-A0 NBB5-18GM50-E2-T-V1 NBB5-18GM60-A0-V1
NBB5-18GM50-E2-V1 1
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK 2 4
BK 4 4
BU WH 3 2
L- L-
BU
3
3
L- L-
NBB5-18GM50-E0 NBB5-18GM50-E3 NBB5-18GM60-A2 NBB5-18GM50-E0-V1 NBB5-18GM50-E3-V1 NBB5-18GM60-A2-V1

1
BN BN BN 1 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK BK 4 2 4 4
BU BU WH 3 3 2
L- L- L- L-
BU 3 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
1 Type of voltage
Operating voltage
DC
10 ... 30 V
.1.1 Operating current 0 ... 200 mA
NBN8-18GK50-A2
NBB5-18GK50-E0
NBB5-18GK50-E2
18 mm housing
Up to 8 mm, flush and non-flush
mountable versions
DC, 3-wire and 4-wire switching 8 mm
output versions Installation flush
Cable and connector versions non-flush
PNP NO/NC
PNP NO
25 mA
0 ... 1000 Hz
Dimensions
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position Pos. C

Po
s. B
s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB5-18GK50-E0 NBN8-18GK50-A2
BN BN
L+ L+
BK BK
BU WH
L-
BU
L-
NBB5-18GK50-E2
BN
L+
BK
BU
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
8 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NBB8-18GM60-A0-V1
NBB8-18GM60-A2-V1
NBB8-18GM30-E2-V1
NBB8-18GM30-E3-V1
NBB8-18GM50-E0-V1
NBB8-18GM50-E2-V1
NBB8-18GM60-A0
NBB8-18GM60-A2
NBB8-18GM30-E2
NBB8-18GM30-E3
NBB8-18GM50-E0
NBB8-18GM50-E2
Model Number
Properties
18 mm housing
8 mm, flush mountable NPN NO
PNP NC
25 mA
0 ... 200 mA
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 30 50 60 45 65 70
Diameter D [mm] 18
Thread length lt [mm] 27 47 57 30 50 60
Po s. C
Po LED position Pos. C B
lc BF 18-F Mounting flange with dead stop, 18 mm
lt L
D

l1 V1-W-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
NBB8-18GM30-E2 NBB8-18GM60-A0 NBB8-18GM30-E2-V1 NBB8-18GM60-A0-V1
NBB8-18GM50-E2 NBB8-18GM50-E2-V1 1
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4 2 4
BU WH 3 2
L- L-
BU 3 3
L- L-
NBB8-18GM50-E0 NBB8-18GM30-E3 NBB8-18GM60-A2 NBB8-18GM50-E0-V1 NBB8-18GM30-E3-V1 NBB8-18GM60-A2-V1
BN BN BN 1 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK BK 4 2 4
BU BU WH 3 3 2
L- L- L- L-
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
8 mm
non-flush
Type of voltage DC
NBN8-18GM50-E0-V1
NBN8-18GM50-E2-V1
NBN8-18GM50-E0
NBN8-18GM50-E2
NBN8-18GK50-E0
NBN8-18GK50-E2
Model Number
Properties
PNP NO
8 mm, non-flush mountable No-load supply current 15 mA
DC, 3-wire switching output 18 mA
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
Further Products Housing material brass, nickel-plated
PBT
In this series, we offer additionally: Protection degree IP67
NBN8-18GM50-E2-T IP68 / IP69K
Technical data like NBN8-18GM50-E2 but: Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
cable PVC , 2 m
NBN8-18GM50-E2-T-V1
Technical data like NBN8-18GM50-E2-V1 but:

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 52 52 50 50 65 65
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position Pos. C

s. B
Po s. C V1-W-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
Po
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN8-18GK50-E0 NBN8-18GM50-E0-V1
NBN8-18GM50-E0
1 1
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4 4 2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3 3
NBN8-18GK50-E2 NBN8-18GM50-E2-T-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

NBN8-18GM50-E2 NBN8-18GM50-E2-V1
NBN8-18GM50-E2-T 1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
BK 4 4 BK (black)
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
12 mm
non-flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NBN12-18GM50-A0-V1
NBN12-18GM50-A2-V1
NBN12-18GM35-E2-V1
NBN12-18GM50-E2-V1
NBN12-18GM50-A0
NBN12-18GM50-A2
NBN12-18GM35-E2
NBN12-18GM50-E2
Model Number
Properties
12 mm, non-flush mountable Switching element function NPN NO/NC
PNP NO/NC
output versions No-load supply current 12 mA
0 ... 300 Hz
0 ... 1000 Hz
0 ... 200 mA
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 35.5 50 65
Diameter D [mm] 18
Thread length lt [mm] 22.5 37 25 40
s. B
Po s. C LED position Pos. C
Po
s. A
BF 18-F Mounting flange with dead stop, 18 mm
lc
D
l1
NBN12-18GM35-E2 NBN12-18GM50-A0 NBN12-18GM35-E2-V1 NBN12-18GM50-A0-V1
NBN12-18GM50-E2 NBN12-18GM50-E2-V1
BN BN 1 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
2 4
BU WH 3 2
L- L-
BU 3
L- L-
3

NBN12-18GM50-A2 NBN12-18GM50-A2-V1
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN 1 3 BU (blue)
L+ L+
BK 4 4 BK (black)
WH 2
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
12 mm
flush
Type of voltage DC

NEB12-18GM50-E2-V1
NEB12-18GM50-E3-V1
NEB12-18GM50-E2
Properties
Model Number
18 mm housing
Cable and connector versions Switching element function PNP NO
PNP NC
cable PUR , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 53 69
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position Pos. C

s. B
Po s. C V1-G-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
Po
s. A EXG-18 Quick mounting bracket with dead stop
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NEB12-18GM50-E2 NEB12-18GM50-E2-V1
1
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3

NEB12-18GM50-E3-V1
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
1
L+ 3 BU (blue)
2 4 BK (black)
3
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
20 mm
non-flush
1
Type of voltage DC

Properties
NEN20-18GM50-E2-V1
NEN20-18GM50-E3-V1
18 mm housing
Model Number
Connector version

PNP NC
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 69
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position Pos. C

s. B
Po s. C V1-W-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NEN20-18GM50-E2-V1 NEN20-18GM50-E3-V1
1
1 1
L+ L+
4 2
2 4
3 3
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
1 Type of voltage
Operating voltage
AC
20 ... 253 V

S
NBB5-18GM60-WO
NBN8-18GM60-WO
NBB5-18GM60-WS
NBN8-18GM60-WS
Properties
mountable versions
AC, 2-wire switching output green = preferred type
Cable version 8 mm
Installation flush
non-flush
Switching element function AC NO
AC NC

tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 60
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position Pos. C

s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN8-18GM60-WS NBN8-18GM60-WO
NBB5-18GM60-WS NBB5-18GM60-WO
BN BN
L L
BU BU
N N
GN/YE GN/YE

Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
Operating voltage
AC
20 ... 253 V
1
No-load supply current 1.5 mA
Switching frequency 0 ... 25 Hz .1.1

NBB5-18GK-WO
NBN8-18GK-WO
NBB5-18GK-WS
NBN8-18GK-WS
Model Number
Properties
18 mm housing
Up to 8 mm, flush and non-flush Rated operating distance 5 mm
mountable versions 8 mm
Installation flush
non-flush
Cable version Switching element function AC NO
AC NC

fication (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 79 80
Diameter D [mm] 18
Cap length l1 [mm] 0 0.5
LED position -

s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB5-18GK-WS NBB5-18GK-WO
NBN8-18GK-WS NBN8-18GK-WO
BN BN
L L
BU BU
N N

Technical Data
General Data
1 Operating voltage
20 ... 250 V AC/20 ... 300 V DC
tolerant
.1.1 Operating current 4 ... 300 mA AC/DC
NBN15-18GM60-UO-V12
NBN15-18GM60-US-V12
NBB8-18GM60-UO-V12
NBB8-18GM60-US-V12
S
NBN15-18GM60-UO
NBN15-18GM60-US
NBB8-18GM60-UO
NBB8-18GM60-US
Model Number
Properties
18 mm housing
Up to 15 mm, flush and non-flush Rated operating distance 15 mm
AC/DC, 2-wire switching output Installation flush
Cable and connector versions non-flush
Switching element function AC/DC NO
NC
Type of voltage UC
cable PUR , 2 m


tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 63 70
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position Pos. A

Po s. C
Po
s. A
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN15-18GM60-US NBN15-18GM60-US-V12
1
BN 2
AC/DC AC/DC
BU 3
2 3
GN/YE 1
Wire colors
NBB8-18GM60-UO NBB8-18GM60-UO-V12
NBN15-18GM60-UO NBN15-18GM60-UO-V12 1 GN (green)
2 RD/BK (red/black)
BN 2 3 RD/WH (red/white)
AC/DC AC/DC
BU 3
GN/YE 1

Technical Data
General Data
Measurement range
Installation
1 ... 5 mm
flush
1
Switching element function Analog current output
Type of voltage DC .1.1
Linearity error 4 % of full-scale value
Load resistor 1000
Adjustment tolerance zero point 10 % of full-scale value

NBB5-18GM60-I3-V1
NBB5-18GM60-I-V1
NBB5-18GM60-I3
NBB5-18GM60-I
Model Number
Properties
18 mm housing
1 ... 5 mm, flush mountable Output type 0 ... 20 mA
DC, 3-wire analog output 4 ... 20 mA
Slope of output characteristic 4 mA / mm
5 mA / mm
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 60 70
Diameter D [mm] 18

s. B
Po s. C V1-G-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
Po
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB5-18GM60-I NBB5-18GM60-I3-V1
NBB5-18GM60-I3 NBB5-18GM60-I-V1
1
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
10 mm
flush
Type of voltage DC
NBB10-30GM40-Z0-V1
NCB10-30GM40-Z0-V1
NBB10-30GM40-Z3-V1
NCB10-30GM40-Z3-V1
NCB10-30GM40-Z1-V1
NBB10-30GM40-Z0
NCB10-30GM40-Z0
NCB10-30GM40-Z1
S
Model Number
Properties
10 mm, flush mountable Switching element function DC NO
DC NC
DC, 2-wire switching output Ambient temperature -25 ... 70 C (-13 ... 158 F)
Cable and connector versions -40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PUR , 2 m
cable PVC , 2 m


tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40 55
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. C

Po s. C
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NCB10-30GM40-Z0 NCB10-30GM40-Z0-V1 NBB10-30GM40-Z3-V1
NBB10-30GM40-Z0 NBB10-30GM40-Z0-V1 NCB10-30GM40-Z3-V1
BN 3 1
1
L+ L+ L+
BU 2 4
4 4
L- L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BU 2
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
non-flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NBN15-30GM40-Z0-V1
NCN15-30GM40-Z0-V1
NBN15-30GM40-Z3-V1
NCN15-30GM40-Z3-V1
NCN15-30GM40-Z1-V1
NBN15-30GM40-Z0
NCN15-30GM40-Z0
NCN15-30GM40-Z1
S
Model Number

30 mm housing DC NC
15 mm, non-flush mountable Switching frequency 0 ... 100 Hz
0 ... 150 Hz
Cable and connector versions -40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PUR , 2 m
cable PVC , 2 m


tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40 55
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. C

Po
Po
s. A
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN15-30GM40-Z0 NBN15-30GM40-Z0-V1 NBN15-30GM40-Z3-V1
NCN15-30GM40-Z0 NCN15-30GM40-Z0-V1 NCN15-30GM40-Z3-V1
BN 3 1 1
L+ L+ L+
BU 4 4 2 4
L- L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BU 2
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
flush
Type of voltage DC
.1.1 Operating voltage 3.5 ... 30 V

NCB15-30GM50-Z4-V1
NCB15-30GM50-Z5-V1
NCB15-30GM50-Z4
NCB15-30GM50-Z5
Model Number
Properties
30 mm housing
Cable and connector versions Reverse polarity protection
reverse polarity-conductive
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 65
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. C

s. B
Po s. C
Po
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NCB15-30GM50-Z4 NCB15-30GM50-Z4-V1
BN 1 1
L+ L+
BU 4 2 4
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BU 2
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
25 mm
non-flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NCN25-30GM50-Z4-V1
NCN25-30GM50-Z5-V1
NCN25-30GM50-Z7-V1
NCN25-30GM50-Z4
NCN25-30GM50-Z5
Model Number
Properties
30 mm housing
25 mm, non-flush mountable Switching element function DC NO
DC NC
Reverse polarity protection reverse polarity-conductive
Cable and connector versions tolerant
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 65
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. C

Po s. C
s. A V1-W-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NCN25-30GM50-Z4 NCN25-30GM50-Z4-V1 NCN25-30GM50-Z7-V1
BN 1 1 1
L+ L+ L-
BU 4 4
2 4
L- L- L+
3
1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BU 2
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
10 mm
flush
Type of voltage DC

NBB10-30GM50-E0-V1
NBB10-30GM50-E2-V1
NBB10-30GM50-E3-V1
NBB10-30GM50-E0
NBB10-30GM50-E2
30 mm housing
PNP NC
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 65
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. C

Po
s. C
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB10-30GM50-E0 NBB10-30GM50-E0-V1 NBB10-30GM50-E2-V1
1
BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+
BK 4 4
2 4
BU 3 3
L- L- L-
3
NBB10-30GM50-E2 NBB10-30GM50-E3-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
BK 2 4 BK (black)
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
10 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NBB10-30GM60-A0-V1
NBB10-30GM60-A2-V1
NBB10-30GM60-A0
NBB10-30GM60-A2
Model Number
Properties
30 mm housing
DC, 4-wire switching output Switching element function NPN NO/NC
PNP NO/NC
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 60 70
Diameter D [mm] 30

Po s. C
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB10-30GM60-A0 NBB10-30GM60-A0-V1
BN 1 1
L+ L+
BK 4
WH 2 2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3
NBB10-30GM60-A2 NBB10-30GM60-A2-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+
BK 4 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
WH 2
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
10 mm
flush
Type of voltage DC

Properties
30 mm housing
NBB10-30GK50-E0
NBB10-30GK50-E2
Cable version

PNP NO
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 52
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. C

s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB10-30GK50-E0 NBB10-30GK50-E2
BN BN
L+ L+
BK BK
BU BU
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
10 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC

Connection type terminal compartment
Properties
NJ10-30GKK-A2
30 mm housing
NJ10-30GKK-A

PNP NO/NC
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 115
Diameter D [mm] 30

lt
D
LED
lc
NJ10-30GKK-A2 NJ10-30GKK-A
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
2 2
3 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
flush
Type of voltage DC

NBB15-30GM30-E2-V1
NBB15-30GM30-E3-V1
NBB15-30GM50-E0-V1
NBB15-30GM50-E2-V1
NBB15-30GM30-E2
NBB15-30GM30-E3
NBB15-30GM50-E0
NBB15-30GM50-E2
Model Number
Properties
30 mm housing
15 mm, flush mountable green = preferred type
0 ... 200 mA
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 30 50 45 65
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. C
Po
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB15-30GM50-E0 NBB15-30GM30-E2 NBB15-30GM50-E0-V1 NBB15-30GM30-E2-V1
NBB15-30GM50-E2 NBB15-30GM50-E2-V1
BN BN 1 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
BU BU 3 3 2 4
L- L- L- L-
3
NBB15-30GM30-E3 NBB15-30GM30-E3-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
BK 2
4 BK (black)
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NBB15-30GM60-A0-V1
NBB15-30GM60-A2-V1
NBB15-30GM60-A0
NBB15-30GM60-A2
30 mm housing
Cable and connector versions PNP NO/NC
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 60 70
Diameter D [mm] 30

Po s. C
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB15-30GM60-A0 NBB15-30GM60-A0-V1
BN 1 1
L+ L+
BK 4
WH 2 2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3
NBB15-30GM60-A2-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

NBB15-30GM60-A2
1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+
BK 4 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
WH 2
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
non-flush
Type of voltage DC

NBN15-30GM50-E0-V1
NBN15-30GM50-E2-V1
NBN15-30GM50-E0
NBN15-30GM50-E2
Model Number
Properties
30 mm housing
20 mA
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 65
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. C

Po
s. C
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN15-30GM50-E0-V1 NBN15-30GM50-E0
1 BN 1
L+ L+
4 BK
3 BU 2 4
L- L-
3
NBN15-30GM50-E2-V1 NBN15-30GM50-E2 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
1 BN 2 WH (white)
L+ L+
4 BK 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
3 BU
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
non-flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NBN15-30GM60-A0-V1
NBN15-30GM60-A2-V1
NBN15-30GM60-A0
NBN15-30GM60-A2
Properties
Model Number
30 mm housing
Cable and connector versions Switching element function NPN NO/NC
PNP NO/NC
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 60 70
Diameter D [mm] 30

s. B
Po s. C
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN15-30GM60-A0 NBN15-30GM60-A0-V1
BN 1 1
L+ L+
BK 4
WH 2 2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3
NBN15-30GM60-A2 NBN15-30GM60-A2-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
BN 1
L+ L+ 2 WH (white)
BK 4 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
WH 2
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
non-flush
Type of voltage DC

Properties
30 mm housing
NBN15-30GK50-E0
NBN15-30GK50-E2
Cable version
Further Products
In this series, we offer additionally: Switching element function NPN NO
NJ15-30GK-E2-T PNP NO
Technical data comparable to NBN15-30GK50-E2
but: Approvals and Certificates
Ambient temperature: -25 ... 100 C (-13 ... 212 F) UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 52
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. C

s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN15-30GK50-E0 NBN15-30GK50-E2
NJ15-30GK-E2-T
BN BN
L+ L+
BK BK
BU BU
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
non-flush
1
Type of voltage DC

Properties
NJ15-30GKK-A2
30 mm housing
NJ15-30GKK-A

PNP NO/NC
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 115
Diameter D [mm] 30

lt
D
LED
lc
NJ15-30GKK-A NJ15-30GKK-A2
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
2 2
3 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
22 mm
virtually flush
Type of voltage DC

NEB22-30GM60-E0-V1
NEB22-30GM60-E2-V1
NEB22-30GM60-E3-V1
NEB22-30GM60-E0
NEB22-30GM60-E2
Properties
Model Number
30 mm housing
PNP NO
PNP NC
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 60 73.5
Diameter D [mm] 30
Thread length lt [mm] 60 60 52 61.5 52
Connector area lc [mm] 0 13,5 12.5
LED position C C C A C

Po s. C
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NEB22-30GM60-E0 NEB22-30GM60-E0-V1 NEB22-30GM60-E2-V1
BN 1 1 1
L+ L+ L+
BK 4 4
BU 3 3 2 4
L- L- L-
3
NEB22-30GM60-E2 NEB22-30GM60-E3-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
BK 2
4 BK (black)
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
Type of voltage
non-flush
DC
1

NBN22-30GM35-E2-V1
NBN25-30GM50-E0-V1
NBN25-30GM50-E2-V1
NBN22-30GM35-E2
NBN25-30GM50-E0
NBN25-30GM50-E2
Model Number

Properties Rated operating distance 22 mm
25 mm
22 mm and 25 mm versions, non- PNP NO
flush mountable No-load supply current 10 mA
DC, 3-wire switching output 12 mA
0 ... 200 mA
-40 ... 70 C (-40 ... 158 F)
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 35 50 50 50 65 65
Diameter D [mm] 30
s. B
Po s. C
LED position Pos. C
Po

lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN25-30GM50-E0 NBN25-30GM50-E0-V1
BN 1 1
L+ L+
BK 4
BU 3 2 4
L- L-
3
NBN22-30GM35-E2 NBN22-30GM35-E2-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

NBN25-30GM50-E2 NBN25-30GM50-E2-V1
1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+
BK 4 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
40 mm
non-flush
Type of voltage DC

NEN40-30GM60-E0-V1
NEN40-30GM60-E2-V1
NEN40-30GM60-E3-V1
NEN40-30GM60-E0
NEN40-30GM60-E2
Properties
Model Number
30 mm housing
PNP, NO
PNP NO
PNP NC
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Diameter D [mm] 30
Thread length lt [mm] 50 50 42 51.5 42
Connector area lc [mm] 0 0 13.5 12.5 13.5
LED position C C C A C

Po
s. C
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NEN40-30GM60-E0 NEN40-30GM60-E0-V1 NEN40-30GM60-E2-V1
BN 1 1 1
L+ L+ L+
BK 4 4
BU 3 3 2 4
L- L- L-
3
NEN40-30GM60-E2 NEN40-30GM60-E3-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+
BK 2 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
Operating voltage
AC
20 ... 253 V
1

NBB15-30GM50-WO-V12
NBB15-30GM50-WO-V93
NBB15-30GM50-WS-V12
NBB15-30GM50-WS-V93
S
NBB10-30GM50-WO
NBB15-30GM50-WO
NBB10-30GM50-WS
NBB15-30GM50-WS
Model Number
Properties
30 mm housing
10 mm, flush mountable and Rated operating distance 10 mm
15 mm, virtually flush mountable 15 mm
AC, 2-wire switching output Installation flush
Cable and connector versions virtually flush
Switching element function AC NO
AC NC
Device connector 7/8"-16 UN , 3-pin
cable PVC , 2 m

tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Diameter D [mm] 30

Po s. C Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
Po
s. A
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB10-30GM50-WS NBB15-30GM50-WS-V12
NBB15-30GM50-WS NBB15-30GM50-WS-V93
V12 V93 1
1
BN 2
L L
BU 3
N N
GN/YE 1 2 3
2 3
NBB10-30GM50-WO NBB15-30GM50-WO-V12
NBB15-30GM50-WO NBB15-30GM50-WO-V93 Wire colors Wire colors
BN 2 1 GN (green) 1 GN (green)
L L 2 RD/BK (red/black) 2 BK (black)
3 RD/WH (red/white) 3 WH (white)
BU 3
N N
GN/YE 1

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
virtually flush
Type of voltage AC
Operating current 1.5 ... 200 mA
NBB15-30GK-WO
NBB15-30GK-WS
30 mm housing
Cable version AC NC
(CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 80
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position -

s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB15-30GK-WS NBB15-30GK-WO
BN BN
L L
BU BU
N N

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
Type of voltage
flush
AC
1
No-load supply current 1.7 mA .1.1
Operating current 1.5 ... 200 mA

NBB10-30GKK-WO
NBB15-30GKK-WO
NBB10-30GKK-WS
NBB15-30GKK-WS
30 mm housing
10 mm and 15 mm , flush mountab-
le versions
AC, 2-wire switching output 15 mm
Terminal compartment Switching element function AC NO
AC NC

tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 115
Diameter D [mm] 30
lt
D
LED
lc
NBB15-30GKK-WS NBB15-30GKK-WO
NBB10-30GKK-WS NBB10-30GKK-WO
3 1
L L
4 2
N N

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
flush

S
NBB15-30GM50-UO-V12
NBB15-30GM50-UO-V93
NBB15-30GM50-US-V12
NBB15-30GM50-US-V93
NBB15-30GM50-UO
NBB15-30GM50-US
30 mm housing
AC/DC, 2-wire switching output
Cable and connector versions Switching element function AC/DC NO
NC
Type of voltage UC
cable PUR , 2 m


tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. B

Po
Po
s. A
lc
lt L
D
l1
V12 V93 1
NBB15-30GM50-US-V12
1
BN 2
AC/DC AC/DC
BU 3
GN/YE 1 2 3
2 3
NBB15-30GM50-UO NBB15-30GM50-UO-V93
NBB15-30GM50-UO-V12 Wire colors Wire colors
2 RD/BK (red/black) 2 BK (black)
AC/DC AC/DC 3 RD/WH (red/white) 3 WH (white)
BU 3
GN/YE 1

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
25 mm
non-flush
1
Reverse polarity protection tolerant .1.1

S
NBN25-30GM50-UO-V12
NBN25-30GM50-UO-V93
NBN25-30GM50-US-V12
NBN25-30GM50-US-V93
NBN25-30GM50-UO
NBN25-30GM50-US
30 mm housing
AC/DC, 2-wire switching output green = preferred type
NC
Type of voltage UC
cable PUR , 2 m


tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. B

Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN25-30GM50-US NBN25-30GM50-US-V93
NBN25-30GM50-US-V12
V12 V93 1
1
BN 2
AC/DC AC/DC
BU 3
GN/YE 1 2 3
2 3
NBN25-30GM50-UO NBN25-30GM50-UO-V93
NBN25-30GM50-UO-V12 Wire colors Wire colors
2 RD/BK (red/black) 2 BK (black)
AC/DC AC/DC 3 RD/WH (red/white) 3 WH (white)
BU 3
GN/YE 1

Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
Analog current output
DC
Output type 0 ... 20 mA
Load resistor 500
Ambient temperature -10 ... 70 C (14 ... 158 F)

IA15-30GM-I3
Properties
IA8-30GM-I3
3 ... 8 mm, flush mountable and
5 ... 15 mm non-flush mountable green = preferred type
Measurement range 3 ... 8 mm
DC, 3-wire analog output
5 ... 15 mm
Cable version Installation flush
non-flush
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 60
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position -

DA5-IU-C Digital display unit
s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
IA15-30GM-I3
IA8-30GM-I3
BN
L+
BK
BU
L-

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 6.5 mm with reduction factor 1
Technical Data
General Data
Switching element function
Type of voltage
PNP
DC
NO
1

NRB2-6,5S50-E2-V3
NRN6-6,5S50-E2-V3
Properties
6.5 mm housing
2 mm, flush mountable and Model Number
Connector version Rated operating distance 2 mm
6 mm
Your Benefit Installation flush
non-flush
Same sensing range for all metals Switching frequency 0 ... 1000 Hz
0 ... 400 Hz
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 59
Diameter D [mm] 6.5 / 8
LED position Pos. C

s. B V3-WM Female connector, M8, 3-pin, field attachable
Po s. C
s. A V3-WM-2M-PUR Cable socket, M8, 3-pin, PUR cable
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NRB2-6,5S50-E2-V3
NRN6-6,5S50-E2-V3
4
1
L+
4 1 3
3
L-
1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 8 mm with reduction factor 1
Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
PNP
DC
NO

NRB2-8GS50-E2-V3
NRN6-8GS50-E2-V3
NRB2-8GS40-E2-V1
NRN6-8GS40-E2-V1
Model Number
Properties
2 mm, flush mountable and 6 mm
6 mm, non-flush mountable Installation flush
non-flush
DC, 3-wire switching output Operating current 0 ... 100 mA
Connector versions 0 ... 200 mA
0 ... 2500 Hz
Your Benefit 0 ... 1000 Hz
Same sensing range for all metals 0 ... 400 Hz

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 59 65
LED position Pos. C
s. B
Po s. C
s. A
D

l1
NRB2-8GS40-E2-V1
NRB2-8GS50-E2-V3
NRN6-8GS40-E2-V1 1 1
4
NRN6-8GS50-E2-V3
1 3 4 2 4
1
L+
4
3 3
3
L-
Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown) 1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue) 2 WH (white)
4 BK (black) 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
Operating voltage
DC
10 ... 30 V
1

NRN10-12GS40-A2-V1
NRN10-12GS40-E2-V1
NRB4-12GS40-A2-V1
NRB4-12GS40-E2-V1
12 mm housing
mountable versions
DC, 3-wire and 4-wire switching Rated operating distance 4 mm
output versions 10 mm
Installation flush
Connector version non-flush
Switching element function PNP NO/NC
Your Benefit PNP NO
Same sensing range for all metals 15 mA
0 ... 2000 Hz
-25 ... 85 C (-13 ... 185 F)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 55
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position Pos. C
s. B
Po s. C
s. A
lt L
D
l1
NRB4-12GS40-E2-V1 NRB4-12GS40-A2-V1
NRN10-12GS40-E2-V1 NRN10-12GS40-A2-V1
1
1 1
L+ L+
4 4 2 4
3 2
L-
3 3
L-
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
1 Type of voltage
Operating voltage
DC
10 ... 30 V
NRB12-18GS40-E2-V1
NRN15-18GS40-E2-V1
NRN15-18GS50-E2-V1
NRN15-18GS50-E3-V1
NRB8-18GS40-E2-V1
NRB8-18GS50-E2-V1
18 mm housing
8 mm flush, 12 mm virtually flush,
and 15 mm non-flush mountable
versions Rated operating distance 8 mm
DC, 3-wire switching output 12 mm
15 mm
Connector version Installation flush
non-flush
Your Benefit virtually flush
Same sensing range for all metals PNP NC
28 mA
0 ... 600 Hz
0 ... 200 mA
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 55 65 55 55 65 65
Diameter D [mm] 18
s. B Connector area lc [mm] 15
Po s. C
Po LED position Pos. C
Po
lt
L
D
l1
NRB12-18GS40-E2-V1 NRN15-18GS50-E3-V1
NRB8-18GS40-E2-V1
NRN15-18GS40-E2-V1 1
NRN15-18GS50-E2-V1
NRB8-18GS50-E2-V1
2 4
1 1
L+ L+
4 2 3
3 3
L- L-
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
Operating voltage
DC
10 ... 30 V
1

NRB15-30GS50-E2-V1
NRB15-30GS50-E3-V1
NRN30-30GS50-E2-V1
NRN30-30GS50-E3-V1
Properties
Model Number
30 mm housing
15 mm flush and 30 mm non-flush
mountable versions
Connector version 30 mm
Installation flush
Your Benefit non-flush
Same sensing range for all metals PNP NC
0 ... 750 Hz
Housing material stainless steel 1.4301
Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 65
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. C

Po s. C
Po
s. A
lc
lt L
D
l1
NRB15-30GS50-E2-V1 NRB15-30GS50-E3-V1
NRN30-30GS50-E2-V1 NRN30-30GS50-E3-V1
1
1 1
L+ L+
4 2 2 4
3 3
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 8 mm, weld immune
Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
PNP NO
10 ... 30 V DC
Housing material brass, PTFE coated
NBB1,5-8GM40-E2-C-V3
NBN3-8GM30-E2-C-V1
Model Number
Properties
8 mm housing
1.5 mm, flush and 3 mm non-flush 3 mm
mountable versions Installation flush
DC, 3-wire switching output non-flush
Connector version Switching frequency 0 ... 1800 Hz
0 ... 50 Hz
Your Benefit Device connector M8 x 1 , 3-pin
Specially optimized for welding ap-
plications

Dimensions
Diameter D [mm] 8 8/12 8/12
Cap length l1 [mm] 0 0 4
LED position Pos. A B B

s. B
Po
s. A
D
l1
NBN3-8GM30-E2-C-V1 1
4
1
L+
1 3 2 4
4
3
L-
3
Date of issue: 2015-04-08
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
PNP NO
10 ... 30 V DC
1
Operating current 0 ... 200 mA .1.1

NBB2-12GM50-E2-C3-V1
NBB2-12GM50-E2-C-V1
NBN4-12GM50-E2-C-V1
NBN4-12GM50-E2-C
Model Number
Properties
12 mm housing
2 mm, flush and 4 mm non-flush 4 mm
0 ... 1500 Hz
Your Benefit cable PVC , 2 m
plications

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 65
Diameter D [mm] 12
Connector area lc [mm] 0 15 15 19
LED position Pos. C

s. B V1-G-OR2M-POC Female cordset, M12, 4-pin, TPE cable, welding-bead resistant
Po s. C
s. A
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN4-12GM50-E2-C NBB2-12GM50-E2-C-V1
NBN4-12GM50-E2-C-V1
NBB2-12GM50-E2-C3-V1 1
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
1 Operating voltage
10 ... 30 V DC

.1.1 Indication of the switching state Multihole-LED, yellow
NBB5-18GM50-E2-C3-V1
NBB5-18GM50-E2-C-V1
NBB5-18GM50-E0-C-V1
NBN8-18GM50-E2-C-V1
18 mm housing
5 mm, flush and 8 mm non-flush
mountable versions
8 mm
non-flush
Your Benefit Switching element function NPN NO
PNP NO
Specially optimized for welding ap- Switching frequency 0 ... 500 Hz
plications 0 ... 800 Hz
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 65
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position Pos. C

Po s. C
s. A
Po V1-G-OR2M-POC Female cordset, M12, 4-pin, TPE cable, welding-bead resistant
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB5-18GM50-E2-C-V1 NBB5-18GM50-E0-C-V1
NBN8-18GM50-E2-C-V1
NBB5-18GM50-E2-C3-V1 1
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
2 4
3 3
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
non-flush
PNP NO
1
Type of voltage DC

NRN12-18GM50-E2-C-V1
Properties
NBN8-18GM50-E2-C-V1
NRN8-18GM50-E2-C-V1
18 mm housing
mountable versions Model Number
Connector versions
Your Benefit Reduction factor 1

Specially optimized for welding ap- 12 mm
plications 15 mm
0 ... 600 Hz
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 65
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position Pos. C

s. B
Po s. C
s. A
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN8-18GM50-E2-C-V1
NRN15-18GM50-E2-C-V1 1
NRN8-18GM50-E2-C-V1
1 2 4
L+
4
3 3
L-
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
1 Operating voltage
10 ... 30 V DC

NBB10-30GM50-E2-C3-V1
NBB10-30GM50-E0-C-V1
NBN15-30GM50-E2-C-V1
Properties
mountable versions
Connector version
15 mm
Specially optimized for welding ap- non-flush
plications Switching element function NPN NO
PNP NO
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 65
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. C

s. B
Po s. C V1-G-2M-PVC Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PVC cable
Po
s. A V1-G-OR2M-POC Female cordset, M12, 4-pin, TPE cable, welding-bead resistant
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB10-30GM50-E2-C3-V1 NBB10-30GM50-E0-C-V1
NBN15-30GM50-E2-C-V1 1
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
2 4
3 3
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 8 / 12 / 18 / 30 mm, weld immune
Technical Data
General Data
Reduction factor 1

PNP NO
1

NRB12-18GM40-E2-C-V1
NRB4-12GM40-E2-C-V1
NRB8-18GM40-E2-C-V1
NRB8-18GM50-E2-C-V1
NRB2-8GM40-E2-C-V1
NRN6-8GM40-E2-C-V1
Properties
8 - 30 mm housing versions Model Number
Up to 30 mm, flush, non-flush and
virtually flush mountable versions
Connector version Rated operating distance [mm] 2 6 4 10 8 8 12 15 15 30
Installation flush
virtually flush
Same sensing range for all metals Switching frequency 0 ... 300 Hz
Specially optimized for welding ap- 0 ... 400 Hz
plications 0 ... 500 Hz
0 ... 600 Hz
0 ... 750 Hz
0 ... 1000 Hz
0 ... 2000 Hz
0 ... 2500 Hz
0 ... 4000 Hz
-25 ... 85 C (-13 ... 185 F)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 65 65 55 55 55 65 55 65 65 65
s. B Diameter D [mm] 8/12 12 18 30
Po s. C
Po
Cap length l1 [mm] 0 5 0 8 0 0 0 10 0 18
s. A
LED position Pos. B C

lc
D
l1
NRB2-8GM40-E2-C-V1
NRN6-8GM40-E2-C-V1
NRB4-12GM40-E2-C-V1 1 1
4 2 4
NRB8-18GM40-E2-C-V1
NRB8-18GM50-E2-C-V1
NRN15-18GM50-E2-C-V1 3 3
1 3 BU (blue) 2 WH (white)
L+
4
4 BK (black)
3
L-

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 8 / 12 / 18 / 30 mm, weld immune
Technical Data
General Data
1 metal face
Installation

flush
Housing material Xylan coated - Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
NMB10-18GM65-E2-C-V1
NMB5-12GM65-E2-C-V1
NMB3-8GM50-E2-C-V1
Properties
8 - 30 mm housing versions Model Number
Up to 15 mm, flush mountable ver-
sions
Connector versions
5 mm
Your Benefit 10 mm
15 mm
Increased resistance to environ- Operating current 0 ... 100 mA
mental influences due to self-con- 0 ... 200 mA
tained metal sleeve Operating voltage display LED, green
Specially optimized for welding ap- Indication of the switching state LED, red
plications Multihole-LED, yellow
-25 ... 75 C (-13 ... 167 F)
IP67 / IP68 / IP69K - cordset dependent

according to cable Standard
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 65 65 65
Diameter D [mm] 8 / 12 12 18 30
s. B Thread length lt [mm] 25 42 39.5 37.5
Po s. C
Po Cap length l1 [mm] 0 2 2.5 2.5
s. A
Po LED position Pos.: A C C C

lc
V1-G-OR2M-POC Female cordset, M12, 4-pin, TPE cable, welding-bead resistant
AB-12 Mounting aid
AB-18 Mounting aid
lt L
D
l1
NMB3-8GM50-E2-C-V1
NMB5-12GM65-E2-C-V1
NMB10-18GM65-E2-C-V1 1
1 2 4
L+
4
3 3
L-
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 8 mm, metal face
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
3 mm
flush
1
Indication of the switching state LED, red

Sensing face Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
NMB3-8GM50-E0-V3
NMB3-8GM50-E2-V3
NMB3-8GM50-E0-V1
NMB3-8GM50-E2-V1
NMB3-8GM35-E0
NMB3-8GM35-E2
8 mm metal face housing
Your Benefit Device connector M8 x 1 , 3-pin
cable PUR , 2 m
Increased resistance to environ-
mental influences due to self-con-
tained metal sleeve

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 35 50

s. B
Po s. C V3-GM-2M-PUR Cable socket, M8, 3-pin, PUR cable
Po
s. A V3-WM-2M-PUR Cable socket, M8, 3-pin, PUR cable
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NMB3-8GM35-E0 NMB3-8GM50-E0-V1
NMB3-8GM50-E0-V3
1
BN 1 4
L+ L+
BK 4
1 3 2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3
NMB3-8GM35-E2 NMB3-8GM50-E2-V1
NMB3-8GM50-E2-V3 1 BN (brown) 1 BN (brown)
BN 1 4 BK (black) 3 BU (blue)
L+ L+
4 BK (black)
BK 4
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
5 mm
flush
Operating current 200 mA

NMB5-12GM65-E0-V1
NMB5-12GM65-E2-V1
NMB5-12GM65-E3-V1
NMB5-12GM55-E0
NMB5-12GM55-E2
Properties
Model Number
PNP NO
PNP NC
Your Benefit Protection degree IP67 / IP68 / IP69K - cordset depen-

dent according to cable Standard
Increased resistance to environ- IP69K
mental influences due to self-con- Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
tained metal sleeve cable PUR , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 55 65
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position Pos. C
s. B
Po
AB-12 Mounting aid
lc
lt L
D
l1
NMB5-12GM55-E0 NMB5-12GM65-E0-V1 NMB5-12GM65-E2-V1
1
BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+
BK 4 4
2 4
BU 3 3
L- L- L-
3
NMB5-12GM55-E2 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

NMB5-12GM65-E3-V1
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN 1
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
BK 2 4 BK (black)
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
10 mm
flush
1

NMB10-18GM65-E0-V1
NMB10-18GM65-E2-V1
NMB10-18GM65-E3-V1
NMB10-18GM55-E0
NMB10-18GM55-E2
Properties
Model Number
PNP NO
PNP NC

Increased resistance to environ- dent according to cable Standard
mental influences due to self-con- IP69K
tained metal sleeve Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
cable PUR , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 55 65
Diameter D [mm] 18
Cap length l1 [mm] 2.5
LED position Pos. C
s. B
Po s. C
s. A
Po V1-G-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
AB-18 Mounting aid
lc
lt L
D
l1
NMB10-18GM55-E0 NMB10-18GM65-E0-V1 NMB10-18GM65-E2-V1
1
BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+
BK 4 4
2 4
BU 3 3
L- L- L-
3

NMB10-18GM55-E2 NMB10-18GM65-E3-V1
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN 1
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
BK 2 4 BK (black)
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
flush

NMB15-30GM65-E0-V1
NMB15-30GM65-E2-V1
NMB15-30GM55-E0
NMB15-30GM55-E2
Properties
Model Number
PNP NO
dent according to cable Standard

Increased resistance to environ- IP69K

mental influences due to self-con- Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
tained metal sleeve cable PUR , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 55 65
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. C

Po s. C Accessories
Po See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
s. A
Po AB-30 Mounting aid
lc
lt L
D
l1
NMB15-30GM55-E0 NMB15-30GM65-E0-V1
1
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3

NMB15-30GM55-E2 NMB15-30GM65-E2-V1
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN 1 3 BU (blue)
L+ L+
BK 4 4 BK (black)
BU 3
L- L-

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 12 mm with e1 type approval
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
4 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NBB4-12GM45-E0-V1-M
NBB4-12GM45-E2-V1-M
NBB4-12GM45-E0-M
NBB4-12GM45-E2-M
NCB4-12GM70-E0-M
NCB4-12GM70-E2-M
Model Number
Properties
DC, 3-wire switching output No-load supply current 10 mA
15 mA
0 ... 800 Hz
Your Benefit Housing material Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
e1 Type appoval Protection degree IP68 / IP69K
Increased immunity 100 V/m IP69K
Conducted noise immunity acc. to Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
ISO 7637-2: pulse 14 cable PUR , 2 m
Further Products
NBN4-12GK50-E2-M
Technical data comparable to NCB4-12GM70-E2-M
but:
Installation: non-flush CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
Operating voltage: 10 ... 65 VDC e1 Type approval 2006/28/EG
Housing material: PPS Dimensions
Protection degree: IP68 Length L [mm] 60 70 60
NBB4-12GM45-E2-M-150MM-3DT04 Diameter D [mm] 12
Technical data like NBB4-12GM45-E2-V1-M but: Thread length lt [mm] 45 55 44
Connection type: Cable connector Deutsch DT04 ,
3-pin with PUR cable 150 mm Cap length l1 [mm] 0
LED position Pos. B

s. B
Po
s. A
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB4-12GM45-E0-M NBB4-12GM45-E0-V1-M
NCB4-12GM70-E0-M
1
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3
NBB4-12GM45-E2-M-150MM-3DT04 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

NBN4-12GK50-E2-M 1 BN (brown)
Wire colors
NCB4-12GM70-E2-M 2 WH (white)
BN A BN 3 BU (blue)
1
L+ L+ 4 BK (black)
B BU
BK 4 C BK
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
7 mm
non-flush
Type of voltage DC

Protection degree IP69K
NBN7-12GM50-E0-V1-M
NBN7-12GM50-E2-V1-M
NBN7-12GM45-E0-M
NBN7-12GM45-E2-M
Properties
Model Number
12 mm housing
PNP NO
Your Benefit Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
cable PUR , 2 m
e1 Type appoval
Increased immunity 100 V/m
Conducted noise immunity acc. to
ISO 7637-2: pulse 14
cCSAus Listed, General Purpose,

Class 2 Power Source
e1 Type approval 2006/28/EG
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 60 65
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position Pos. B

s. B
Po
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN7-12GM45-E0-M NBN7-12GM50-E0-V1-M
1
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3
NBN7-12GM45-E2-M NBN7-12GM50-E2-V1-M Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
BN 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
BK 4
4 BK (black)
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
8 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NBB8-18GM50-E0-V1-M
NBB8-18GM50-E2-V1-M
NBB8-18GM50-E0-M
NBB8-18GM50-E2-M
Properties
Model Number
18 mm housing
PNP NO
cable PUR , 2 m
e1 Type appoval
Further Products UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
NBB5-18GK50-E2-M
NBN8-18GK50-E2-M Dimensions
Technical data comparable to NBN8-18GK50-E2-M Length L [mm] 50 65
but: Diameter D [mm] 18
Installation: NBB5... = 5 mm, flush
NBN8... = 8 mm, non-flush Thread length lt [mm] 47 50
Operating voltage: 10 ... 65 VDC Cap length l1 [mm] 0
Housing material: PPS Connector area lc [mm] 0 15
Protection degree: IP68 LED position Pos. C
NBB8-18GM50-E2-M-150MM-3DT04
Technical data like NBB8-18GM50-E2-V1-M but: Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
Connection type: Cable connector Deutsch DT04 ,
3-pin with PUR cable 150 mm EXG-18 Quick mounting bracket with dead stop
s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
BN 1 1
L+ L+
BK 4
BU 3 2 4
L- L-
3
NBB5-18GK50-E2-M
NBB8-18GM50-E2-M-150MM-3DT04 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
NBN8-18GK50-E2-M
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN 1
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
BK 4 4 BK (black)
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
12 mm
non-flush
Type of voltage DC

NBN12-18GM50-E0-V1-M
NBN12-18GM50-E0-M
NBN12-18GM50-E2-M
18 mm housing
PNP NO
Your Benefit Multihole-LED, yellow
e1 Type appoval Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
cable PUR

e1 Type approval 2004/104/EC
2006/28/EG
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 65
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position Pos. C
s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBN12-18GM50-E0-M NBN12-18GM50-E0-V1-M
1
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3
NBN12-18GM50-E2-M
1 BN (brown)
BN 1
L+ L+ 2 WH (white)
BK 4 3 BU (blue)
3 4 BK (black)
BU L-
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
flush
1
Type of voltage DC

NBB15-30GM50-E0-V1-M
NBB15-30GM50-E2-V1-M
NBB15-30GM50-E0-M
NBB15-30GM50-E2-M
Properties
PNP NO
Your Benefit
e1 Type appoval Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
cable PUR , 2 m
Further Products Approvals and Certificates
In this series, we offer additionally: UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
NBB10-30GK50-E2-M CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
NBN15-30GK50-E2-M e1 Type approval 2006/28/EG
Technical data comparable to
NBB15-30GM50-E2-M but: Dimensions
Installation: NBB10... = 10 mm, flush Length L [mm] 50 65
NBN15... = 15 mm, non-flush Diameter D [mm] 30
Operating voltage: 10 ... 65 VDC Thread length lt [mm] 47 50
Housing material: PPS Cap length l1 [mm] 0
Protection degree: IP68 Connector area lc [mm] 0 15
NBB15-30GM50-E2-M-150MM-3DT04 LED position Pos. C
Technical data like NBB15-30GM50-E2-V1-M but:
Connection type: Cable connector Deutsch DT04 , This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10
3-pin with PUR cable 150 mm Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
s. B
Po s. C
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
BN 1
L+ L+ 1
BK 4
BU 3
L- L- 2 4
3
NBN15-30GK50-E2-M Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

NBB15-30GM50-E2-M-150MM-3DT04 Wire colors
NBB10-30GK50-E2-M 1 BN (brown)
A BN 2 WH (white)
BN
1
L+
B BU 3 BU (blue)
L+
4 C BK 4 BK (black)
BK
3
BU L-
L-

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 18 mm for high temperature
Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
NAMUR, NC
DC
Nominal voltage 8.2 V (Ri approx. 1 k)
.1.1 Current consumption
Measuring plate not detected 3 mA
Measuring plate detected 1 mA
Housing material PPS
Connection type cable SIHF , 2 m
0102
NJ5-18GK-N-150
NJ8-18GK-N-150
18 mm housing
DC, 2-wire NAMUR 8 mm
Installation flush
Cable version
non-flush
For use in high temperature appli- Use in the Hazardous Area

cations Use in the hazardous area see instruction manuals
Ex approval for use in hazardous Category 1G; 2G
area zone 0 and 1 Approvals and Certificates
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 47
Diameter D [mm] 18
Thread length lt [mm] 34.5
LED position -
s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NJ5-18GK-N-150
NJ8-18GK-N-150
BN
L+
BU
L-

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 30 mm for high temperature
Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
NAMUR, NC
DC
1
Current consumption .1.1
NJ15-30GK-N-150
NJ4-30GM-N-200

Model Number
0102
4 mm
Properties Installation flush
non-flush
30 mm housing Switching frequency 0 ... 100 Hz
4 mm, flush and 15 mm non-flush 0 ... 1000 Hz
mountable Suitable for 2:1 technology
DC, 2-wire NAMUR Ambient temperature -25 ... 150 C (-13 ... 302 F)
0 ... 200 C (32 ... 392 F)
Cable version Housing material Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
PPS
Your Benefit Connection type cable SIHF , 2 m
cable SIHF , 5 m
For use in high temperature appli-
cations
Ex approval for use in hazardous
area zone 0 and 1
Use in the Hazardous Area
Use in the hazardous area see instruction manuals
Category 1G; 2G
FM Control drawing 116-0165F
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 75 47
Diameter D [mm] 30
s. B
Po s. C
Po l
s. A LED position -
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NJ15-30GK-N-150
NJ4-30GM-N-200
BN
L+
BU
L-

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 12 mm for high pressure
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
1.5 mm
flush
Operating pressure 500 bar (725,2 psi)
Peak pressure 800 bar (1160,3 psi)

Sensing face Ceramic
Properties
12 mm housing
NCB1,5-12GM40-E2-D-V1
NCB1,5-12GM45-E2-D-V1
NCB1,5-12GM60-E2-D-V1
NCB1,5-12GM70-E2-D-V1
NCB1,5-12GM85-E2-D-V1
Connector version
Model Number
Your Benefit
For high pressure applications

0 ... 600 Hz
Dimensions
Diameter D [mm] 12
Thread length lt [mm] 30 33 38 57 62
Cap length l1 [mm] 18 15 13 18 13
LED position -

Po s. C
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NCB1,5-12GM40-E2-D-V1
NCB1,5-12GM45-E2-D-V1
1
NCB1,5-12GM60-E2-D-V1
NCB1,5-12GM70-E2-D-V1
NCB1,5-12GM85-E2-D-V1 2 4
1
L+ 3
4
3 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

L-
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
Model Number NCB3-14GM65-E2-D-V1

Installation
3 mm
flush
1

Operating pressure 500 bar (725,2 psi)
Peak pressure 800 bar (1160,3 psi)
Sensing face Ceramic
Properties
14 mm housing
DC, 3-wire switching output UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Connector version CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
Your Benefit
Dimensions
For high pressure applications Length L [mm] 65
Diameter D [mm] 14
19
LED position -

s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NCB3-14GM65-E2-D-V1
1
1
L+
4 2 4
3
L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
1.5 mm
flush
Operating pressure 350 bar (507.6 psi)

S
Sensing face Epoxy (black)
NCB1,5-18GM60-E2-D-V1
NCB1,5-18GM60-E2-D
NCB1,5-18GM60-E3-D
Properties
Your Benefit PNP NC
For high pressure applications cable PVC , 2 m

tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position -

s. B
Po s. C
Po
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NCB1,5-18GM60-E2-D NCB1,5-18GM60-E2-D-V1
1
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4 2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3

NCB1,5-18GM60-E3-D 1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN
3 BU (blue)
L+ 4 BK (black)
BK
BU
L-

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 8 mm (3G/3D)
Technical Data
Model Number NBB2-8GM40-E2-V1-3G-3D

Installation
2 mm
flush
1

Properties
8 mm housing Use in the Hazardous Area
2 mm, flush mountable Category 3G; 3D
Connector version UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Your Benefit CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
ATEX-approval for zone 2 and zone Dimensions
22 Length L [mm] 65
LED position Pos. B

s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NBB2-8GM40-E2-V1-3G-3D
1
1
L+
4 2 4
3
L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
DC
5 ... 60 V DC
NO

NCB2-12GM40-Z0-V1-3G-3D
NBB2-12GM40-Z0-3G-3D
NCN4-12GM40-Z0-3G-3D
S
Model Number
Properties
2 mm and 4 mm, flush and non- Rated operating distance 2 mm
flush mountable versions 4 mm
Installation flush
non-flush
0 ... 800 Hz
Your Benefit Housing material Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
ATEX-approval for zone 2 and Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
zone 22 cable PVC , 2 m

Category 3G; 3D

tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40 55
Diameter D [mm] 12
s. B Cap length l1 [mm] 0 5 0
Po s. C
LED position Pos.: C B
s. A
Po
lc EXG-12 Quick mounting bracket with dead stop
lt L
D
l1
NBB2-12GM40-Z0-3G-3D NCB2-12GM40-Z0-V1-3G-3D
1
BN 3
L+ L+
2 4
BU 4
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
10 ... 30 V DC

1
Indication of the switching state LED, yellow .1.1
NBB4-12GM50-E2-V1-3G-3D
NCN4-12GM40-E2-V1-3G-3D
NBB2-12GM60-A2-3G-3D
NCB2-12GM40-E2-3G-3D
NBB4-12GM50-E2-3G-3D
NCN4-12GM40-E2-3G-3D

Model Number

12 mm housing 4 mm
2 mm and 4 mm, flush and non- Installation flush
flush mountable versions non-flush
output No-load supply current 15 mA
ATEX-approval for zone 2 and 0 ... 200 mA
zone 22 Housing material Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
cable PVC , 2 m

Category 3G; 3D
s. B Dimensions
Po s. C
Po
Length L [mm] 40 60 50 40 65 50
Diameter D [mm] 12
s. A Thread length lt [mm] 37 60 47 32 49 45
Po
Cap length l1 [mm] 0 0 0 5 0 5
LED position Pos.: C C C C B B
lc
D

l1
NBB4-12GM50-E2-3G-3D NBB4-12GM50-E2-V1-3G-3D NBB2-12GM60-A2-3G-3D
NCB2-12GM40-E2-3G-3D NCN4-12GM40-E2-V1-3G-3D
1
BN 1 BN
L+ L+ L+
BK 4 BK 2 4
BU 3 WH
L- L-
BU 3
L-
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
1 Operating voltage
5 ... 60 V DC
tolerant
NCB5-18GM40-Z0-V1-3G-3D
NCB5-18GM40-Z0-3G-3D
NCB5-18GM40-Z1-3G-3D
S
Model Number
Properties
5 mm, flush and 8 mm, non-flush 8 mm
non-flush
0 ... 500 Hz
ATEX-approval for zone 2 and Housing material Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
zone 22 brass, nickel-plated
cable PVC , 2 m

Category 3G; 3D

pose
CCC approval Certified by China Compulsory
Certification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40 40 40 40 55
s. B
Po s. C Diameter D [mm] 18
Po
s. A Cap length l1 [mm] 0 0 0 10 0
Po
Connector area lc [mm] 0 0 0 0 15
LED position Pos. C

D

l1
NCN8-18GM40-Z0-3G-3D NCB5-18GM40-Z0-V1-3G-3D
NCB5-18GM40-Z0-3G-3D 1
BN 3
L+ L+
2 4
BU 4
L- L-
3

NCB5-18GM40-Z1-3G-3D 1 BN (brown)
BN
2 WH (white)
L+ 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BU
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Operating current

0 ... 200 mA
1
NBB5-18GM60-A2-V1-3G-3D
NBB8-18GM60-A2-V1-3G-3D
NBB8-18GM50-E2-V1-3G-3D
NJ5-18GM50-E2-V1-3G-3D
NBB8-18GM50-E2-3G-3D

NJ5-18GM50-E2-3G-3D
S Model Number
Properties Rated operating distance

5 mm
18 mm housing 8 mm
Installation flush
non-flush
mountable versions
output versions Operating voltage 10 ... 30 V DC
Cable and connector versions 10 ... 60 V DC
No-load supply current [mA] 9 15 10 9 20 15 25
ATEX-approval for zone 2 and 0 ... 500 Hz
zone 22 0 ... 800 Hz
cable PVC , 2 m

Category 3G; 3D

fication (CCC)
s. B Products with a maximum operating
Po s. C voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
Po
marking because they do not require
approval.
s. A
Po
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 50 50 65 70 65 70
Diameter D [mm] 18
Thread length lt [mm] 50 47 37 50 60 50 60
lc
Cap length l1 [mm] 0 0 10 0 0 0 0
Connector area lc [mm] 0 0 0 15 10 15 10
lt L LED position Pos.: A C C C A C B
D
l1 This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10

NCN8-18GM50-E2-3G-3D NBB8-18GM50-E2-V1-3G-3D
NBB8-18GM50-E2-3G-3D NJ5-18GM50-E2-V1-3G-3D
NJ5-18GM50-E2-3G-3D 1
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3
NBB5-18GM60-A2-V1-3G-3D
NBB8-18GM60-A2-V1-3G-3D Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 1 BN (brown)
L+ 2 WH (white)
4 3 BU (blue)
2 4 BK (black)
3
L-

Technical Data
General Data
1 Operating voltage
5 ... 60 V DC
tolerant
Indication of the switching state all direction LED, yellow
NCB10-30GM40-Z0-V1-3G-3D
S
NCB10-30GM40-Z0-3G-3D
NCN15-30GM40-Z0-3G-3D
Model Number
Properties
30 mm housing
10 mm and 15 mm, flush and non-
flush mountable versions
Cable version 15 mm
Installation flush
non-flush
Your Benefit Switching element function DC NO
DC NC
ATEX-approval for zone 2 and zone Switching frequency 0 ... 100 Hz
22 0 ... 150 Hz

Category 3G; 3D
tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40 55
Po s. C
Po Thread length lt [mm] 37 22 40
s. A Cap length l1 [mm] 0 18 0
Po
LED position Pos. C

lc
lt
L
D

l1
NCB10-30GM40-Z1-3G-3D NCB10-30GM40-Z0-V1-3G-3D
1
BN 3
L+ L+
2 4
BU 4
L- L-
3

NCN15-30GM40-Z0-3G-3D
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN 3 BU (blue)
L+ 4 BK (black)
BU
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Operating current

0 ... 200 mA
1
NJ10-30GM50-E2-V1-3G-3D
NJ15-30GM50-E2-V1-3G-3D
NBB15-30GM50-E2-3G-3D
NJ10-30GM50-E2-3G-3D
NJ15-30GM50-E2-3G-3D

S Model Number

30 mm housing 15 mm
Installation flush
10 mm and 15 mm, flush and non-
non-flush
flush mountable versions
DC, 3-wire switching output Operating voltage 10 ... 30 V DC
Cable and connector versions 10 ... 60 V DC
9 mA
Your Benefit Switching frequency 0 ... 200 Hz
ATEX-approval for zone 2 and zone 0 ... 500 Hz
22 0 ... 650 Hz
cable PVC , 2 m

Category 3G; 3D

fication (CCC)
Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
s. B marking because they do not require approval.
Po s. C
Po Dimensions
s. A
Po Diameter D [mm] 30 30
Cap length l1 [mm] 0 0 0 18 0 18
lc
LED position Pos.: C A A C C

lt L Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
D
l1 V1-G-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector

NBB15-30GM50-E2-3G-3D NJ10-30GM50-E2-V1-3G-3D
NJ10-30GM50-E2-3G-3D NJ15-30GM50-E2-V1-3G-3D
1
NJ15-30GM50-E2-3G-3D
BN 1 2 4
L+ L+
BK 4
BU 3 3
L- L-
1 BN (brown)
NBB15-30GM50-E3-V1-3G-3D
2 WH (white)
1 3 BU (blue)
L+ 4 BK (black)
2
3
L-

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 4.5 mm / 5 mm / 6.5 mm (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
1 Installation
flush
NAMUR, NC
Suitable for 2:1 technology , Reverse polarity protection diode not required
NCB1,5-6,5M25-N0-V1
NCB1,5-6,5M25-N0
0102
NJ0,8-5GM-N
Model Number
NJ0,8-4,5-N
NJ1,5-6,5-N
Properties
4.5 mm / 5 mm and 6.5 mm green = preferred type
housing versions Rated operating distance 0.8 mm
0.8 mm and 1.5 mm flush mountab- 1.5 mm
le versions Switching frequency 0 ... 2000 Hz
0 ... 5000 Hz
DC, NAMUR interface Indication of the switching state LED, yellow
Cable and connector versions Multihole-LED, yellow
cable PVC , 2 m
Your Benefit
ATEX approved sensor applicable
up to zone 0 and zone 20
Usable up to SIL2 acc. to IEC 61508
Category 1G; 2G; 1D
2G
Control drawing 116-0165F
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 20 22 25 47
Diameter D [mm] 4.5 5 6.5 6.5/12
Po s. C
LED position Pos. - A B
s. A
Po
lc BF 4,5 Mounting flange, 4.5 mm
lt L BF 6,5 Mounting flange, 6.5 mm
D

V1-W-N-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 2-pin, NAMUR, PUR cable
V1-G-N-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 2-pin, NAMUR, PUR cable
NJ0,8-4,5-N NCB1,5-6,5M25-N0-V1
NJ0,8-5GM-N
NCB1,5-6,5M25-N0
NJ1,5-6,5-N 1
L+
BN 2 1
L+ L-
BU 2 4
L-
1 BN (brown)
2 BU (blue)

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 8 mm (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
1.5 mm
flush
1
Switching element function NAMUR, NC
Nominal voltage 8.2 V (Ri approx. 1 k) .1.1
Current consumption

NCB1,5-8GM25-N0-V1
NCB1,5-8GM25-N0
0102
NJ1,5-8GM-N-V1
NJ1,5-8GM-N
Model Number
Properties
1.5 mm flush mountable Switching frequency 0 ... 2000 Hz
0 ... 5000 Hz
DC, NAMUR interface Indication of the switching state LED, yellow
Cable and connector versions Protection degree IP66 / IP67
IP67
Use in the hazardous area

Category 1G; 2G
1G; 2G; 1D
1G; 2G; 3G; 1D
2G
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 22 25 42 45
s. B Thread length lt [mm]
Po s. C
22 25 20 25
s. A Connector area lc [mm] 0 6
Po
LED position Pos. - C - B

lc
lt L
D
l1 V1-G-N-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 2-pin, NAMUR, PUR cable

NCB1,5-8GM25-N0 NCB1,5-8GM25-N0-V1
NJ1,5-8GM-N NJ1,5-8GM-N-V1
1
BN 1
L+ L+
2 4
BU 2
L- L- 3
1 BN (brown)
2 BU (blue)

Inductive sensor cylindrical 11/14 mm (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Nominal voltage
NAMUR, NC
8.2 V (Ri approx. 1 k)
Current consumption
.1.1 Measuring plate not detected 3 mA
0102
NJ2-11-N-G
NJ5-11-N-G
NJ2-11-N
NJ5-11-N
Model Number
Properties
11 mm smooth and threaded hou- 5 mm
sing versions Installation flush
2 mm flush mountable and 5 mm non-flush
non-flush mountable versions Suitable for 2:1 technology , Reverse polarity protection
diode not required
DC, NAMUR interface
Cable version PVDF
Your Benefit Use in the hazardous area see instruction manuals
ATEX approved sensor applicable Category 1G; 2G; 3G; 1D; 3D
up to zone 0 and zone 20 2G
2G; 3G; 1D; 3D
Dimensions
Diameter D [mm] 11 14 11 14
LED position -

Po
s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NJ2-11-N
NJ2-11-N-G
NJ5-11-N
NJ5-11-N-G
BN
L+
BU
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Nominal voltage
NAMUR, NC
1
Current consumption
Measuring plate not detected 3 mA .1.1

NCB2-12GK35-N0
NCN4-12GK35-N0
0102
NJ2-12GK-N
NJ4-12GK-N
Model Number
Properties
12 mm housing
2 mm flush mountable and 4 mm
4 mm
non-flush mountable versions
Installation flush
DC, NAMUR interface non-flush
Cable version Switching frequency 0 ... 1000 Hz
0 ... 1500 Hz
0 ... 2000 Hz
ATEX approved sensor applicable Suitable for 2:1 technology , Reverse polarity protection
up to zone 0 and zone 20 diode not required
Indication of the switching state all direction LED, yellow
Usable up to SIL2 acc. to IEC 61508 Protection degree IP66 / IP68
IP67
Use in the hazardous area
Category 2G; 1D
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 34 35
Diameter D [mm] 12
Thread length lt [mm] 30.5 32
Po s. C
Po Connector area lc [mm] 0
s. A
LED position - Pos. C
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NCB2-12GK35-N0
NJ2-12GK-N
NCN4-12GK35-N0
NJ4-12GK-N
BN
L+
BU
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Nominal voltage
NAMUR, NC
.1.1 Housing material Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
NCB2-12GM35-N0-V1
NCB4-12GM40-N0-V1
NCN4-12GM35-N0-V1
NCB2-12GM35-N0
NCB4-12GM40-N0
NCN4-12GM35-N0
NJ2-12GM-N-V1
NJ4-12GM-N-V1
NJ2-12GM-N
NJ4-12GM-N
Model Number

0102 Rated operating distance 2 mm
4 mm
Installation flush
non-flush
Properties Current consumption
12 mm housing Measuring plate not detected 2.2 mA
3 mA
2 mm and 4mm, flush and non- Measuring plate detected 1 mA
flush mountable versions Switching frequency 0 ... 1000 Hz
DC, NAMUR interface 0 ... 1500 Hz
0 ... 800 Hz
Suitable for 2:1 technology , Reverse polarity protection
Your Benefit diode not required
ATEX approved sensor applicable Protection degree IP66 / IP67
up to zone 0 and zone 20 IP67
Usable up to SIL2 acc. to IEC 61508 Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
cable PVC , 2 m

Category 1G; 2G
1G; 2G; 1D
1G; 2G; 3G
1G; 2G; 3G; 1D; 3D
1G; 2G; 3G; 3D
s. B CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po Dimensions
Length L [mm] 35 33 35 40 35 50 50 50 55 50
Diameter D [mm] 12
lc Cap length l1 [mm] 0 5 0 0 5 0 5 0 0 5
lt L
LED position - Pos. C - Pos. B
D

l1 Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
NCB2-12GM35-N0 NCB2-12GM35-N0-V1
NJ2-12GM-N NJ2-12GM-N-V1
NCB4-12GM40-N0 NCB4-12GM40-N0-V1 1
NCN4-12GM35-N0 NCN4-12GM35-N0-V1
NJ4-12GM-N NJ4-12GM-N-V1
2 4
BN 1
L+ L+
3
BU 2 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-6
L- L-
1 BN (brown)
2 BU (blue)

Technical Data
General Data
Nominal voltage
NAMUR, NC
1
Current consumption

NCB5-18GK40-N0
NCN8-18GK40-N0
0102
NJ5-18GK-N
NJ8-18GK-N
Model Number
Properties
18 mm housing 8 mm
5 mm flush mountable and 8 mm Installation flush
non-flush mountable versions non-flush
DC, NAMUR interface Switching frequency 0 ... 200 Hz
0 ... 300 Hz
Cable version 0 ... 400 Hz
0 ... 500 Hz
Your Benefit Indication of the switching state all direction LED, yellow
ATEX approved sensor applicable PBT/PPS
up to zone 0 and zone 20 Protection degree IP66 / IP68
Usable up to SIL2 acc. to IEC 61508 IP67
IP68
Category 2G; 1D
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 39 40
Diameter D [mm] 18
Thread length lt [mm] 34.5 37
s. B
Po s. C Connector area lc [mm] 0
Po
LED position - Pos. C
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NCB5-18GK40-N0
NJ5-18GK-N
NCN8-18GK40-N0
NJ8-18GK-N
BN
L+
BU
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Nominal voltage
NAMUR, NC
NCB5-18GM40-N0-V1
NCB8-18GM40-N0-V1
NCN8-18GM40-N0-V1
NCB5-18GM40-N0
NCB5-18GM70-N0
NCB8-18GM40-N0
NCN8-18GM40-N0
NJ5-18GM-N-V1
NJ8-18GM-N-V1
NJ5-18GM-N
NJ8-18GM-N
Model Number

0102 Rated operating distance 5 mm
8 mm

Installation flush
non-flush
Properties Current consumption
18 mm housing Measuring plate detected 1 mA
Measuring plate not detected 2.2 mA
5 mm to 8 mm flush and non-flush 3 mA
mountable versions Switching frequency 0 ... 1000 Hz
0 ... 300 Hz
0 ... 400 Hz
ATEX approved sensor applicable Suitable for 2:1 technology , Reverse polarity protec-
tion diode not required
up to zone 0 and zone 20 Indication of the switching state LED, yellow
Usable up to SIL2 acc. to IEC 61508 Protection degree IP66 / IP67
IP67
Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-
pin
cable PVC , 2 m

Category 1G; 2G
1G; 2G; 1D
1G; 2G; 3G
1G; 2G; 3G; 1D; 3D
1G; 2G; 3G; 3D
s. B Control drawing
Po s. C
116-0165F
Po UL approval cULus Listed, General Pur-

pose
s. A
Po CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Pur-
pose
lc Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40
40 50 55 70
Diameter D [mm] 18
lt L
Thread length lt [mm] 40 24 37 70 37 27 40 24 40 40 30
D
l1 Cap length l1 [mm] 0 16 0 10 0 16 0 10

LED position Pos. - C - C
NCB5-18GM40-N0 NCB5-18GM40-N0-V1
NCB5-18GM70-N0 NJ5-18GM-N-V1
NJ5-18GM-N NCB8-18GM40-N0-V1 1
NCB8-18GM40-N0 NCN8-18GM40-N0-V1
NCN8-18GM40-N0 NJ8-18GM-N-V1
NJ8-18GM-N 2 4
1
BN L+
L+
3
2
BU L-
L- Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-6
1 BN (brown)
2 BU (blue)

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
1.5 mm
flush
1
Current consumption

NJ1,5-18GM-N-D-V1
NJ1,5-18GM-N-D
0102
Model Number
Properties
18 mm housing Protection degree IP66 / IP68
1.5 mm flush mountable IP67
DC, NAMUR interface cable PVC , 2 m
Your Benefit
ATEX approved sensor applicable Use in the Hazardous Area
up to zone 0 and zone 20 Use in the hazardous area see instruction manuals
Usable up to SIL2 acc. to IEC 61508 Category 2G; 1D
Compression proof up to 350 bar, Approvals and Certificates

dynamically on active surface UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 45
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position -

s. B V1-W-N-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 2-pin, NAMUR, PUR cable
Po s. C
Po V1-G-N-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 2-pin, NAMUR, PUR cable
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NJ1,5-18GM-N-D NJ1,5-18GM-N-D-V1
1
BN 1
L+ L+
2 4
BU 2
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 BU (blue)

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 22/28.3 mm (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Nominal voltage
NAMUR, NC
Current consumption
0102
NJ10-22-N-G
NJ6-22-N-G
NJ10-22-N
NJ6-22-N
Model Number
Properties
22 mm smooth and threaded hou- Rated operating distance 10 mm
sing versions 6 mm
6 mm flush and 8 mm non-flush Installation flush
DC, NAMUR interface PBT
Cable version
Your Benefit Category 2G
2G; 1D
ATEX approved sensors applicable 2G; 3G
up to zone 1 and zone 20 2G; 3G; 3D
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 35
Diameter D [mm] 22 28.3 22 28.3
LED position -
s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NJ10-22-N
NJ10-22-N-G
NJ6-22-N
NJ6-22-N-G
BN
L+
BU
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Nominal voltage
NAMUR, NC
1
Housing material PBT .1.1

NCB10-30GK40-N0
NCN15-30GK40-N0
NJ10-30GK-N
NJ15-30GK-N
Model Number
0102

15 mm
30 mm housing Installation flush
10 mm flush and 15 mm non-flush non-flush
mountable versions Current consumption
DC, NAMUR interface Measuring plate not detected 2.2 mA
Cable version 3 mA
0 ... 150 Hz
ATEX approved sensors applicable 0 ... 300 Hz
up to zone 1 and zone 20 Indication of the switching state all direction LED, yellow
Protection degree IP66 / IP68
IP67
IP68
Category 2G; 1D
2G; 3G; 1D; 3D
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40
Diameter D [mm] 30
s. B Thread length lt [mm] 34.5 37 22
Po s. C
Po Cap length l1 [mm] 1 0 18
s. A Connector area lc [mm] 0
Po
LED position - Pos. C -

lc BF 30 Mounting flange, 30 mm
lt L
D
l1
NCB10-30GK40-N0
NJ10-30GK-N
NCN15-30GK40-N0
NJ15-30GK-N
BN
L+
BU
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Nominal voltage
NAMUR, NC
NCB10-30GM40-N0-V1
NCB15-30GM40-N0-V1
NCN15-30GM40-N0-V1
NCB10-30GM40-N0
NCB15-30GM40-N0
NCN15-30GM40-N0
NJ10-30GM-N-V1
NJ15-30GM-N
Model Number
0102 green = preferred type

15 mm
Installation flush
Properties non-flush
virtually flush
30 mm housing Current consumption
10 mm flush and 15 mm non-flush Measuring plate not detected 2.2 mA
and virtually flush mountable versi- 3 mA
ons Measuring plate detected 1 mA
DC, NAMUR interface
0 ... 150 Hz
0 ... 300 Hz
0 ... 450 Hz
Your Benefit Indication of the switching state LED, yellow
ATEX approved sensor applicable Protection degree IP65
up to zone 0 and zone 20 IP67
Usable up to SIL2 acc. to IEC 61508 cable PVC , 2 m

Category 1G; 2G
1G; 2G; 1D
1G; 2G; 3G; 1D; 3D
1G; 2G; 3G; 3D
s. B
Po s. C CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
Po marking because they do not require approval.
s. A Dimensions
Po
Length L [mm] 40 50 40 55
Diameter D [mm] 30 30
lc Cap length l1 [mm] 0 0 18 0 18
LED position - Pos. C - Pos. C
lt L
D

l1 Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
NCB10-30GM40-N0 NCB10-30GM40-N0-V1
NCB15-30GM40-N0 NJ10-30GM-N-V1
NCN15-30GM40-N0 NCB15-30GM40-N0-V1 1
NJ15-30GM-N NCN15-30GM40-N0-V1
BN 1
L+ L+ 2 4
BU 2
L- L- 3
1 BN (brown)
2 BU (blue)

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 30 mm / 40 mm (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Nominal voltage
NAMUR, NC
1
Current consumption

0102
NJ10-30GKK-N
NJ15-30GKK-N
NJ20-40-N
Model Number
Properties
30 mm and 40 mm housing ver-
sions Rated operating distance 10 mm
15 mm
10 mm to 20 mm flush and non- 20 mm
flush mountable versions Installation flush
DC, NAMUR interface non-flush
Terminal compartment Switching frequency 0 ... 100 Hz
0 ... 300 Hz
ATEX approved sensor applicable Category 2G
up to zone 1 Approvals and Certificates
Usable up to SIL2 acc. to IEC 61508 Control drawing 116-0165F
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 115 95
Thread length lt [mm] 58 0 ( 50 )
LED position -

lt
D
LED
lc
NJ10-30GKK-N NJ20-40-N
NJ15-30GKK-N
1 BN
L+ L+
2 BU
L- L-

Technical Data
Model Number NJ25-50-N

Installation
25 mm
non-flush
.1.1 Nominal voltage 8.2 V (Ri approx. 1 k)

0102

Properties Use in the hazardous area
Category
see instruction manuals
2G
50 mm housing Control drawing 116-0165F
25 mm non-flush mountable Approvals and Certificates
DC, NAMUR interface UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Cable version CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
Your Benefit Dimensions
Height H [mm] 40
Diameter D [mm] 50
up to zone 1
Usable up to SIL2 acc. to IEC 61508 Connector area lc [mm] 0
D
H
NJ25-50-N
BN
L+
BU
L-

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 11 / 14 mm (NAMUR with safety function)
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
2 mm
flush
1
Nominal voltage 8 V DC .1.1
Current consumption
Suitable for 2:1 technology , with reverse polarity protection diode

Connection type cable silicon , 2 m
0102
NJ2-11-SN-G
Properties
NJ2-11-SN
11/14 mm housing Model Number
DC, NAMUR safety interface Housing material Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
Cable version PVDF
Category 1G; 2G; 1D
Usable up to SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508
Usable in hazardous area Approvals and Certificates
FM control drawing 116-0165F
High protection degree (IP68) UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 31 30
LED position -

s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NJ2-11-SN
NJ2-11-SN-G
BN
L+
BU
L-

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 12 mm (NAMUR with safety function)
Technical Data
General Data
Nominal voltage
NAMUR, NC
8 V DC
Current consumption
Housing material PP
NJ2-12GK-SN
NJ4-12GK-SN
0102
Model Number

12 mm housing 4 mm
DC, NAMUR safety interface Switching frequency 0 ... 1500 Hz
0 ... 2000 Hz
Cable version Suitable for 2:1 technology , with reverse polarity protection diode
Your Benefit -50 ... 100 C (-58 ... 212 F)
Usable up to SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508 Use in the Hazardous Area

Usable in hazardous area
Category 1G; 2G; 1D
High protection degree (IP68) 1G; 2G; 3G; 1D; 3D
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 34
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position -

s. B Accessories
Po s. C See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
Po
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NJ4-12GK-SN
NJ2-12GK-SN
BN
L+
BU
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Nominal voltage
Connection type
8 V DC
cable silicon , 2 m
1
.1.1
NJ3-18GK-S1N-130
NJ3-18GK-S1N
NJ5-18GK-SN
NJ8-18GK-SN

Model Number

5 mm
8 mm
non-flush
18 mm housing Switching element function NAMUR, NO
Up to 8 mm, flush and non-flush NAMUR, NC
DC, NAMUR safety interface Measuring plate not detected 3 mA
1 mA
Cable version Measuring plate detected 3 mA
1 mA
0 ... 500 Hz
Usable up to SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508 Suitable for 2:1 technology , Reverse polarity protection
Usable in hazardous area diode not required
Versions with high protection de- -25 ... 130 C (-13 ... 266 F)
gree (IP68) -40 ... 100 C (-40 ... 212 F)
Versions usable in applications Housing material Hostalen PPN, black
that require extended temperature PP
range up to +130 C (266 F) PPS , PTFE
IP68
Category 1G; 2G; 3G; 1D
1G; 2G; 3G; 1D; 3D
s. B CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
Po s. C marking because they do not require approval.
Po
s. A
Dimensions
Po Length L [mm] 40.5 39
Diameter D [mm] 18
lc
LED position -
lt L
D
l1
NJ3-18GK-S1N NJ5-18GK-SN
NJ3-18GK-S1N-130 NJ8-18GK-SN
BN BN
L+ L+
BU
n.c.
BK BU
L- L-

Inductive sensor cylindrical, 22 mm / PG21 (NAMUR with safety function)
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
6 mm
flush
.1.1 Nominal voltage 8 V DC
Current consumption

0102
NJ6-22-SN-G
Properties
NJ6-22-SN
22 mm / PG21 housing Model Number
DC, NAMUR safety interface Housing material Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
Cable version PBT

Usable up to SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508 Category 1G; 2G; 1D
Usable in hazardous area Approvals and Certificates

High protection degree (IP68) UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 35
Diameter D [mm] 22 PG21
LED position -
s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
NJ6-22-SN
NJ6-22-SN-G
BN
L+
BU
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Nominal voltage
Housing material
8 V DC
PP
1
Connection type cable silicon , 2 m .1.1
NJ5-30GK-S1N
NJ10-30GK-SN
NJ15-30GK-SN

Model Number

10 mm
15 mm
30 mm housing non-flush
Switching element function NAMUR, NO
Up to 15 mm, flush and non-flush NAMUR, NC
DC, NAMUR safety interface Measuring plate not detected 3 mA
Cable version 1 mA
1 mA
0 ... 150 Hz
Usable up to SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508 0 ... 300 Hz
Usable in hazardous area Suitable for 2:1 technology , with reverse polarity protection diode
High protection degree (IP68) Ambient temperature -25 ... 100 C (-13 ... 212 F)
-40 ... 100 C (-40 ... 212 F)
Versions usable in applications
-50 ... 100 C (-58 ... 212 F)
that require extended temperature
range down to -50 C (-58 F) Use in the Hazardous Area
Category 1G; 2G; 1D
1G; 2G; 3G; 1D; 3D
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40
Po s. C
Po Thread length lt [mm] 34.5
s. A
Po Connector area lc [mm] 0
LED position -

lc
lt L
D
l1
NJ5-30GK-S1N NJ10-30GK-SN
NJ15-30GK-SN
BN BN
L+ L+
BU
n.c.
BK BU
L- L-

Inductive sensor cylindrical, with AS interface
Technical Data
General Data
1 Installation
flush
NO/NC programmable
Output polarity AS-Interface
.1.1 Slave type A/B slave
AS-Interface specification V3.0
Operating voltage 26.5 ... 31.9 V via AS-i bus system
Indication of the switching state dual-LED, yellow
Fault indication dual-LED, red

Properties
NBB15-30GM60-B3B-V1
NCB4-12GM60-B3B-V1
NCB5-18GM60-B3B-V1
NBB8-18GM60-B3B-V1
12 mm, 18 mm and 30 mm
housing versions
4 mm, 5 mm, 8 mm and 15 mm flush
AS interface
Connector version

5 mm
8 mm
15 mm
0 ... 200 Hz
0 ... 500 Hz
Dimensions
Diameter D [mm] 12 18 30
Po s. C
Po LED position Pos. B Pos. C

BF 12, BF 18, BF 30 Mounting flange
EXG-12, EXG-18, EXG-30 Quick mounting bracket with dead stop
lc
V1-G-BK0,3M-PUR-U-V1-G Connection cable, M12 to M12, PUR cable, 4-pin
lt L
V1-G-BK1M-PUR-U-V1-G Connection cable, M12 to M12, PUR cable, 4-pin
D
NCB4-12GM60-B3B-V1
NCB5-18GM60-B3B-V1
NBB8-18GM60-B3B-V1 1
NBB15-30GM60-B3B-V1
2 4
1
(+)
3
3
(-)

Inductive sensor F76 series
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
2 mm
flush
1
Indication of the switching state LED yellow

Housing material PC
Connection type cable PVC , 0.5 m
Properties
NBB2-F76-E0-0,5M
NBB2-F76-E1-0,5M
NBB2-F76-E2-0,5M
NBB2-F76-E3-0,5M
Miniature F76 housing
Model Number
Cable version
NPN NO
PNP NC
PNP NO
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 25
Width W [mm] 8
Height H [mm] 5.5
lc W
L
H
NBB2-F76-E0-0,5M NBB2-F76-E1-0,5M NBB2-F76-E2-0,5M NBB2-F76-E3-0,5M
BN BN BN BN
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK BK BK
BU BU BU BU
L- L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
1 Reverse polarity protection
Switching frequency

0 ... 1000 Hz
NBB2-F29-A0
NBB2-F29-A2
NBN4-F29-A0
NBN4-F29-A2
NBN4-F29-E0
NBN4-F29-E2
Model Number

Miniature F29 housing 4 mm
2 mm flush and 4 mm non-flush Installation flush
PNP NO/NC
Cable version PNP NO
4.75 ... 30 V DC
15 mA
Ryton R4
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 27
Width W [mm] 10
Height H [mm] 6
lc
L
H
NBN4-F29-E0 NBN4-F29-E2 NBB2-F29-A0 NBB2-F29-A2
NBN4-F29-A0 NBN4-F29-A2
BN BN BN BN
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK BK BK
BU BU WH WH
L- L-
BU BU
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
1.5 mm
flush
1
Housing material PA

NBB1,5-F79-E0-0,1M-V3
NBB1,5-F79-E1-0,1M-V3
NBB1,5-F79-E2-0,1M-V3
NBB1,5-F79-E3-0,1M-V3
NBB1,5-F79-E0
NBB1,5-F79-E1
NBB1,5-F79-E2
NBB1,5-F79-E3
Model Number
Properties
Miniature F79 housing green = preferred type
PNP NO
Cable and pigtailed connector PNP NC
versions Connection type cable PVC , 500 mm


Dimensions
Length L [mm] 16
Width W [mm] 8
Height H [mm] 4
Connector area lc [mm] 1.5

lc
L
H
NBB1,5-F79-E0 NBB1,5-F79-E1 NBB1,5-F79-E0-0,1M-V3 NBB1,5-F79-E1-0,1M-V3
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+ 4
BK BK 4 4
BU 3 1 3
BU 3
L- L- L- L-

NBB1,5-F79-E2 NBB1,5-F79-E3 NBB1,5-F79-E2-0,1M-V3 NBB1,5-F79-E3-0,1M-V3
1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
BN BN 1 1 4 BK (black)
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-

Inductive sensor V3 series
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
3 mm
flush
Lowest operating current 4 mA
NBB3-V3-Z4-V5
NBB3-V3-Z5-V5
NBB3-V3-Z4
NBB3-V3-Z5
S
Model Number

Properties Switching element function DC NO
DC NC
Miniature V3 housing
3 mm, flush mountable -25 ... 85 C (-13 ... 185 F)
DC, 2-wire switching output Connection type 4.8 mm Faston
cable PVC , 130 mm

fication (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 27.8
Width W [mm] 16
Height H [mm] 10
Connector area lc [mm] 0 9.7
W
H
lc
NBB3-V3-Z4 NBB3-V3-Z4-V5
Z4
BN +
L+ L+
I
BU -
L- L-
NBB3-V3-Z5 NBB3-V3-Z5-V5
BN Z5
L+
+
L+
I
BU
L-
-
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
2 mm
flush
1

NBB2-V3-E0-V5
NBB2-V3-E1-V5
NBB2-V3-E2-V5
NBB2-V3-E3-V5
NBB2-V3-E0
NBB2-V3-E2
NBB2-V3-E3
Model Number
Properties
Miniature V3 housing Switching element function NPN NO
PNP NC
Cable and connector versions Connection type 4.8 mm Faston

Further Products cable PVC , 130 mm

NBB2-V3-E2-V3
Technical data like NBB2-V3-E2-V5 but:
Connection type: Device connector
M8 x 1 , 3-pin Approvals and Certificates
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 27.8
Width W [mm] 16
Height H [mm] 10

W
H
lc
NBB2-V3-E0 NBB2-V3-E2 NBB2-V3-E1-V5 NBB2-V3-E0-V5
BN BN 1 1 4
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 2 4
BU
1 3
BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-

NBB2-V3-E3 NBB2-V3-E2-V3 NBB2-V3-E3-V5 1 BN (brown)

NBB2-V3-E2-V5 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+
BK 4 2
BU 3 3
L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
4 mm
non-flush

NBN4-V3-E0
NBN4-V3-E2
Model Number

Miniature V3 housing PNP NO
4 mm, non-flush mountable Connection type cable PVC , 100 mm
DC, 3-wire switching output cable PVC , 130 mm
Cable version

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 27.8
Width W [mm] 16
Height H [mm] 10
W
H
lc
NBN4-V3-E0 NBN4-V3-E2
BN BN
L+ L+
BK BK
BU BU
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
0.8 mm
flush
1

NBB0,8-F141-E0
NBB0,8-F141-E1
NBB0,8-F141-E2
NBB0,8-F141-E3
Properties
Model Number
Cable version Switching element function NPN normally closed
NPN NO
PNP NO
PNP NC
0 ... 2500 Hz
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 25
Width W [mm] 5
Height H [mm] 5
Active area position Pos. A
B
s.
Po
lc
A
s.
Po
L
H
NBB0,8-F141-E0 NBB0,8-F141-E1 NBB0,8-F141-E2 NBB0,8-F141-E3
BN BN BN BN
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK BK BK
BU BU BU BU
L- L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
1.5 mm
flush

NBB1,5-F41A-E2-V3
NBB1,5-F41A-E3-V3
NBB1,5-F41-E2-V3
NBB1,5-F41-E3-V3
NBB1,5-F41A-E2
NBB1,5-F41A-E3
NBB1,5-F41-E2
NBB1,5-F41-E3
Model Number
Properties
1.5 mm, flush mountable green = preferred type
PNP NC
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40 46
Width W [mm] 8
Height H [mm] 8
Active area position Pos. A Pos. B Pos. A Pos. B

B
s.
Po
lc
A
s.
Po
L
H
NBB1,5-F41-E2 NBB1,5-F41-E2-V3
NBB1,5-F41A-E2 NBB1,5-F41A-E2-V3
BN 1 4
L+ L+
BK 4
BU
1 3
3
L- L-

NBB1,5-F41-E3 NBB1,5-F41-E3-V3 1 BN (brown)
NBB1,5-F41A-E3 NBB1,5-F41A-E3-V3 3 BU (blue)
BN
4 BK (black)
1
L+ L+
BK 4
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
3 mm
virtually flush
1

NEB3-F41-E0-V3
NEB3-F41-E1-V3
NEB3-F41-E2-V3
NEB3-F41-E3-V3
NEB3-F41-E0
NEB3-F41-E1
NEB3-F41-E2
NEB3-F41-E3
Model Number
Properties
3 mm, virtually flush mountable NPN NC
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40 50
Width W [mm] 8
Height H [mm] 8
Active area position Pos. A

B
s.
Po
lc
A
s.
Po
L
H
NEB3-F41-E0 NEB3-F41-E1 NEB3-F41-E0-V3 NEB3-F41-E1-V3
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+ 4
BK BK 4 2
BU 3 1 3
BU L- 3
L- L- L-

NEB3-F41-E2 NEB3-F41-E3 NEB3-F41-E2-V3 NEB3-F41-E3-V3 1 BN (brown)

3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
1 Installation
Operating voltage
flush
10 ... 30 V DC
Housing material PA
NBB2-F1-E2-V3
NBB4-F1-E0-V3
NBB4-F1-E2-V3
NBB4-F1-E3-V3
NBB2-F1-E2
NBB4-F1-E0
NBB4-F1-E2
NBB4-F1-E3
Model Number

Compact F1 housing
4 mm
2 mm and 4 mm, flush mountable Switching element function NPN NO
versions PNP NO
cable PVC , 2 m
Your Benefit
Alignable housing
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 26
Width W [mm] 12
Height H [mm] 40

W
L
D
LE
H
lc
NBB4-F1-E0 NBB2-F1-E2 NBB4-F1-E0-V3 NBB2-F1-E2-V3
NBB4-F1-E2 NBB4-F1-E2-V3
BN BN 1 1 4
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
BU BU
1 3
3 3
L- L- L- L-

NBB4-F1-E3 NBB4-F1-E3-V3 1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
4 mm
flush
1

Housing material PA
NBB4-F1-A0-V31
NBB4-F1-A2-V31
NBB4-F1-A0
NBB4-F1-A2
Model Number
Properties
Compact F1 housing green = preferred type
PNP NO/NC
DC, 4-wire switching output Connection type Device connector M8 x 1 , 4-pin
Cable and connector versions cable PVC , 2 m
Your Benefit
Alignable housing
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 26
Width W [mm] 12
Height H [mm] 40

V31-GM-2M-PUR 4-pin, M8 socket, PUR cable
V31-WM-2M-PUR 4-pin, M8 socket, PUR cable
W
L
D
LE
H
lc
NBB4-F1-A0 NBB4-F1-A0-V31
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4 2 4
WH 2 1 3
BU 3
L- L-

NBB4-F1-A2 NBB4-F1-A2-V31
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN 1 3 BU (blue)
L+ L+
BK 4 4 BK (black)
WH 2
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
8 mm
non-flush

Housing material PA
NBN8-F1-E0-V3
NBN8-F1-E2-V3
NBN8-F1-E3-V3
NBN8-F1-E0
NBN8-F1-E2
NBN8-F1-E3
Model Number
Properties
Compact F1 housing
8 mm, non-flush mountable PNP NO
cable PVC , 2 m
Your Benefit
Alignable housing
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 26
Width W [mm] 12
Height H [mm] 40

W
L
D
LE
H
lc
NBN8-F1-E0 NBN8-F1-E2 NBN8-F1-E0-V3 NBN8-F1-E2-V3
BN BN 1 1 4
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
BU
1 3
BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-

NBN8-F1-E3 NBN8-F1-E3-V3 1 BN (brown)

3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
8 mm
non-flush
1

Housing material PA
NBN8-F1-A0-V31
NBN8-F1-A2-V31
NBN8-F1-A0
NBN8-F1-A2
Model Number
Properties
Compact F1 housing
PNP NO/NC
Your Benefit
Alignable housing
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 26
Width W [mm] 12
Height H [mm] 40

W
L
D
LE
H
lc
NBN8-F1-A0 NBN8-F1-A0-V31
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4 2 4
WH 2 1 3
BU 3
L- L-

NBN8-F1-A2 NBN8-F1-A2-V31 1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN 1 3 BU (blue)
L+ L+
BK 4 4 BK (black)
WH 2
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
1 Installation
Operating voltage
flush
20 ... 253 V AC/DC
Operating current 4 ... 250 mA AC
4 ... 100 mA DC

Housing material PA
S

Properties
Compact F1 housing
NBB4-F1-UO
NBB2-F1-US
NBB4-F1-US
2 mm and 4 mm, flush mountable Model Number
versions
AC/DC, 2-wire switching output
Cable version Rated operating distance 2 mm
4 mm
Your Benefit AC/DC NC
Alignable housing Approvals and Certificates

cation (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 26
Width W [mm] 12
Height H [mm] 40
W
L
D
LE
H
lc
NBB4-F1-UO NBB2-F1-US
NBB4-F1-US
BN BN
AC/DC AC/DC
BU BU

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
1.5 mm
flush
1

Housing material PA
NJ1,5-F2-E2-V1
NJ1,5-F2-E2
Model Number
Properties
Compact F2 housing
1.5 mm, flush mountable Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
DC, 3-wire switching output cable PUR , 2 m

The inductive proximity sensor with plug-
in acknowledgement elements is designed UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
for applications where the simple CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
installation of an adjustable mechanical
Dimensions
stop with electronic acknowledgement is
required.
Length L [mm] 31
Heavy duty fine threaded stop screws Width W [mm] 12
serve as finely adjustable end stops. Height H [mm] 25
The state of the acknowledgement Connector area lc [mm] 9 15
element is indicated by the built-in LED
on the proximity sensor. W
Accessories:
Stop screws (Acknowledgement elements) L
Hardened stop screw

L
B
H
A
L1 = unused
Switch plunger
L2 = used
Type A B L L1 L2 Load
Coding F max.
lc
AS 08/15 M8x1 6 15 3.5 2 2 000 N

AS 08/40 M8x1 6 40 3.5 2 2 000 N
AS 10/50 M 10 x 1 7 50 2.5 1 9 500 N
AS 12/60 M 12 x 1 9 60 2 0.5 20 500 N
AS 12/80 M 12 x 1 9 80 2 0.5 20 500 N
Inductive sensor
AS 12/60 Stop screw for series F2 sensors
F LED AS 12/80 Stop screw for series F2 sensors
Stop screw is
retained by V1-W-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
a grub screw
NJ1,5-F2-E2 NJ1,5-F2-E2-V1
1
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
5 mm
non-flush

Properties
NBN5-F7-E0
NBN5-F7-E2
Compact F7 housing
5 mm, non-flush mountable Model Number
Cable version Switching element function NPN NO
PNP NO
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 28
Width W [mm] 17
Height H [mm] 17
lc
L
H
W
NBN5-F7-E0 NBN5-F7-E2
BN BN
L+ L+
BK BK
BU BU
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
5 mm
flush
1

NBB5-F9-E0-V3
NBB5-F9-E2-V3
NBB5-F9-E0
NBB5-F9-E2
Model Number
Properties
Compact F9 housing Switching element function NPN NO
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 38.5
Width W [mm] 16
Height H [mm] 16.5

V3-WR-5M-PUR Cable connector
V3-WR-E2-5M-PUR M8 cable socket.
H
lc
W L
BN BN 1 1 4
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
1 3
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-

1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
7 mm
10 ... 30 V

NBB7-F10-E0-V1
NBB7-F10-E2-V1
NBB7-F10-E0
NBB7-F10-E1
NBB7-F10-E2
NBB7-F10-E3
Model Number
Properties
Compact F10 housing Installation flush
7 mm, flush and non-flush moun- non-flush
table versions Switching element function NPN NC
NPN NO
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 38.5
Width W [mm] 25
Height H [mm] 25.5

H
lc
W L
1
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
2 4
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-
3

NBB7-F10-E2 NBB7-F10-E3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
BN BN 3 BU (blue)
L+ L+
BK BK 4 BK (black)
BU BU
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
10 mm
non-flush
1

NBN10-F10-E0-V1
NBN10-F10-E2-V1
NBN10-F10-E0
NBN10-F10-E2
Model Number
Properties
Compact F10 housing green = preferred type
PNP NO

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 38.5
Width W [mm] 25
Height H [mm] 25.5

H
lc
W L
1 1
1
BN BN
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
2 4
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
non-flush

NBN15-F11-E0-V1
NBN15-F11-E2-V1
NBN15-F11-E0
NBN15-F11-E2
Model Number
Properties
Compact F11 housing

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 52.5
Width W [mm] 30
Height H [mm] 30.5

H
lc
W L
1
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
2 4
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
7 mm
flush
1
Indication of the switching state LED

Housing material GD-Zn
NBB7-F104M-A0-200MM-V1
NBB7-F104M-A2-200MM-V1
Properties
NBB7-F104M-A0
NBB7-F104M-A2
Model Number
Compact F104 housing
Cable and pigtailed connector ver-
sions Switching element function NPN NO/NC
PNP NO/NC
PUR cable 200 mm

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 32
Width W [mm] 20
Height H [mm] 8

V1-G-2M-PVC Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PVC cable
V1-W-2M-PVC Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PVC cable
lc
H
L
W
NBB7-F104M-A0 NBB7-F104M-A2 NBB7-F104M-A0-200MM-V1 NBB7-F104M-A2-200MM-V1
1
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
2 4
WH WH 2 2
BU BU 3 3
L- L- L- L- 3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive sensor F33M series
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
5 mm
flush
Indication of the switching state LED
Housing material metal

NBB5-F33M-A0
NBB5-F33M-A2
Properties
NBB5-F33M-E0
NBB5-F33M-E2
Compact F33 metal housing Model Number
DC, 3-wire and 4-wire switching
output versions Switching element function NPN NO/NC
Cable version NPN NO
PNP NO/NC
PNP NO
20 mA
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50
Width W [mm] 25
Height H [mm] 10
lc
H
NBB5-F33M-E0 NBB5-F33M-E2 NBB5-F33M-A0 NBB5-F33M-A2
BN
BN BN BN L+
L+ L+ L+ BK
BK BK BK
WH
BU BU WH
L- L- BU
BU L-
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
flush

1
Short-circuit protection pulsing .1.2

NBB5-F33-A0
NBB5-F33-A2
NBB5-F33-E0
NBB5-F33-E2
NBB8-F33-E0
NBB8-F33-E1
NBB8-F33-E2
NBB8-F33-E3
S
Model Number

8 mm
Compact F33 plastic housing Switching element function NPN NO/NC
5 mm and 8 mm, flush mountable NPN NO
versions NPN NC
PNP NO/NC
PNP NO
output versions
PNP NC
Cable version Operating voltage 10 ... 30 V DC
10 ... 60 V DC
15 mA
20 mA
0 ... 500 Hz
-35 ... 70 C (-31 ... 158 F)

Certification (CCC)
Products with a maximum opera-
ting voltage of 36 V do not bear

a CCC marking because they do
not require approval.
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50
Width W [mm] 25
Height H [mm] 10
W
lc
H
NBB5-F33-E0 NBB8-F33-E1 NBB5-F33-A0
NBB8-F33-E0
BN BN BN
L+ L+ L+
BK BK BK
BU BU WH
L- L-
BU
L-
NBB5-F33-E2 NBB8-F33-E3 NBB5-F33-A2

NBB8-F33-E2
BN BN BN
L+ L+ L+
BK BK BK
BU BU WH
L- L-
BU
L-

Inductive sensor VariKont-M series
Technical Data
NCN15-M1K-Z2
1 Model Number
Installation
15 mm
non-flush
Switching element function DC NO/NC

S
Connection type screw terminals
Properties
Flexible VariKont-M housing
15 mm, non-flush mountable Approvals and Certificates
DC, 2-wire switching output CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
Terminal compartment CCC approval Certified by China Compulsory Certification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 91
Width W [mm] 30
Height H [mm] 30
Connector area lc [mm] 0 ( M16 X 1.5 )

MH 04-3742A Mounting aid for VariKont and -M1K-
lc
H
NCN15-M1K-Z2
1 3 L+
2 4 L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
non-flush
1

S
Properties
NCN15-M1K-E4
NCN15-M1K-E5
NJ15-M1K-A2
output versions
Terminal compartment Switching element function NPN NO/NC
PNP NO/NC
0 ... 500 Hz

fication (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 91
Width W [mm] 30
Height H [mm] 30

lc
H
NCN15-M1K-E4 NCN15-M1K-E5 NJ15-M1K-A2
E4, NO E5, NO
1 / BN 1 / BN
L+ L+
I 4 / BK I 4 / BK 1
2 / WH 2 / WH
L+
3 / BU 3 / BU 4
L- L-
E4, NC E5, NC 2
1 / BN 1 / BN
L+ L+
I 4 / BK I 4 / BK 3
2 / WH L-
2 / WH
3 / BU 3 / BU
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
non-flush
Operating voltage 20 ... 253 V AC

NBN15-M1K-WO
NBN15-M1K-WS
Properties
Model Number
Terminal compartment AC NC
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 91
Width W [mm] 30
Height H [mm] 30

lc
H
NBN15-M1K-WO NBN15-M1K-WS
BN BN
L L
BU BU
N N

Inductive sensor VariKont-L series
Technical Data
General Data
Switching frequency
Operating current
0 ... 30 Hz
2 ... 100 mA
1
Housing material PA

NBB20-L2-Z0-V1
NBB20-L2-Z4-V1
NBB20-L2-Z5-V1
NBN40-L2-Z0-V1
NBN40-L2-Z4-V1
NBN40-L2-Z5-V1
Model Number
Properties
Flexible, compact VariKont-L hou- Rated operating distance 20 mm
sing 40 mm
Switching element function NO
DC, 2-wire switching output NC
Connector version Operating voltage 3.8 ... 30 V DC
5 ... 30 V DC
Your Benefit Reverse polarity protection
tolerant
All-around visible status display
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
ferent positions CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
Mounting base with quick clamping CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
lever for swift mounting marking because they do not require approval.
Rotatable connector allows all ori- Dimensions

entations of the attached cordset Length L [mm] 67
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

MHW 01 Modular mounting bracket
MH 02-L Mounting aid
H
L
W
NBB20-L2-Z0-V1 NBB20-L2-Z4-V1
NBN40-L2-Z0-V1 NBN40-L2-Z4-V1
1
3 1
L+ L+
2 4
4 4
L- L-
3

NBB20-L2-Z5-V1
NBN40-L2-Z5-V1 1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
1 3 BU (blue)
L+
4 BK (black)
2
L-

Technical Data
General Data
1 Operating voltage
No-load supply current
10 ... 30 V DC
20 mA
Housing material PA

NBB20-L2-A0-V1
NBB20-L2-A2-V1
NBN40-L2-A0-V1
NBN40-L2-A2-V1
NBB20-L2-E0-V1
NBB20-L2-E2-V1
NBN40-L2-E0-V1
NBN40-L2-E2-V1
Properties
Flexible, compact VariKont-L hou- Model Number
sing
20 mm, flush and 40 mm, non-flush green = preferred type
DC, 3-wire and 4-wire switching 40 mm
output versions Installation flush
non-flush
Connector version Switching element function NPN NO/NC
NPN NO
Your Benefit PNP NO/NC
PNP NO
All-around visible status display Switching frequency
0 ... 100 Hz
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- 0 ... 150 Hz
ferent positions
Mounting base with quick clamping UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
lever for swift mounting CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
Rotatable connector allows all ori- CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
entations of the attached cordset marking because they do not require approval.
Dimensions
Further Products Length L [mm] 67
In this series, we offer additionally: Width W [mm] 40
NBB20-L2-A2-T-V1 Height H [mm] 40
Technical data like NBB20-L2-A2-V1 but:
Ambient temperature: -25 ... 100 C (-13 ... 212 F) Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
H
L
W
For detailed data and product description refer to the data sheets at
NBB20-L2-E0-V1 NBB20-L2-A0-V1
NBN40-L2-E0-V1 NBN40-L2-A0-V1
1
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
2 4
3 2
L-
3
L- 3
NBB20-L2-E2-V1 NBB20-L2-A2-T-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

NBN40-L2-E2-V1 NBB20-L2-A2-V1
1 BN (brown)
NBN40-L2-A2-V1
2 WH (white)
1 1
L+ L+ 3 BU (blue)
4 4 4 BK (black)
3 2
L-
3
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
10 ... 30 V DC
20 mA
1
Housing material PA-GF35

metal base Xylan coated
metal mounting flange Xylan coated.
Properties
NBB20-L2M-A0-V1
NBB20-L2M-A2-V1
NBN40-L2M-A0-V1
NBN40-L2M-A2-V1
NBB20-L2M-E0-V1
NBB20-L2M-E2-V1
NBN40-L2M-E0-V1
NBN40-L2M-E2-V1
Flexible, compact VariKont-L hou-
sing Model Number
mountable versions
output versions Rated operating distance 20 mm
40 mm
Connector version
Installation flush
non-flush
Your Benefit Switching element function NPN NO/NC
NPN NO
All-around visible status display PNP NO/NC
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- PNP NO
ferent positions Switching frequency 0 ... 100 Hz
Mounting base with quick clamping 0 ... 150 Hz
flange for swift mounting Approvals and Certificates
Rotatable connector allows all ori- UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
entations of the attached cordset CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
Further Products king because they do not require approval.
In this series, we offer additionally: Dimensions
NBB20-L2M-A2-T-V1 Length L [mm] 67
Technical data like NBB20-L2M-A2-V1 but: Width W [mm] 40
Ambient temperature: -25 ... 100 C (-13 ... 212 F) Height H [mm] 40
Housing material: PA-GF35
metal base powder coated This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10
metal mounting flange powder Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
coated.
H
L
W
NBB20-L2M-E0-V1 NBB20-L2M-E2-V1 NBB20-L2M-A0-V1 NBB20-L2M-A2-T-V1
NBN40-L2M-E0-V1 NBN40-L2M-E2-V1 NBN40-L2M-A0-V1 NBB20-L2M-A2-V1
NBN40-L2M-A2-V1 1
1 1
L+ L+ 1 1
L+ L+
4 4
4 4 2 4
3 3
L- L- 2 2
3 3 3
L- L-
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
1 Operating voltage
20 ... 250 V AC/DC
0.6 mA
Housing material metal - Zinc housing

Housing base Metal Bracket
S
NBB20-L3M-UO-V12
NBB20-L3M-UO-V93
NBB20-L3M-US-V12
NBB20-L3M-US-V93
NBN40-L3M-US-V12
NBN40-L3M-US-V93
Model Number
Properties
Flexible, compact VariKont-L hou-
sing
20 mm, flush and 40 mm, non-flush Rated operating distance 20 mm
AC/DC, 2-wire switching output Installation flush
non-flush
Connector version Switching element function AC/DC NC
AC/DC NO
Your Benefit Connection type Device connector 1/2"-20 UN , 3-
pin

All-around visible status display Device connector 7/8"-16 UN , 3-

pin
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif-
ferent positions
Mounting base with quick clamping
flange for swift mounting
Certification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 67 76 67 76
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

V93-G-YE2M-STOOW Female connector, 7/8" - 16 UNF, 3-pin, PUR cable
V12-W-YE2M-PUR-H/S Connecting cable, 1/2" - 20 UNF, 3-pin, irradiated PUR cable
V12-G-YE2M-PVC Connecting cable, 1/2" - 20 UNF, 3-pin, PVC cable
H
V12-W-YE2M-PVC Connecting cable, 1/2" - 20 UNF, 3-pin, PVC cable
L
W
NBB20-L3M-UO-V12 NBN40-L3M-US-V12
1
NBB20-L3M-UO-V93 NBN40-L3M-US-V93
NBB20-L3M-US-V12 1
NBB20-L3M-US-V93
2 2
AC/DC AC/DC 2 3
3 3 2 3
1 1
Wire colors
1 GN (green)
2 BK (black)
3 WH (white)

Inductive sensor VariKont series
Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
DC
5 ... 60 V DC
NO/NC
1
Indication of the switching state 2 LED, yellow
Housing material PA/metal with epoxy powder coating

NBB20-U1-Z2
NBN40-U1-Z2
NBB20-U4-Z2
NBN40-U4-Z2
Model Number
Properties
Flexible VariKont housing green = preferred type
20 mm, flush and 40 mm, non-flush 40 mm
0 ... 250 Hz
Housing base plastic
Your Benefit metal
All-around visible status display Approvals and Certificates
fication (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 118
Width W [mm] 40
Head width Wh [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40
Connector area lc [mm] 0 ( M20 x 1.5 ) 0 ( 1/2" NPT )

V1-M20-80 Receptacles, M12/M20; plastic version
MH 04-2681F Mounting aid for VariKont, +U1+ and +U9*
L
lc
Wh
H
NBB20-U1-Z2 NBB20-U4-Z2
NBN40-U1-Z2 NBN40-U4-Z2
1 3 L+ 1 3 L+
2 4 L- 2 4 L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
20 mm
flush

NBB20-U1-E2-C
NBB20-U4-E2-C
Properties
NBB20-U10-E2
NBB20-U1-E0
NBB20-U1-E1
NBB20-U1-E2
NBB20-U1-E3
NBB20-U2-E0
NBB20-U2-E2
NBB20-U4-E0
NBB20-U4-E2
Flexible VariKont housing Model Number
Terminal compartment Weld-immune
NPN NC
Your Benefit PNP NO
All-around visible status display PNP NC
20 mA
ferent positions
Further Products 0 ... 5 Hz
In this series, we offer additionally: metal
NBB20-U4-E2-C-V1
Technical data like NBB20-U4-E2-C but:
Connection type: Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 118
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40
Connector area lc [mm] 0 ( M20 x 1,5 ) 0 ( 1/2" NPT ) 20

W
L MHW 01 Modular mounting bracket
lc

Wh
H
NBB20-U1-E0 NBB20-U1-E1 NBB20-U4-E2-C-V1
NBB20-U2-E0
NBB20-U4-E0 1
1 1 1
L+ L+ L+
4 2 4
2 4
3 3 3
L- L- L-
3
NBB20-U1-E2 NBB20-U1-E3
NBB20-U1-E2-C
NBB20-U10-E2
NBB20-U2-E2 1 BN (brown)
NBB20-U4-E2-C 2 WH (white)
NBB20-U4-E2 3 BU (blue)
1 1 4 BK (black)
L+ L+
4 2
3 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
20 mm
flush
1

NBB20-U1-A0-T
NBB20-U1-A2-T
NBB20-U2-A2-T
NBB20-U4-A0-T
NBB20-U4-A2-T
NBB20-U10-A2
NBB20-U1-A0
NBB20-U1-A2
NBB20-U2-A0
NBB20-U2-A2
NBB20-U4-A0
NBB20-U4-A2
Properties
Model Number
Flexible VariKont housing
20 mm, flush mountable green = preferred type
Terminal compartment PNP NO/NC
0 ... 300 Hz
Your Benefit Ambient temperature -25 ... 100 C (-13 ... 212 F)
All-around visible status display -25 ... 85 C (-13 ... 185 F)
Housing material PA / LCP
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- PA/metal with epoxy powder
ferent positions
coating
metal
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 118
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

W
L MH 04-2681F Mounting aid for VariKont, +U1+ and +U9*
lc
Wh
H
NBB20-U1-A2 NBB20-U1-A0
NBB20-U1-A2-T NBB20-U1-A0-T
NBB20-U2-A2-T NBB20-U4-A0-T
NBB20-U4-A2
NBB20-U4-A2-T
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
2 2
3 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
40 mm
non-flush

Properties

NBN40-U10-E2
NBN40-U1-E0
NBN40-U1-E1
NBN40-U1-E2
NBN40-U1-E3
NBN40-U2-E0
NBN40-U2-E2
NBN40-U4-E0
NBN40-U4-E2
Model Number
Your Benefit NPN NC
PNP NO
All-around visible status display PNP NC
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- Housing base plastic
ferent positions metal
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 118
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

W
L
lc
Wh
H
NBN40-U1-E0 NBN40-U1-E1 NBN40-U1-E2
NBN40-U2-E0 NBN40-U4-E2
1 1 1
L+ L+ L+
4 2 4
3 3 3
L- L- L-
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 2
BU 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
40 mm
non-flush
1

NBN40-U1-A2-T
NBN40-U2-A2-T
NBN40-U1-A0
NBN40-U1-A2
NBN40-U2-A2
NBN40-U4-A2
Properties
Model Number
40 mm, non-flush mountable green = preferred type
0 ... 250 Hz
All-around visible status display -25 ... 85 C (-13 ... 185 F)
Housing material PA / LCP
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- PA/metal with epoxy powder
ferent positions
coating
metal
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 118
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40
Connector area lc [mm] 0 ( M20 x 1,5 ) 0 ( 1/2" NPT )

W
L MHW 01 Modular mounting bracket
lc
Wh
H
NBN40-U1-A0 NBN40-U1-A2
NBN40-U1-A2-T
NBN40-U2-A2
NBN40-U2-A2-T
NBN40-U4-A2
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
2 2
3 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
1 Installation
non-flush
AC NO/NC
NJ20+U1+W-T
NJ40+U4+W-T
NJ20+U1+W
NJ20+U4+W
NJ40+U1+W
NJ40+U2+W
NJ40+U4+W
Model Number
Properties
Flexible VariKont housing Rated operating distance 20 mm
20 mm and 40 mm, non-flush 40 mm
mountable versions Ambient temperature -25 ... 100 C (-13 ... 212 F)
-25 ... 70 C (-13 ... 158 F)
0 ... 100 C (32 ... 212 F)
Terminal compartment Housing material PBT
PBT/base of metal
Your Benefit Approvals and Certificates
Certification (CCC)
Dimensions
Width W [mm] 40
Head width Wh [mm] 40 55
Height H [mm] 40 55
Connector area lc [mm] a) 0 ( 1/2" NPT ) b a b a
b) 0 ( M20 x 1,5 )

L
lc
Wh
H
NJ20+U1+W-T NJ20+U1+W NJ20+U4+W
NJ40+U1+W NJ40+U4+W
NJ40+U2+W NJ40+U4+W-T
W, NO
1 1 3 L 1 3 L
I 3 BN
L1
4
N
2 BU
2 4 N 2 4 N
W, NC
1 BN
L1
I
3
4
2 BU
N

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
non-flush
AC NO/NC
1
Indication of the switching state LED green: NC
LED red: NO
Housing material PBT housing/PBT base

NJ40+U2+W4
NJ40+U1+W4
NJ20+U1+W4
20 mm and 40 mm, non-flush Rated operating distance 20 mm
AC, 4-wire switching output Approvals and Certificates
Terminal compartment UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Your Benefit CCC approval Certified by China Compulsory Certi-
fication (CCC)

Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- Dimensions

ferent positions Length L [mm] 128 118
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 55 40
Connector area lc [mm] 0 ( 1/2" 0 ( M20 x 1,5 )
NPT )

L
lc
Wh
H
NJ20+U1+W4
NJ40+U1+W4
NJ40+U2+W4
3
L
4
1
N

Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
AC/DC
20 ... 253 V
NO/NC

.1.2 Ambient temperature -25 ... 70 C (-13 ... 158 F)
NCB20+U4+U
NCN20+U1+U
NCN40+U1+U
NCN40+U2+U
NCN40+U4+U
S
Model Number

Properties 40 mm
Installation flush
Flexible VariKont housing non-flush
20 mm, flush / non-flush and Switching frequency 0 ... 25 Hz
40 mm, non-flush mountable 200 Hz VDC / 30 Hz VAC
versions Operating current 3 ... 400 mA
5 ... 500 mA
AC/DC, 2-wire switching output Operating voltage display LED, green
Terminal compartment Indication of the switching state LED, yellow
Housing material PBT housing/PBT base
PBT housing/metal base
Your Benefit

Certification (CCC)
Dimensions
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40 55
Connector area lc [mm] 0 ( 1/2" 0 ( M20 x 1,5 ) 0
NPT ) ( 1/2" NPT )

W V1-M20-80 Receptacles, M12/M20; plastic version
L
lc
Wh
H
NCB20+U4+U NCN40+U1+U
NCN40+U4+U NCN20+U1+U
NCN40+U2+U
1 3 1 3
AC/DC AC/DC
2 4 2 4

Inductive sensor FP series
Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
50 mm
10 ... 60 V DC
1

NCB50-FP-Z2-P1
NCN50-FP-Z2-P1
NCN50-FP-Z2-P4
NCB50-FP-Z4-V1
NCB50-FP-Z5-V1
S
Model Number

non-flush
Flat pack housing Switching element function DC NO/NC
DC NO
50 mm, flush and non-flush moun-
DC NC
table versions
Housing material PBT housing / PBT base
DC, 2-wire switching output PBT housing / metal base
Terminal compartment and con- Protection class II
nector versions Protection degree IP67
IP68
screw terminals


Certification (CCC)
Products with a maximum opera-
ting voltage of 36 V do not bear

a CCC marking because they do
not require approval.
Dimensions
Width W [mm] 84 80 84
Height H [mm] 40
Connector area lc [mm] 9 (M20 11 ( M20 x 1,5 ) 25
x 1,5)

L
W
lc
H
NCB50-FP-Z2-P1 NCB50-FP-Z4-V1
NCN50-FP-Z2-P1
1
1
1 3 L+ L+
2 4
4
L-
2 4 L-
3
NCN50-FP-Z2-P4 NCB50-FP-Z5-V1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
1 2 WH (white)
1 3 L+ L+
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
2
L-
2 4 L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
50 mm
flush

S
NCB40-FP-A2-P1-V1
NCB50-FP-A2-P1-V1
NCB50-FP-E2-P1-V1
NCB40-FP-A2-P1
NCB50-FP-A2-P1
NCB50-FP-A2-P4
NCB50-FP-E2-P1
NCB50-FP-E2-P4
Model Number
Properties
Flat pack housing
40 mm and 50 mm, flush mountable green = preferred type
Terminal compartment and con- PNP NO
nector versions Housing material PBT housing / PBT base
PBT housing / metal base
screw terminals


Certification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 84 84 80 84 84 84 80 84
Width W [mm] 84 84 80 84 84 84 80 84
Height H [mm] 40
Connector area lc [mm] a) 10 ( 1/2" NPT ) c a c c a b
b) 25
c) 9 ( M20 x 1.5 )

L
W V1-W-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
lc
H
NCB50-FP-E2-P4 NCB50-FP-E2-P1-V1
NCB50-FP-E2-P1
1
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
2 4
3 3
L- L-
3
NCB50-FP-A2-P4 NCB40-FP-A2-P1-V1
NCB40-FP-A2-P1 NCB50-FP-A2-P1-V1
NCB50-FP-A2-P1 1 BN (brown)
1 1 2 WH (white)
L+ L+
3 BU (blue)
4 4
4 BK (black)
2 2
3 3
L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
50 mm
non-flush
1

S

NCN50-FP-A2-P1-V1
NCN50-FP-A2-P1
Properties
Flat pack housing Model Number
Terminal compartment and con- Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
nector versions screw terminals


cation (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 80
Width W [mm] 80
Height H [mm] 40
Connector area lc [mm] 11 ( M20 x 1.5 ) 27

L
W
lc
H
NCN50-FP-A2-P1 NCN50-FP-A2-P1-V1
1
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
2 4
2 2
3 3
L- L- 3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
40 mm
flush
Switching element function AC NO/NC

S
NCB40-FP-W-P1
NCB40-FP-W-P2
NCB40-FP-W-P4
Properties
Model Number
Flat pack housing
AC, 2-wire switching output Housing material PBT housing / PBT base
Terminal compartment PBT housing / metal base

fication (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 80
Width W [mm] 80
Height H [mm] 40
(M20 x 1.5) (1/2" NPT)
L
W
lc
H
NCB40-FP-W-P1 NCB40-FP-W-P4
NCB40-FP-W-P2
1 3 L 1 3 L
2 4 N 2 4 N

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
non-flush
AC NO/NC
1

S
NCN40-FP-W-T-P1
NCN40-FP-W-T-P4
NCN50-FP-W-P1
NCN50-FP-W-P2
NCN50-FP-W-P4
Model Number
Properties
Flat pack housing
40 mm and 50 mm, non-flush Rated operating distance 40 mm
AC, 2-wire switching output Ambient temperature -25 ... 100 C (-13 ... 212 F)
Terminal compartment -25 ... 70 C (-13 ... 158 F)

Certification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 80
Width W [mm] 80
Height H [mm] 40
Connector area lc [mm] a) 11 ( 1/2" NPT ) b a b a
b) 11 ( M20 x 1.5 )
L
W
lc
H
NCN40-FP-W-T-P1 NCN50-FP-W-P4
NCN50-FP-W-P2 NCN40-FP-W-T-P4
NCN50-FP-W-P1
1 3 L 1 3 L
2 4 N 2 4 N

Inductive analog sensor FP series
Technical Data
General Data
1 Installation
Measurement range
non-flush
15 ... 40 mm
Switching element function Analog current output 0 ... 20 mA
Repeat accuracy 0 ... 6 m
Output type 0 ... 20 mA
Load resistor 500

IA40-FP-I3-P2-V1
IA40-FP-I3-P1
IA40-FP-I3-P2
Model Number
Properties
Flat pack housing green = preferred type
40 mm, non-flush mountable Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
DC, 3-wire analog output screw terminals
Terminal compartment and con-

nector versions

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 80
Width W [mm] 80
Height H [mm] 40
Connector area lc [mm] 11 ( M20 x 1,5 )

DA5-IU-C Digital display unit
L
W
lc
H
IA40-FP-I3-P2 IA40-FP-I3-P2-V1
IA40-FP-I3-P1
1
1 1
L+ L+
2 4
2 4
3 3
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive sensor FPS series
Technical Data
General Data
20 mA

1
Operating voltage display LED, green .1.2
Housing base PBT

NBB25-FPS-A2
NBN30-FPS-A2
NBN30-FPS-E5
Compact flat pack housing

25 mm, flush and 30 mm non-flush Rated operating distance 25 mm
DC, 3-wire and 4-wire switching Installation flush
output versions non-flush
Terminal compartment Switching element function PNP, NO/NC, programmable
PNP NO/NC
10 ... 65 V DC
0 ... 70 Hz
0 ... 300 mA
CCC approval Products with a maximum operating
voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
approval.
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 77
Width W [mm] 60
Height H [mm] 41
lc
L
H
NBN30-FPS-E5 NBB25-FPS-A2
NBN30-FPS-A2
1 1
L+ L+
2/4 4
NC NO 3 L-
2
3
L-

Inductive sensor FPS series
Technical Data
NBN30-FPS-UU
1 Model Number
Installation
30 mm
non-flush
Switching element function AC/DC NO/NC
.1.2 Operating voltage 20 ... 265 V AC/DC

Housing base PBT
Properties
Compact flat pack housing Dimensions
30 mm non-flush mountable Length L [mm] 77
Width W [mm] 60
AC/DC, 2-wire switching output Height H [mm] 41
Terminal compartment Connector area lc [mm] 8
lc
L
H
NBN30-FPS-UU
1 3
AC/DC
2 4

Technical Data
NCN100-F23-E2-V1
Model Number
Installation
100 mm
non-flush
1

Housing material ABS (TSG), bottom Al
Properties
F23 surface mount housing
100 mm non-flush mountable Approvals and Certificates
DC, 3-wire switching output CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
Connector version
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 177
Width W [mm] 177
Height H [mm] 60.5

H
L
W
lc
NCN100-F23-E2-V1
1
1
L+
4
2 4
3
L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
NCN100-F23-US-V93
1 Model Number
Installation
100 mm
non-flush
Switching element function Normally open
20 ... 253 V AC

S
Housing material ABS (TSG), bottom Al
Properties
F23 surface mount housing
100 mm non-flush mountable UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
AC/DC, 2-wire switching output CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
Connector version CCC approval Certified by China Compulsory Certification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 177
Width W [mm] 177
Height H [mm] 60.5

H
L
W
lc
NCN100-F23-US-V93
1
AC/DC
3
1 2 3
Wire colors
1 GN (green)
2 BK (black)
3 WH (white)

Inductive sensor F29 series, weld immune
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
4 mm
non-flush
1

NBN4-F29A-E2-C
NBN4-F29-E2-C

4 mm non-flush mountable
Connection type cable PUR, irradiated , 2 m
DC, 3-wire switching output cable PVC , 2 m
Cable version
Your Benefit
Specially optimized for welding ap- Approvals and Certificates
plications UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 27
Width W [mm] 10
Height H [mm] 6 9
lc
L
H
NBN4-F29A-E2-C
NBN4-F29-E2-C
BN
L+
BK
BU
L-

Inductive sensor VariKont-L series, weld immune
Technical Data
Model Number NBB20-L2-Z4-C-V1

Installation
20 mm
flush
.1.2 Operating voltage 3.8 ... 30 V DC

Housing material PA
Properties Approvals and Certificates

Flexible VariKont-L housing UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
20 mm, flush mountable CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
DC, 2-wire switching output marking because they do not require approval.
Connector version Dimensions
Length L [mm] 67
Your Benefit Width W [mm]
Height H [mm]
40
40
All-around visible status display Connector area lc [mm] 0
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10
ferent positions Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
Mounting base with quick clamping V1-G-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
lever for swift mounting V1-W-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
Rotatable connector allows all ori- V1-G-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
entations of the attached cordset V1-W-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
Specially optimized for welding ap- MHW 01 Modular mounting bracket
plications MH 02-L Mounting aid
H
L
W
NBB20-L2-Z4-C-V1
1
1
L+
2 4
4
L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
10 ... 30 V DC
20 mA
1

Housing material PA
NBB20-L2-A2-C-V1
NBN40-L2-A2-C-V1
NBB20-L2-E2-C-V1
NBN40-L2-E2-C-V1
Properties
Flexible VariKont-L housing
Model Number
mountable versions
output Rated operating distance 20 mm
Installation flush

Your Benefit Switching element function
non-flush
PNP NO/NC
All-around visible status display PNP NO
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- Approvals and Certificates
ferent positions UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Mounting base with quick clamping CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
lever for swift mounting CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC mar-
Rotatable connector allows all ori-
entations of the attached cordset Dimensions
Specially optimized for welding ap- Length L [mm] 67
Width W [mm] 40
plications
Height H [mm] 40

H
L
W
NBB20-L2-E2-C-V1 NBB20-L2-A2-C-V1
NBN40-L2-E2-C-V1 NBN40-L2-A2-C-V1
1
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
2 4
3 2
L-
3
L- 3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
PNP
10 ... 30 V
NO

Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 C (32 ... 122 F)

Housing material PA 6 Grivory GVN-35H
Properties
NBB20-L2-E2B-C-V1
NBN40-L2-E2B-C-V1
DC, 3-wire bistable switching out-
put
Connector version
40 mm
Sensor for special applications e.g. non-flush
conveyor systems due to bistable Approvals and Certificates
switching behavior UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
All-around visible status display CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- CCC approval marking because they do not require approval.
ferent positions
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 67
lever for swift mounting
Width W [mm] 40
Rotatable connector allows all ori- Height H [mm] 40
entations of the attached cordset Connector area lc [mm] 0
plications Accessories This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10
See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
H
L
W
NBB20-L2-E2B-C-V1
NBN40-L2-E2B-C-V1
1
E2B
1/BN
L+ 2 4
I 2/WH S/R
4/BK
3/BU 3
L-
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
10 ... 30 V DC
20 mA
1

NBB20-L3M-A0-C3-V1
NBB20-L3M-A2-C3-V1
NBN40-L3M-A2-C3-V1
NBB20-L3-A2-C3-V1
Properties
Model Number
mountable versions
Installation flush
All-around visible status display PNP
NO/NC
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- Housing material GD-ZnAl4Cu1, Coated

metal fixing flange, coated.
ferent positions
GD-ZnAl4Cu1, coated

Mounting base with quick clamping mounting flange PA6-GF35
lever for swift mounting Housing base PTFE coated zinc
Rotatable connector allows all ori- Approvals and Certificates
entations of the attached cordset UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Specially optimized for welding ap- CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
plications CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 67
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

H

L
W
NBB20-L3M-A0-C3-V1 NBB20-L3-A2-C3-V1
NBB20-L3M-A2-C3-V1
NBN40-L3M-A2-C3-V1 1
1 1
L+ L+ 2 4
4 4
2 2
3
3 3
L- L-
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
1 Operating voltage
20 ... 250 V AC/DC
0.6 mA
.1.2 Switching frequency 2 Hz
Housing material PTFE coated zinc

Housing base PTFE coated zinc
NBB20-L3M-UO-C3-V12
NBB20-L3M-US-C3-V12
NBB20-L3M-US-C3-V93
NBN40-L3M-US-C3-V12
NBN40-L3M-US-C3-V93
mountable versions
AC/DC, 2-wire switching output Rated operating distance 20 mm
Installation flush
non-flush
Your Benefit Switching element function AC/DC normally open
AC/DC normally closed
All-around visible status display Connection type Device connector 1/2"-20 UN , 3-pin
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- Device connector 7/8"-16 UN , 3-pin
ferent positions
Rotatable connector allows all ori- Approvals and Certificates
Specially optimized for welding ap- CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
plications CCC approval Certified by China Compulsory Certifica-

tion (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 67
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

V12-W-YE2M-PUR-H/S Connecting cable, 1/2" - 20 UNF, 3-pin, irradiated PUR cable
H
L
W
NBB20-L3M-UO-C3-V12 NBB20-L3M-US-C3-V12 1
NBB20-L3M-US-C3-V93
Wire colors
NBN40-L3M-US-C3-V12
NBN40-L3M-US-C3-V93 1 GN (green)
2 BK (black)
2 2 3 WH (white)
AC/DC AC/DC 2 3
3 3
1 1
1
Wire colors
1 GN (green)
2 RD/BK (red/black)
2 3 3 RD/WH (red/white)

Inductive sensor VariKont series, weld immune
Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
PNP NO
10 ... 30 V DC
1

Housing material PA
NBB20-U1-E2-C-V1
NBB15-U1-E2-C
NBN40-U1-E2-C
Terminal compartment and con- 40 mm
nector versions Installation flush
non-flush
Your Benefit screw terminals
ferent positions
Specially optimized for welding ap- Approvals and Certificates
plications UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 118
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

W V1-G-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
L
lc
Wh
H
NBB15-U1-E2-C NBB20-U1-E2-C-V1
NBN40-U1-E2-C
1
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
2 4
3 3
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive sensor FP series, weld immune
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
50 mm
flush

Housing material PBT/metal
S
Properties
NCB50-FP-A2-C-P3-V1
NCB50-FP-E2-C-P1-V1
NCB50-FP-E2-C-P3-V1
Flat pack housing
DC, 3-wire and 4-wire switching Model Number
output versions
Connector version
Your Benefit Switching element function PNP NO

PNP NO/NC
Specially optimized for welding ap- Operating voltage 10 ... 30 V DC
plications 10 ... 60 V DC
Housing base metal
PBT
fication (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 84
Width W [mm] 84
Height H [mm] 40

L
W
lc
H
NCB50-FP-E2-C-P1-V1 NCB50-FP-A2-C-P3-V1
NCB50-FP-E2-C-P3-V1
1
1 1
L+ L+ 2 4
4 4
3 2
L- 3
3
L-
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive sensor VariKont-L series, reduction factor 1
Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
10 ... 30 V DC
25 mA
1

Housing material GD-ZnAl4Cu1, coated
mounting flange PA6-GF35
Properties
NRN40-L3K-A2-V1
NRB20-L3-A2-V1
NRN35-L3-A2-V1
NRB20-L3-E2-V1
Up to 40 mm, flush and non-flush Model Number
mountable versions
output versions
35 mm
40 mm
non-flush
Same sensing range for all metals Switching element function
NO/NCPNP
All-around visible status display NO PNP
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- Approvals and Certificates
ferent positions Protection class II
Mounting base with quick clamping CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC mar-
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 67
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

H
L
W
NRB20-L3-E2-V1 NRB20-L3-A2-V1
NRN35-L3-A2-V1
NRN40-L3K-A2-V1 1
1 1
L+ L+
4 4 2 4
3 2
L-
3 3
L-
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive sensor VariKont-L series, reduction factor 1
Technical Data
General Data
1 Operating voltage
10 ... 30 V DC
25 mA
Housing material GD-ZnAl4Cu1, coated

mounting flange PA6-GF35
Properties
NRN40-L3K-A2-C-V1
NRN40-L3K-E2-C-V1
NRB20-L3-A2-C-V1
NRN35-L3-A2-C-V1
NRB20-L3-E2-C-V1
NRN35-L3-E2-C-V1
output versions
Connector version
35 mm
Your Benefit 40 mm
Installation flush
Same sensing range for all metals non-flush
All-around visible status display Switching element function NO/NC PNP
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- NO PNP
ferent positions Approvals and Certificates
Rotatable connector allows all ori- Protection class II
Mounting base with quick clamping CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
lever for swift mounting CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC mar-
Further Products Dimensions
In this series, we offer additionally: Length L [mm] 67
NRB20-L3M-A2-C3-V1 Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40
Technical data like NRB20-L3-A2-C-V1 but:
Housing material: GD-ZnAl4Cu1, coated Connector area lc [mm] 0
metal fixing flange, coated.
H
L
W
NRN35-L3-E2-C-V1 NRB20-L3-A2-C-V1
NRB20-L3-E2-C-V1 NRB20-L3M-A2-C3-V1
NRN40-L3K-E2-C-V1 NRN35-L3-A2-C-V1 1
NRN40-L3K-A2-C-V1
2 4
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
3
3 2
L-

L-
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive sensor VariKont series, reduction factor 1
Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
PNP NO/NC
10 ... 30 V DC
1

Properties
NRB20-U1-A2
NRN40-U1-A2
20 mm, flush and 40 mm, non-flush Model Number
mountable versions
Terminal compartment Rated operating distance 20 mm
40 mm
Installation flush
Same sensing range for all metals Approvals and Certificates
All-around visible status display Protection class II
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 118
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40
Connector area lc [mm] 0 ( M20 x 1.5 )

L
lc
Wh
H
NRB20-U1-A2
NRN40-U1-A2
1
L+
4
3
L-

Inductive sensor FP series, reduction factor 1
Technical Data
General Data
1 Operating voltage
10 ... 30 V DC
20 mA
Ambient temperature 0 ... 50 C (32 ... 122 F) ( 10 % changing operating distance)
-25 ... 70 C (-13 ... 158 F) ( 20 % changing operating distance)

Housing base metal
Properties
NRB50-FP-A2-C-P3-V1
NRN75-FP-A2-C-P3-V1
NRB50-FP-E2-C-P3-V1
NRN75-FP-E2-C-P3-V1
NRB50-FP-A2-P3-V1
NRN75-FP-A2-P3-V1
NRB50-FP-E2-P3-V1
Flat pack housing
output versions
Connector version
Your Benefit 75 mm
Installation flush
Same sensing range for all metals non-flush
PNP NO
0 ... 50 Hz
0 ... 80 Hz
Protection class II
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 84 80 84 80
Width W [mm] 84 80 84 80
Height H [mm] 40

L V1-G-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
W
lc
H
NRB50-FP-E2-P3-V1 NRB50-FP-A2-P3-V1
NRB50-FP-E2-C-P3-V1 NRN75-FP-A2-P3-V1
NRN75-FP-E2-C-P3-V1 NRB50-FP-A2-C-P3-V1 1
NRN75-FP-A2-C-P3-V1
1 1 2 4
L+ L+
4 4
3 2
L- 3
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive sensor F33 series with e1 type approval
Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
5 ... 60 V DC
10 mA
1

NBN10-F33-E0-M
NBN10-F33-E2-M
NBB8-F33-E0-M
NBB8-F33-E2-M
Compact F33 housing
Installation flush
Cable version
non-flush
Further Products Switching element function NPN NO
PNP NO
In this series, we offer additionally: Switching frequency 0 ... 200 Hz
NBB8-F33-E2-M-150MM-3DT04 0 ... 350 Hz
Technical data like NBB8-F33-E2-M but:
Connection type: Cable connector Deutsch Approvals and Certificates
DT04 , 3-pin with PUR cable e1 Type approval 2006/28/EG
150 mm
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50
Width W [mm] 25
Height H [mm] 10
lc
H
NBB8-F33-E0-M NBB8-F33-E2-M NBB8-F33-E2-M-150MM-3DT04
NBN10-F33-E0-M NBN10-F33-E2-M
BN BN BN
L+ L+ L+
BK BK BK
BU BU BU
L- L- L-

Inductive sensor F148P series with E1 type approval
Technical Data
General Data
1 Installation
Operating current
flush
200 mA
Housing material anodized aluminium
NBB15-F148P10-ARO-M
NBB15-F148P10-E0-M
NBB15-F148P10-E2-M
NBB8-F148P10-E0-M
NBB8-F148P10-E2-M
Model Number
Properties
Compact F148P housing
8 mm and 15 mm, flush mountable green = preferred type
versions Rated operating distance 15 mm
8 mm
DC, 3-wire switching and relay out-
Switching element function 1 electronic relay, N.C.
put versions
NPN NO
Cable version PNP NO
Further Products 10 ... 60 V DC
In this series, we offer additionally: No-load supply current 10 mA
NBB8-F148P10-E2-M-150MM-3DT04 8 mA
Technical data like NBB8-F148P10-E2-M but: Reverse polarity protection
Connection type: 150 mm cable with Deutsch tolerant
connector Switching frequency 0 ... 120 Hz
0 ... 400 Hz
0 ... 40 Hz
E1 Type approval 10R-04
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50
Width W [mm] 35
Height H [mm] 10
lc
L
l1
H
NBB8-F148P10-E0-M NBB8-F148P10-E2-M NBB15-F148P10-ARO-M NBB8-F148P10-E2-M-150MM-3DT04
NBB15-F148P10-E0-M NBB15-F148P10-E2-M
BN BN BN
L+ L+ BN
L+
L+
BK BK BK
BK
A
BU BU WH BU
B
L- L- BU
L-
L-

Inductive sensor VariKont-L series with e1 type approval
Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
10 ... 60 V DC
20 mA
1
Housing material PA

NBB20-L2-A0-V1-M
NBB20-L2-A2-V1-M
NBN40-L2-A0-V1-M
NBN40-L2-A2-V1-M
Properties
Flexible VariKont-L housing Model Number
mountable versions
Installation flush
All-around visible status display PNP NO/NC
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- Switching frequency 0 ... 100 Hz
ferent positions 0 ... 200 Hz
Mounting base with quick clamping Approvals and Certificates

lever for swift mounting e1 Type approval 2006/28/EG
Rotatable connector allows all ori- Dimensions
entations of the attached cordset Length L [mm] 67
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

H
L
W
NBB20-L2-A0-V1-M NBB20-L2-A2-V1-M
NBN40-L2-A0-V1-M NBN40-L2-A2-V1-M
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
2 2
3 3
L- L-

Inductive sensor VariKont-L series with e1 type approval
Technical Data
General Data
1 Operating voltage
10 ... 60 V DC
20 mA
Housing material PA-GF35
metal base powder coated

metal mounting flang powder coated.
Properties
NBB20-L2M-A0-V1-M
NBB20-L2M-A2-V1-M
NBN40-L2M-A0-V1-M
NBN40-L2M-A2-V1-M
Connector version
Your Benefit 40 mm
Installation flush
All-around visible status display non-flush
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- Switching element function NPN NO/NC
ferent positions PNP NO/NC
Rotatable connector allows all ori- Switching frequency 0 ... 100 Hz
entations of the attached cordset 0 ... 200 Hz
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 67
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

H
L
W
NBN40-L2M-A0-V1-M NBN40-L2M-A2-V1-M
NBB20-L2M-A0-V1-M NBB20-L2M-A2-V1-M
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
2 2
3 3
L- L-

Inductive sensor VariKont series with e1 type approval
Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
10 ... 60 V DC
20 mA
1

NBB20-U1-A0-M
NBB20-U1-A2-M
NBN40-U1-A0-M
NBN40-U1-A2-M
NBB20-U1-E0-M
NBB20-U1-E2-M
NBN40-U1-E0-M
NBN40-U1-E2-M
Properties
Flexible VariKont housing Model Number
mountable versions green = preferred type
Installation flush
Terminal compartment non-flush
NPN NO
PNP NO/NC
PNP NO
0 ... 200 Hz
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 128
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

L
lc
Wh
H
NBB20-U1-E0-M NBB20-U1-E2-M NBB20-U1-A0-M NBB20-U1-A2-M
NBN40-U1-E0-M NBN40-U1-E2-M NBN40-U1-A0-M NBN40-U1-A2-M
1 1 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
4 4 4 4
3 3 2 2
L- L-
3 3
L- L-

Inductive sensor F35 series for high temperature applications
Technical Data
General Data
1 Description
Installation
Sensor consists of a sensor head and a cylindrical amplifier
flush mountable

Housing material PTFE / Al / 1.4305 / AISI 303
Protection degree amplifier IP67
sensor IP40
Properties
Sturdy F35 housing
NCN20-F35-A2-250-10M-V1
NCN25-F35-A2-250-15M-V1
NCN20-F35-A2-250-20M-V1
20 mm and 25 mm, flush mountable
versions
NCN25-F35-A2-250-V1
Connector version Model Number
Your Benefit
For use in high temperature appli-
cations
25 mm
Cable length between sensor 10 m
and amplifier
15 m
20 m
UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose,
Class 2 Power Source
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 56
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40
lc

H
L
W
NCN20-F35-A2-250-10M-V1
NCN20-F35-A2-250-20M-V1
NCN25-F35-A2-250-15M-V1 1
NCN25-F35-A2-250-V1
1 2 4
L+
4
2 3
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive sensor V3 series (3G/3D)
Technical Data
Model Number
Installation
NBB3-V3-Z4-3G-3D
3 mm
flush
1

Connection type cable PVC , 130 mm
Properties Use in the Hazardous Area

Miniature V3 housing Category 3G; 3D
3 mm, flush mountable Approvals and Certificates
DC, 2-wire switching output UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Cable version CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
Dimensions
Your Benefit Length L [mm] 27.8
Width W [mm] 16
ATEX approval for use in zone 2/ Height H [mm] 10
zone 22 Connector area lc [mm] 0
W
H
lc
NBB3-V3-Z4-3G-3D
BN
L+
BU
L-

Inductive sensor V3 series (3G/3D)
Technical Data
General Data
1 Operating voltage
10 ... 30 V DC
15 mA
NBB2-V3-E2-3G-3D
NBB2-V3-E3-3G-3D
NBN4-V3-E2-3G-3D
Properties
Model Number
Miniature V3 housing
4 mm
non-flush
Your Benefit Switching element function PNP NO
PNP NC
ATEX approval for use in Switching frequency 0 ... 1000 Hz
zone 2 / zone 22 0 ... 500 Hz
Category 3G; 3D
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 27.8
Width W [mm] 16
Height H [mm] 10
W
H
lc
NBB2-V3-E2-3G-3D NBB2-V3-E3-3G-3D
NBN4-V3-E2-3G-3D
BN BN
L+ L+
BK BK
BU BU
L- L-

Inductive sensor VariKont-L series (3G/3D)
Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
10 ... 30 V DC
20 mA
1
Housing material PA

NBB20-L2-A2-V1-3G-3D
NBN40-L2-A2-V1-3G-3D
NBB20-L2-E2-V1-3G-3D
NBN40-L2-E2-V1-3G-3D
Properties
Model Number
mountable versions
output versions green = preferred type
40 mm
Installation flush
ATEX approval for use in zone 2/ Switching element function PNP NO/NC
zone 22 PNP NO
All-around visible status display 0 ... 150 Hz
ferent positions Use in the Hazardous Area
Rotatable connector allows all ori- Category 3G; 3D
entations of the attached cordset
Mounting base with quick clamping Approvals and Certificates
pose
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 67
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

H

L
W MH 04-2681F Mounting aid for VariKont, +U1+ and +U9*
NBB20-L2-E2-V1-3G-3D NBB20-L2-A2-V1-3G-3D
NBN40-L2-E2-V1-3G-3D NBN40-L2-A2-V1-3G-3D
1
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
2 4
3 2
L-
3
L- 3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive sensor VariKont series (3G/3D)
Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
PNP NO
10 ... 30 V DC

Housing material PA/metal
Properties
NBB20-U1K-E2-3G-3D
NBN40-U1K-E2-3G-3D
Your Benefit Rated operating distance 20 mm
40 mm
ATEX approval for use in zone 2/ Installation flush
zone 22 non-flush
All-around visible status display Use in the Hazardous Area
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- Use in the hazardous area see instruction manuals
ferent positions Category 3G; 3D
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 118
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

W
L
lc
Wh
H
NBB20-U1K-E2-3G-3D NBN40-U1K-E2-3G-3D
1 BN
L+ L+
4 BK
3 BU
L- L-

Inductive sensor FP series (3G/3D)
Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
10 ... 60 V DC
20 mA
1

NCB50-FP-E2-P1-V1-3G-3D
NCB40-FP-A2-P1-3G-3D
NCN50-FP-A2-P1-3G-3D
S
Model Number
Properties
Flat pack housing
40 mm and 50 mm, flush and non- Rated operating distance 40 mm
flush mountable versions 50 mm
DC, 3-wire and 4-wire switching Installation flush
output versions non-flush
Terminal compartment and con- Switching element function PNP NO
nector versions PNP NO/NC
IP68
ATEX approval for use in zone 2/ screw terminals
zone 22

Category 3G; 3D
pose

Certification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 80 84 80 84
Width W [mm] 80 84 80 84
Height H [mm] 40
Connector area lc [mm] 11 ( M20 x 1.5 ) 25
L This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10

W Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
lc
H

NCB40-FP-A2-P1-3G-3D NCB50-FP-E2-P1-V1-3G-3D
NCN50-FP-A2-P1-3G-3D 1
1 1
L+ L+
4 4 2 4
2 3
L-
3
3
L-
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive sensor V3 series (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
NAMUR, NC
DC
NCB2-V3-N0-V5
NCN4-V3-N0-V5
NJ2-V3-N-V5
NCB2-V3-N0
NCN4-V3-N0
NJ2-V3-N
0102 Model Number

Properties 4 mm
Miniature V3 housing Installation flush
non-flush
2 mm, flush and 4 mm non-flush Switching frequency 0 ... 1000 Hz
mountable versions 0 ... 2000 Hz
DC, NAMUR interface Suitable for 2:1 technology , Reverse polarity protec-
tion diode not required
Cable and connector versions Indication of the switching state LED, yellow
Connection type 4.8 mm Faston
Your Benefit cable PVC , 130 mm

ATEX approval up to zone 0 / zone
20
Category 1G; 2G; 1D
UL approval cULus Listed, General Pur-
pose

pose
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 27.8
Width W [mm] 16
Height H [mm] 10
W
H
lc
NCB2-V3-N0 NCB2-V3-N0-V5
NCN4-V3-N0 NCN4-V3-N0-V5
NJ2-V3-N NJ2-V3-N-V5
BN 1
L+ L+
BU 2
L- L-

Inductive sensor VariKont-M series (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
non-flush
1
Current consumption

0102
NCN15-M1K-N0-V1
NCN15-M1K-N0
^

Compact and flexible VariKont-M
housing
15 mm, non-flush mountable Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
DC, NAMUR interface screw terminals
Terminal compartment and con-
nector versions
Your Benefit Use in the Hazardous Area

ATEX approval up to zone 0 / zone Category 1G; 2G; 1D
20
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 91
Width W [mm] 30
Height H [mm] 30
Connector area lc [mm] 0 ( M16 X 1.5 ) 25

W V1-G-N-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 2-pin, NAMUR, PUR cable
lc
H
NCN15-M1K-N0 NCN15-M1K-N0-V1
1
BN 1
L+ L+
2 4
BU 2
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 BU (blue)

Inductive sensor VariKont-L series (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
NAMUR, NC
DC
Housing material PA

NCB20-L2-N0-V1
NCN40-L2-N0-V1
Properties
Flexible VariKont-L housing Model Number
DC, NAMUR interface Rated operating distance 20 mm
40 mm
non-flush
0 ... 300 Hz
20 Use in the Hazardous Area
Rotatable connector allows all ori-
Category 1G; 2G; 3G; 3D
entations of the attached cordset
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 67
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

H
L
W
NCB20-L2-N0-V1
NCN40-L2-N0-V1
1
1
L+
2 4
2
L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 BU (blue)

Inductive sensor VariKont series (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
NAMUR, NC
DC
1
Ambient temperature -25 ... 100 C (-13 ... 212 F) .1.2

NBB20-U1K-N0
NBB20-U4K-N0
NBN40-U1K-N0
NBN40-U2K-N0
NBN40-U4K-N0
NJ20+U1+N
NJ20+U4+N
Model Number
0102
40 mm
Flexible VariKont housing non-flush
Current consumption
Up to 40 mm, flush and non-flush Measuring plate not detected 2.2 mA
mountable versions 3 mA
DC, NAMUR interface Measuring plate detected 1 mA
0 ... 150 Hz
0 ... 300 Hz
Your Benefit Indication of the switching state LED, yellow
Housing material plastic housing / plastic base
ATEX approval up to zone 0 / zone plastic housing / metal base
20 Protection degree IP68
IP68 / IP69K
Further Products
In this series, we offer additionally: Use in the Hazardous Area
NJ40+U1+N Use in the hazardous area see instruction manuals
NJ40+U2+N Category 1G; 2G; 1D
NJ40+U4+N 1G; 2G; 3G
Technical data like NJ20+U1+N but: 2G
asymmetric head 55 mm x 55 mm
Rated operating distance: 40 mm Approvals and Certificates
Housing base: Control drawing 116-0165F
PBT with M20 thread (NJ40+U1+N)
PBT with 1/2 NPT thread (NJ40+U2+N)
metal with 1/2 NPT thread (NJ40+U4+N) pose

pose
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 118
Width W [mm] 40
W
Height H [mm] 40
L
Connector area lc [mm] 1)
M20 x 1.5 thread 01) 02) 01) 02) 01) 01) 02)
2)
1/2 NPT thread
lc

MH 04-2057B Mounting aid for VariKont and +U1+
Wh
H
NBB20-U1K-N0
NBN40-U1K-N0
NBB20-U4K-N0
NBN40-U4K-N0
NJ20+U1+N
NJ20+U4+N
NJ40+U1+N
NJ40+U4+N
NBN40-U2K-N0
1
L+
2
L-

Inductive sensor FP series (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
NAMUR, NC
DC
NCN50-FP-N0-P4-V1
NCB40-FP-N0-P4
NCN50-FP-N0-P4
NJ50-FP-N-P4
0102 Model Number

50 mm
Flat pack housing Installation flush
40 mm, flush and 50 mm, non-flush non-flush
mountable versions Switching frequency 0 ... 100 Hz
Terminal compartment and con- Ambient temperature -25 ... 100 C (-13 ... 212 F)
nector versions -25 ... 70 C (-13 ... 158 F)
Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-

Your Benefit pin
screw terminals
20
Further Products
In this series, we offer additionally: Use in the Hazardous Area
NCB40-FP-N0-P1 Use in the hazardous area see instruction manuals
Category 1G; 2G; 1D
Technical data like NCB40-FP-N0-P4 but:
Housing base: PBT Approvals and Certificates
pose

pose
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 80
Width W [mm] 80
Height H [mm] 40
lc
H

NCB40-FP-N0-P4 NCN50-FP-N0-P4-V1
NCN50-FP-N0-P4
NJ50-FP-N-P4
1
1 1
L+ L+
2 4
2 2
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 BU (blue)

Inductive sensor VariKont series (NAMUR with safety function)
Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
NAMUR, NC
DC
1

0102
NJ15S+U1+N
NJ20S+U1+N
NJ15S+U4+N
NJ20S+U4+N
Model Number
Properties
20 mm
DC, NAMUR safety interface non-flush
Terminal compartment Housing material PBT housing / PBT base

Usable up to SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508 Category 1G; 2G; 1D
ATEX approval up to zone 0 / zone Approvals and Certificates
20 Control drawing 116-0165F
Further Products pose
In this series, we offer additionally: CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Pur-

NJ6S1+U1+N1 pose
CCC approval Products with a maximum
for non-ferrous metals only. operating voltage of 36 V do
Technical data: not bear a CCC marking
Rated operating distance: 6 mm because they do not require
Installation: flush in mild steel approval.
Switching element function: NAMUR, NO
Current consumption Dimensions
Measuring plate not detected: 1 mA
Measuring plate detected: 3 mA Length L [mm] 118
Target object: aluminium plate Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

W MHW 01 Modular mounting bracket
L MH 04-2057B Mounting aid for VariKont and +U1+
lc
Wh
H
NJ15S+U1+N NJ6S1+U1+N1
NJ15S+U4+N
NJ20S+U1+N
NJ20S+U4+N S1N
1 3
L+
L+ I
2 4
L-
L-

Inductive sensor FP series (NAMUR with safety function)
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
40 mm
non-flush
Current consumption

0102
NJ40-FP-SN-P1
NJ40-FP-SN-P4
Properties
Flat pack housing Model Number
DC, NAMUR safety interface
Terminal compartment Housing material PBT housing / PBT base

Usable up to SIL 3 acc. to IEC 61508 Category 2G; 1D
ATEX approval up to zone 1 / zone Approvals and Certificates
20 Control drawing 116-0165F
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 80
Width W [mm] 80
Height H [mm] 40
L
W
lc
H
NJ40-FP-SN-P4
NJ40-FP-SN-P1
1
L+
2
L-

Inductive sensor VariKont-L series, AS interface
Technical Data
General Data
Slave type
NO/NC programmable
A/B slave
1
Required master specification V2.1 .1.2
Fault indication LED, red

Housing material PA
Properties
NBB20-L2-B3B-V1
NBN40-L2-B3B-V1
20 mm, flush and 40 mm non-flush Model Number
mountable versions
AS interface
Connector version
40 mm
All-around visible status display non-flush
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- 40 mA
ferent positions Switching frequency 0 ... 150 Hz
Mounting base with quick clamping 0 ... 50 Hz
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 67
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

H
L
W
NBB20-L2-B3B-V1
NBN40-L2-B3B-V1
1
1
(+)
2 4
3
(-)
3

Inductive sensor VariKont series, AS interface
Technical Data
General Data
Slave type
NO/NC programmable
A/B slave
.1.2 Required master specification V2.1

Fault indication LED, red
Properties
NBB20-U1-B3B
NBN40-U1-B3B
mountable versions
AS interface
Model Number
Your Benefit Rated operating distance 20 mm

40 mm
Installation flush
Sensor head can be aligned in 5 dif- non-flush
ferent positions
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 118
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

L
lc
Wh
H
NBB20-U1-B3B
NBN40-U1-B3B
3
(+)
4
(-)

Inductive slot sensor 3.5 mm slot width
Technical Data
General Data
Slot width
Depth of immersion (lateral)
3.5 mm
5 ... 7 mm
1

SB3,5-G-E2
SB3,5-A2
SB3,5-E2
Model Number

PNP NO
Properties Switching frequency 0 ... 2000 Hz
0 ... 3000 Hz
3.5 mm slot width Indication of the switching state LED, yellow
Very fast response
-25 ... 85 C (-13 ... 185 F)
DC, 3-wire and 4-wire switching Connection type cable PVC , 500 mm
output versions flexible leads LIY , 500 mm
Flexible leads and cable versions flexible leads PVC , 135 mm

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 10
Width W [mm] 19
Height H [mm] 15
Slot width G [mm] 3.5
G
L
H
lc
W
SB3,5-E2 SB3,5-A2
SB3,5-G-E2
BN BN
L+ L+
BK BK
BU WH
L-
BU
L-

Inductive slot sensor 10 mm slot width
Technical Data
General Data
1 Slot width
10 mm
13.5 ... 16.5 mm

SJ10-E2
SJ10-E3
Properties
SJ10-E
Model Number
10 mm slot width
Very fast response Switching element function NPN NO
PNP NC
Cable version
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 25
Width W [mm] 44
Height H [mm] 45
Slot width G [mm] 10
Connector area lc [mm] 6 ( PG9 )
G
L
H
lc
W
SJ10-E SJ10-E2 SJ10-E3
BN BN BN
L+ L+ L+
BK BK BK
BU BU BU
L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Slot width
15 mm
17 ... 20 mm
1

SJ15-A2-V1
SJ15-A2
SJ15-E2
SJ15-A
SJ15-E
Model Number
Properties Switching element function NPN NO/NC

NPN NO
15 mm slot width PNP NO/NC
PNP NO
Fast response
DC, 3-wire and 4-wire switching cable PVC , 2 m
output versions

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 30
Width W [mm] 48
Height H [mm] 60

G
L
H
lc
W
SJ15-E SJ15-A SJ15-A2-V1
BN BN
L+ L+ 1
BK BK 1
L+
BU WH 4
L- 2 4
BU 2
L-
3
L- 3
SJ15-E2 SJ15-A2 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

BN BN 1 BN (brown)
L+ L+
BK BK 2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
BU WH
L- 4 BK (black)
BU
L-

Technical Data
General Data
1 Slot width
30 mm
27 ... 31 mm
Housing material ABS
SJ30-A0-V1
SJ30-A2
SJ30-A
Model Number

Properties PNP NO/NC
30 mm slot width 10 ... 65 V DC
Fast response Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
cable PVC , 2 m

CCC approval Products with a maximum operating
voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
approval.
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 51
Width W [mm] 84
Height H [mm] 110
Connector area lc [mm] 35 ( PG13.5 ) 22

G
L
H
lc
W
SJ30-A SJ30-A2 SJ30-A0-V1
BN BN 1
L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4
WH WH 2
BU BU 3
L- L- L-

Inductive slot sensor 15 mm slot width, AC
Technical Data
General Data
Slot width
15 mm
18.5 ... 20.5 mm
1

S
SJ15-WO
SJ15-WS
Model Number
Properties Switching element function AC NO

AC NC
15 mm slot width Approvals and Certificates
Fast response UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
AC, 2-wire switching output CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
Cable version fication (CCC)

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 30
Width W [mm] 48
Height H [mm] 60
G
L
H
lc
W
SJ15-WO SJ15-WS
BN BN
L L
BU BU
N N

Inductive slot sensor 2 mm slot width (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
1 Slot width
2 mm
NAMUR, NC
Depth of immersion (lateral) 5 ... 7 mm , typ. 6 mm
Current consumption

0102
SC2-N0-GN
Model Number
SJ2-N
2 mm slot width diode not required
Extrardinary fast response
DC, 2-wire NAMUR flexible leads LIFYW , 500 mm
Flexible leads version
Your Benefit
ATEX approval up to zone 0 / zone Category 1G; 2G; 1D
20 1G; 2G; 3G; 1D
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 8 15
Width W [mm] 8
Height H [mm] 12
Slot width G [mm] 2
G
H
lc
W L
SC2-N0-GN
SJ2-N
BN
L+
BU
L-

Inductive slot sensor 3.5 mm slot width (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Slot width
3.5 mm
NAMUR, NC
1
Current consumption

SC3,5-N0-GN
SC3,5-N0-BU
SJ3,5-N LED
SC3,5-G-N0
0102
SJ3,5-G-N
SJ3,5-N
Model Number

Properties Suitable for 2:1 technology , Reverse polarity protection diode not
required
3.5 mm slot width , with reverse polarity protection diode
Very fast response Switching hysteresis 0.11 ... 0.2 mm
DC, 2-wire NAMUR 0.21 ... 0.4 mm
PBT/PPS
Your Benefit Connection type flexible leads LIY , 500 mm
flexible leads PVC , 135 mm
Usable up to SIL 2 acc. to IEC 61508 flexible leads PVC , 500 mm
20

Category 1G; 2G; 1D
1G; 2G; 3G; 1D
2G
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 10
Width W [mm] 19 19.5
G
Height H [mm] 15
L

H
lc
W
SC3,5-G-N0
SC3,5-N0-GN
SC3,5-N0-BU
SJ3,5-G-N
SJ3,5-N
SJ3,5-N LED
BN
L+
BU
L-

Inductive slot sensor 5 mm slot width (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
1 Slot width
5 mm
NAMUR, NC
Current consumption

SJ5-G-N
SJ5-K-N
0102
SJ5-N
Model Number

8 ... 10 mm , typ. 9 mm
Properties Connection type cable PVC , 2 m
5 mm slot width flexible leads LIY , 500 mm
Very fast response
DC, 2-wire NAMUR
Flexible leads and cable versions
Your Benefit Category 1G; 2G; 1D
Usable up to SIL 2 acc. to IEC 61508 Approvals and Certificates
ATEX approval up to zone 0 / zone Control drawing 116-0165F
20 UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 10 15
Width W [mm] 15 29
Height H [mm] 15 31
Slot width G [mm] 5
G
L
H
lc
W
SJ5-G-N
SJ5-K-N
SJ5-N
BN
L+
BU
L-

Inductive slot sensor 10 / 15 / 30 mm slot width (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Nominal voltage
NAMUR, NC
1

SJ10-N
SJ15-N
SJ30-N
0102
Model Number
Slot width 10 mm
15 mm
Properties 30 mm
10, 15 and 30 mm slot width versi- Depth of immersion (lateral) 13.5 ... 16.5 mm , typ. 15 mm
ons 16 ... 19 mm , typ. 17.5 mm
27 ... 30 mm
Fast response
DC, 2-wire NAMUR 0 ... 150 Hz
Cable version Ambient temperature -25 ... 100 C (-13 ... 212 F)
-25 ... 70 C (-13 ... 158 F)
Your Benefit PBT
Usable up to SIL 2 acc. to IEC 61508 Use in the Hazardous Area
ATEX approval up to zone 0 / zone Use in the hazardous area see instruction manuals
20 Category 1G; 2G; 1D
Dimensions
Width W [mm] 44 48 84
Height H [mm] 45 60 110
Slot width G [mm] 10 15 30
Connector area lc [mm] 6 ( PG9 ) 0 35
( PG13.5 )
G
L
H
lc
W
SJ10-N
SJ15-N
SJ30-N
BN
L+
BU
L-

Inductive slot sensor 2 mm slot width (NAMUR with safety function)
Technical Data
General Data
1 Slot width
2 mm
5 ... 7 typ. 6 mm
Type of voltage DC
.1.3 Nominal voltage 8V
Connection type flexible leads LIFYW , 500 mm
0102
SJ2-S1N
SJ2-SN
Model Number
Properties Switching element function NAMUR, NO
NAMUR, NC
2 mm slot width
Current consumption
Extrardinary fast response Measuring plate not detected 3 mA
DC, 2-wire NAMUR 1 mA
1 mA
Your Benefit -40 ... 100 C (-40 ... 212 F)
EX approval 1G/1D for use up to Use in the Hazardous Area

zone 0 / zone 20 Use in the hazardous area see instruction manuals
Applicable up to SIL3 acc. to IEC Category 1G; 2G; 3G; 1D
61508 Approvals and Certificates
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 15
Width W [mm] 8
Height H [mm] 12
Slot width G [mm] 2
G
H
lc
W L
SJ2-SN SJ2-S1N
BN RD
L+ L+
BU GN
L- L-

Inductive slot sensor 3.5 mm slot width (NAMUR with safety function)
Technical Data
General Data
Slot width
3.5 mm
5 ... 7 typ. 6 mm
1
Type of voltage DC
Nominal voltage 8V .1.3
Connection type flexible leads LIY , 500 mm

SJ3,5-S1N
0102
SJ3,5-SN
Model Number
Properties Switching element function NAMUR, NO
NAMUR, NC
3.5 mm slot width Current consumption
Very fast response Measuring plate not detected 3 mA
1 mA
DC, 2-wire NAMUR Measuring plate detected 3 mA
Flexible leads version 1 mA
0 ... 3000 Hz
EX approval 1G/1D for use up to -50 ... 100 C (-58 ... 212 F)
zone 0 / zone 20 Use in the Hazardous Area
Applicable up to SIL3 acc. to IEC Use in the hazardous area see instruction manuals
61508 Category 1G; 2G; 3G; 1D
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 10
Width W [mm] 19
Height H [mm] 15
G
L
H
lc
W
SJ3,5-SN SJ3,5-S1N
BN RD
L+ L+
BU GN
L- L-

Inductive ring sensor 10 mm / 20 mm inside diameter
Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
PNP NO
12 ... 30 V DC
Housing material PA 66

RC10-E2-C-V1
RC20-E2-C-V1
Properties
Model Number
10 mm and 20 mm inside diame-
ter versions
Weld immune Inside diameter 10 mm
Length L [mm] 60
Width W [mm] 40
Your Benefit Height H [mm] 34
Sensor for checking bolt holders Inside diameter D [mm] 10 mm 20 mm
and collets Connector area lc [mm] 11
Easily programmable for optimum This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10
trip point Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
D
H
lc
W L
RC10-E2-C-V1
RC20-E2-C-V1
1
1
L+
4 2 4
3
L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive ring sensor 21 mm / 43 mm inside diameter
Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
10 ... 30 V DC
20 mA
1

RJ21-E2
RJ43-E2
RJ21-E
RJ43-E
Model Number
Properties Inside diameter 21 mm

43 mm
21 mm and 43 mm inside diame- Switching element function NPN NO
ter versions PNP NO
6 mm / 9 mm minimum target dia- Measuring cylinder
meter Diameter 6 mm
Mild steel targets 9 mm
Length 12 mm
Very fast response 18 mm
0 ... 500 Hz
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 20
Width W [mm] 45 70 45 70
Height H [mm] 80 100 80 100
Inside diameter D [mm] 21 43 21 43
D W
lc
L
RJ21-E RJ21-E2
RJ43-E RJ43-E2
BN BN
L+ L+
BK BK
BU BU
L- L-

Inductive ring sensor 15 mm / 21 mm / 43 mm inside diameter (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
NAMUR, NC
DC
.1.4 Measuring cylinder 9S20K
Current consumption

0102
RJ15-14-N
Properties
RJ15-N
RJ21-N
RJ43-N
Model Number
Up to 43 mm inside diameter ver-
sions Inside diameter 15 mm
3 mm / 6 mm / 9 mm minimum target 21 mm
diameter 43 mm
Measuring cylinder 9S20K
9S20K targets
Diameter 3 mm
DC, NAMUR interface 9 mm
Length 6 mm
4 mm
Your Benefit 12 mm
EX approved sensor applicable up 18 mm
to zone 1 Switching frequency 0 ... 1000 Hz
0 ... 1500 Hz
0 ... 500 Hz
Category 2G

pose

pose
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 20
Width W [mm] 25 29 45 70
Height H [mm] 32.5 45 80 100
Inside diameter D [mm] 15 21 43
D W
lc
L
RJ15-14-N
RJ15-N
RJ21-N
RJ43-N
BN
L+
BU
L-

Inductive ring sensor 10 mm / 15 mm inside diameter (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
NAMUR, NC
DC
1

0102
RC10-14-N0
RC15-14-N0
Model Number
Properties
10 mm and 15 mm inside diame-
ter versions Inside diameter 10 mm
15 mm
2.5 mm / 3 mm minimum target dia- Measuring cylinder 9S20K
meter Diameter 2.5 mm
9S20K targets 3 mm
Very fast response Length 4 mm
Your Benefit diode not required
EX approved sensor applicable up Use in the Hazardous Area

to zone 1 Use in the hazardous area see instruction manuals
Category 2G
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 20
Width W [mm] 25
Height H [mm] 32.5
Inside diameter D [mm] 10 15
D W
lc
L
RC10-14-N0
RC15-14-N0
BN
L+
BU
L-

Inductive ring sensor 10 mm / 15 mm inside diameter (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Type of voltage
NAMUR, bistable
DC
Traverse B 3 mA
Traverse A 1 mA
0102
RC10-14-N3
RC15-14-N3
Model Number
Properties
10 mm and 15 mm inside diame- Inside diameter 10 mm
ter versions 15 mm
Measuring cylinder ferrous metal
2.5 mm / 3 mm minimum target dia- Diameter 2.5 mm
meter 3 mm
Ferrous targets Length 3 mm
Passage speed 10 m/s
DC, bistable NAMUR interface Ambient temperature -20 ... 100 C (-4 ... 212 F)
-20 ... 70 C (-4 ... 158 F)
Direction detection due to bistable Use in the hazardous area see instruction manuals
switching behavior Category 2G
EX approved sensor applicable up Approvals and Certificates
to zone 1 Control drawing 116-0165F
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 20
Width W [mm] 25
Height H [mm] 32.5
Inside diameter D [mm] 10 15
D W
lc
L
RC10-14-N3
RC15-14-N3
BN
L+
BU
L-

Technical Data
General Data
3 mm
Dual (NO)
1
Installation flush mountable
Off-state current 0 ... 1 mA, typically 0.7 mA
Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Double Sensors for Valve Actuators

S
NBN3-F25-Z8-0,14
NBN3-F25F-Z8-V1
NBN3-F25-Z8-5M
NBN3-F25-Z8-V1
Model Number
Properties
F25 housing
3 mm, flush mountable Installation type compact design for installation in hou-

sing and flange installation
DC, dual 2-wire switching output Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
Cable and connector versions cable PVC , 180 mm
cable PVC , 5 m
Your Benefit
Direct mounting without additional
mounting aids on NAMUR bore ho-
les 30 x 80 Approvals and Certificates
fication (CCC)
Dimensions
Width W [mm] 52
Height H [mm] 20
Radius R [mm] 20.8

BT32 Activator for F25 series
BT32XS Activator for F25 series
BT32XAS Activator for F25 series
W V1-W-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
L V1-G-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
lc
LEDs
R
H
NBN3-F25-Z8-5M NBN3-F25-Z8-V1
NBN3-F25-Z8-0,14 NBN3-F25F-Z8-V1
1
BN 1
L+ L+
I BK I 4
L- L-
2 4
I WH I 2
L+ L+
II BU II 3
II L- II L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
3 mm
PNP Dual NO
Reverse polarity protection all connections
Off-state current 0 ... 0.5 mA, typically 0.1 A at 25 C

NBN3-F25-E8-0,14
NBN3-F25F-E8-V1
NBN3-F25-E8-5M
NBN3-F25-E8-V1
Properties
F25 housing Model Number
DC, dual 3-wire switching output
Cable and connector versions Installation type compact design for installation in

housing and flange installation
cable PVC , 180 mm
Direct mounting without additional cable PVC , 5 m
mounting aids on NAMUR bore MINI-COMBICON
holes 30 x 80
Further Products
NBN3-F25-E8-K Approvals and Certificates
Technical data like NBN3-F25-E8-5M UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
but: CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
Protection degree: IP20
Connection type: MINI-COMBICON CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
Dimensions
Width W [mm] 52
Height H [mm] 20
Radius R [mm] 20.8

W BT32XAS Activator for F25 series
L BT33 Activator for F25 series
LEDs
R V1-G-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
H
NBN3-F25-E8-K
NBN3-F25-E8-0,14
NBN3-F25-E8-5M 1
NBN3-F25-E8-V1
NBN3-F25F-E8-V1
2 4
E8
1 / BN
I L+
I 4 / BK 3
II
I 2 / WH
II
3 / BU
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
3 mm
Dual (NO)
1

S
NBN3-F31-Z8-V16-V15
NBN3-F31-Z8-V16-V16
NBN3-F31-Z8-V18
NBN3-F31-Z8-K-K
NBN3-F31-Z8-V1
NBN3-F31-Z8-K
F31 housing
DC, dual 2-wire switching output Valve status indication LED, yellow
Connection (system side) connector M12 x 1, 4-pin
connector Rd24 x 1/8 , 4-pin
Your Benefit PVC cable 5 m
LED indicators for switching state Connection (valve side) 5-pin, M12 x 1 socket
and valve output PVC cable 0.5 m
connector Rd24 x 1/8 , 4-pin
les 30 x 80 and 30 x 130

Certification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 36
Width W [mm] 65
Height H [mm] 33.5

BT65A Activator for F31 series
lc BT65X Activator for F31 series
LEDs
W BT115A Activator for F31 series
BT115X Activator for F31 series
BT65B Activator for F31 series
H

V18-G Cable socket in M18 format, ready for make up
L V16-G Cable socket, dia. 24, 6-pin+PE, easy to assemble
V18-W Cable socket in M18 format, ready for make up
V15-G-PG9 Cable socket, M12, 5-pin, ready for assembly
NBN3-F31-Z8-K NBN3-F31-Z8-K-K NBN3-F31-Z8-V1 NBN3-F31-Z8-V16-V15 NBN3-F31-Z8-V16-V16
Z8-V16-V15 Z8-V16-V16
1 BN (1)
4 BK (4)
2 WH (2) 1
3 BU (3)
RD (5)
5 YE (6) 2 4
6
YE (6)
4 RD (5)
3 3
NBN3-F31-Z8-V18
5
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
3 mm
PNP Dual NO
Reverse polarity protection all connections
Off-state current 0 ... 0.5 mA, typically 0.1 A at 25 C

NBN3-F31-E8-V16-V15
Properties
NBN3-F31-E8-V18
NBN3-F31-E8-K-K
NBN3-F31-E8-V1

NBN3-F31-E8-K
F31 housing
3 mm, flush mountable Model Number
Valve status indication LED, yellow
LED indicators for switching state Device connector M18 x 1 , 4-pin
and valve output Connection (system side) Device connector Rd24 x 1/8 ,
4-pin
Direct mounting without additional PVC cable 5 m
mounting aids on NAMUR bore Connection (valve side) 5-pin, M12 x 1 socket
holes 30 x 80 and 30 x 130 PVC cable 0.5 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 36
Width W [mm] 65
Height H [mm] 33.5

LEDs
W
H

L V1-G-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
V18-G Cable socket in M18 format, ready for make up
V16-G Cable socket, dia. 24, 6-pin+PE, easy to assemble
V15-G-PG9 Cable socket, M12, 5-pin, ready for assembly
NBN3-F31-E8-K NBN3-F31-E8-K-K NBN3-F31-E8-V1 NBN3-F31-E8-V16-V15 NBN3-F31-E8-V18
VV
1
2 4
V
V 3
V
V
V Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
V 1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
3 mm
AC/DC binary NO
1
Operating voltage 20 ... 253 V AC/DC .1.5
Off-state current 1.7 mA

NBN3-F31-U8-V125
NBN3-F31-U8-V18
NBN3-F31-U8-K
Properties
AC/DC, dual 2-wire switching
output Connection type Device connector 1/2"-20 UN
Cable and connector versions Device connector M18 x 1 , 4-pin
cable PVC , 5 m
Your Benefit
LED indicators for switching state
and valve output
Direct mounting without additional Approvals and Certificates

mounting aids on NAMUR bore ho- UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
les 30 x 80 and 30 x 130
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 36
Width W [mm] 65
Height H [mm] 33.5

lc V18-G Cable socket in M18 format, ready for make up
LEDs
W V125-G-YE2M-PVC Cable socket, M12, 5-pin, PVC cable
V18-W Cable socket in M18 format, ready for make up
V125-W-YE2M-PVC Connecting cable, 1/2" - 20 UNF, 5-pin, PVC cable
H
NBN3-F31-U8-K NBN3-F31-U8-V125 NBN3-F31-U8-V18
1
U8-K U8-V125 U8-V18

AC DC AC DC AC DC
BN BN (1) BN (1)
I I BU
L1 L+ I I
L1 L+ I I
L1 L+ 4 2
N L- BU (2) BU (4)
N L- N L-
I S BK
II WH
L1 L+ I S BK (5)
II WH (4)
L1 L+ I S BK (2)
II WH (3)
L1 L+
II N L- II N L- II N L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive sensor F31K series
Technical Data
General Data
3 mm
DC binary NO

NBN3-F31K-Z8-V1-V1
NBN3-F31K-Z8-K
NBN3-F31K-Z8
Model Number
Properties
F31K housing
3 mm, flush mountable Operating voltage 10 ... 30 V DC
DC, dual 2-wire switching output 6 ... 60 V DC
Terminal compartment No-load supply current 25 mA
Connector and cable gland versi- Operating voltage display LED, green
ons Valve status indication LED, yellow
Connection (system side) Cage tension spring terminals
Your Benefit Connection (valve side) 4-pin, M12 x 1 socket
Cage tension spring terminals
and valve output
les 30 x 80 and 30 x 130

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 77.5
Width W [mm] 65
Height H [mm] 35
Connector area lc1 [mm] 10
lc 3 lc1 Connector area lc2 [mm] - 10
Connector area lc3 [mm] - 10
W
LEDs This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10

lc 2 BT65X Activator for F31 series
H

L VMA-2+P/Z2-0,3M-PVC-V1-W-Y Valve connector, Form A on M12, 2+PE, LED, Z diode, PVC cable
VMB-2+P/Z2-0,3M-PVC-V1-W-Y Valve connector, Form B on M12, 2+PE, LED, Z diode, PUR cable
VMC-2+P/Z2-0,3M-PVC-V1-W-Y Valve connector, model C on M12, 2 + PE, LED, zener diode, PVC cable
VMCI-2+P/Z2-0,3M-PVC-V1-W-YValve connector, model C (ind) on M12, 2 + PE, LED, zener diode, PVC cable
NBN3-F31K-Z8 NBN3-F31K-Z8-K NBN3-F31K-Z8-V1-V1
Z8-K Z8-V1-V1
4 4 1
Z8
5 5
4 1 1
I
I 4 2
S
5 2 2
I 1
9 (10) V+(V-)
II 2 9 (10)
II
10 (9) V-(V+) V1+
10 (9) V1- 3
7 (6) V-(V+) 6 (7)
6 (7) V2+
V+(V-) 7 (6) V2-

3 (1) V2-
1 (3) V2+ 1 BN (brown)
3 (1)
1 (3)
V1- 2 WH (white)
V1+
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
5 GY (gray)

Technical Data
General Data
3 mm
PNP Dual NO
1
Off-state current 0 ... 0.5 mA, typically 0.1 A

NBN3-F31K-E8-V1-V1
Properties
NBN3-F31K-E8-K

NBN3-F31K-E8
F31K housing
Connector and cable gland versi- Valve status indication LED, yellow
ons Connection (system side) Cage tension spring terminals
Connection (valve side) 4-pin, M12 x 1 socket
Your Benefit Cage tension spring terminals

and valve output
mounting aids on NAMUR bore
holes 30 x 80 and 30 x 130
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 77.5
Width W [mm] 65
Height H [mm] 35
Connector area lc2 [mm] - 10
lc 3 lc1 Connector area lc3 [mm] - 10
W
LEDs
lc 2 BT115A Activator for F31 series
H

VMA-2+P/Z2-0,3M-PVC-V1-W-Y Valve connector, Form A on M12, 2+PE, LED, Z diode, PVC cable
L VMB-2+P/Z2-0,3M-PVC-V1-W-Y Valve connector, Form B on M12, 2+PE, LED, Z diode, PUR cable
VMC-2+P/Z2-0,3M-PVC-V1-W-Y Valve connector, model C on M12, 2 + PE, LED, zener diode, PVC cable
VMCI-2+P/Z2-0,3M-PVC-V1-W-YValve connector, model C (ind) on M12, 2 + PE, LED, zener diode, PVC cable
VMBI-2+P/Z2-0,3M-PVC-V1-W-YValve connector, Form B (Ind) on M12, 2+PE, LED, Z-Diode, PVC cable
NBN3-F31K-E8 NBN3-F31K-E8-K NBN3-F31K-E8-V1-V1
E8-K E8-V1-V1
4 L+ 1
E8 4
I L+ 5
4
I 5
II 1
I L+ 1
S
I
II
I 5
2
4 2
L- 2 L-
1
S
I II
9 (10) V+
2 10 (9) 9 (10)
L- V- V1+
V
II
10 (9) V1- 3
7 (6) V- 6 (7) V2+
6 (7) V+ 7 (6)
V2-
3 (1) V2-
1 (3) V2+ 1 BN (brown)
3 (1) V1- 2 WH (white)
1 (3) V1+ 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
5 GY (gray)

Inductive sensor F31K2 series
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
2.5 mm
flush mountable
Switching element function PNP Dual NO
.1.5 Operating voltage 10 ... 30 VDC
Off-state current 0 ... 0.5 mA typ. 0.1 A

Housing material PC
Protection degree IP66 / IP67 / IP69K
Connection (system side) screw terminal
Properties
F31K2 housing
NBN3-F31K2M-E8-B13-S
NBN3-F31K2-E8-B13-S
NBN3-F31K2-E8-B33-S
Versions with connectors for valve
control Model Number
Your Benefit
and valve output Housing base aluminum
Direct mounting without additional PC
mounting aids on NAMUR bore ho- Thread for cable gland 1/2" - 14 NPT
les 30 x 80 and 30 x 130 M20 x 1.5
Tight sealing and temperature re- Connection (valve side) 4-pin, M12 x 1 socket
sistance

UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose, Class 2

Power Source
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 106
Width W [mm] 100
lc 3 Height H [mm] 53
lc 2 W
Connector area lc1 [mm] depends on the cable gland
being used
Connector area lc2 [mm] - - - 15
Connector area lc3 [mm] - - - 15

Accessories
H
lc1
L BT115A Activator for F31 series
BT65-F31K2-RG-EN Activator for F31K2 series
NBN3-F31K2-E8-B13-S NBN3-F31K2-E8-B33-S
VII- VII+
1=4
7
S II
3
6 10
L- VII+
II 9
5 II VII-
L+
4 8
I SI
7
S II
10 6
II L-
V+
5
9 L+
V- 4
8 I SI
Shield
3
3
2
VI-
2 1
V-
I VI+
1
1=4
V+
3
VI- VI+

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
3 mm
flush mountable
1
Switching element function programmable
Operating voltage 26.5 ... 31.9 V via AS-i bus system .1.5
LED PWR AS-Interface voltage; LED green
LED IN switching state (input); LED yellow

Connection (system side) connector M12 x 1, 4-pin
NCN3-F31-B3B-V1-V1
NCN3-F31-B3B-V1-K
NCN3-F31-B3B-V1
Properties
Model Number
F31 housing
AS interface
Cable and connector versions LED OUT binary LED yellow/red
yellow: switching state
red: lead breakage/short-circuit
Your Benefit Connection (valve side) 0.5 m, PVC cable
socket connector , M12 x 1 , 4-pin
and valve output
les 30 x 80 and 30 x 130 Approvals and Certificates
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 36
Width W [mm] 65
Height H [mm] 33.5

lc BT115X Activator for F31 series
LEDs
W BT65B Activator for F31 series
H

NCN3-F31-B3B-V1 NCN3-F31-B3B-V1-K NCN3-F31-B3B-V1-V1
B3B-V1 B3B-V1-K B3B-V1-V1-Y 1

I A2S-I I A2S-I I A2 S-I
1 1 1
I S 3
+
-
I S 3
+
-
I S 3
+
-
2 4
II II II
2 / RD 4 3
V
V+ V+
4 / YE V 3
V- V-

Technical Data
Model Number NCN3-F31K-B3B-B31

Installation
3 mm
flush mountable
Switching element function programmable
.1.5 Operating voltage 26.5 ... 31.9 V via AS-i bus system
LED PWR AS-Interface voltage; LED green
LED IN switching state (input); LED yellow
LED OUT binary LED yellow/red
yellow: switching state
red: lead breakage/short-circuit

Connection (system side) screw terminals
Connection (valve side) screw terminals
Properties
F31K housing Approvals and Certificates
3 mm, flush mountable UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
AS interface CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC mar-
Terminal compartment king because they do not require approval.
Dimensions
Your Benefit Length L [mm] 77.5
Width W [mm] 65
LED indicators for switching state Height H [mm] 35
and valve output Connector area lc1 [mm] 10
Direct mounting without additional Connector area lc2 [mm] 10
les 30 x 80 and 30 x 130 This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10
lc 3 lc1
W
LEDs
lc 2
H
NCN3-F31K-B3B-B31
B3B-V1-K
1
I A2S-I
2
+
-
I
S 5
-
II 4
+
6 V+
V
7
V-

Inductive sensor F25 series (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
3 mm
flush mountable
1
Switching element function DC Dual NC
Current consumption

0102 Ambient temperature -25 ... 100 C (-13 ... 212 F)
NCN3-F25-N4-0,14
NCN3-F25F-N4-V1
Properties
NCN3-F25-N4-5M
NCN3-F25-N4-V1
F25 housing
Model Number
DC, dual NAMUR interface
Installation type compact design for installation in

housing and flange installation
cable PVC , 180 mm
EX approval 1G applicable up to cable PVC , 5 m
zone 0
holes 30 x 80
Category 1G; 2G; 3G
1G; 2G; 3G; 3D
Dimensions
Width W [mm] 52
Height H [mm] 20

L
lc
LEDs BT32XAS Activator for F25 series
R V1-G-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
H
V1-G-N4-5M-PUR Female cordset, M12, 4-pin, NAMUR, PUR cable
NCN3-F25-N4-0,14 NCN3-F25F-N4-V1
NCN3-F25-N4-5M NCN3-F25-N4-V1
N4 N4
1/BN + 1/BN +
I I
I I
3/BU - 3/BU -
2/WH 2/WH
I + I +
II II
4/BK - 4/BK -
II II

Inductive sensor F31 series (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
3 mm
flush mountable
Switching element function NAMUR, binary NC
Nominal voltage 8V
Current consumption
Switching frequency 0 ... 3 kHz

0102 Housing material PBT
NCN3-F31-N4-V16-V16
NCN3-F31-N5-V18-V1
NCN3-F31-N4-V16-K
Properties
NCN3-F31-N4-V18
NCN3-F31-N4-K-K
NCN3-F31-N4-V1
NCN3-F31-N4-K
DC, dual NAMUR interface
Your Benefit Protection degree IP66 / IP67
IP67
EX approval 1G applicable up to Connection (system side) Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
zone 0 Device connector M18 x 1 , 4-pin
Usable up to SIL2 acc. to IEC 61508 Device connector Rd24 x 1/8 , 7-pin
PVC cable , 5 m
LED indicators for switching state Connection (valve side) 4-pin, M12 x 1 socket
and valve output socket connector Rd24 x 1/8 , 7-pin
Direct mounting without additional PVC cable , 0.5 m
holes 30 x 80

Category 1G; 2G
1G; 2G; 3G
lc marking because they do not require approval.
LEDs
W Dimensions
Length L [mm] 36
Width W [mm] 65
H
Height H [mm] 33.5

Connector area lc [mm] 16 28 28 10 22 28 22

L BT65X Activator for F31 series
NCN3-F31-N4-K NCN3-F31-N4-V16-K NCN3-F31-N4-V18 NCN3-F31-N5-V18-V1 NCN3-F31-N4-V16-V16
N4-K N5-V18-V1
1 / BN 2
I I 3 / BU
L+ + - L1
L- - + 4
I S 2 / WH
II 4 / BK
L+
L2
II L- 1 V+
3 V-
3 V-
NCN3-F31-N4-K-K NCN3-F31-N4-V1 1
V+
N4-V1
1 / BN
I I
L+
3 / BU
L-
I S 2 / WH
II 4 / BK
L+
II L-

Inductive sensor F31K series (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
3 mm
flush mountable
1
Current consumption
Switching frequency 0 ... 3 kHz

0102
NCN3-F31K-N4-V1-V1
NCN3-F31K-N4-K-S
NCN3-F31K-N4-K
NCN3-F31K-N4-S
NCN3-F31K-N4
Properties
Model Number
F31K housing
DC, dual NAMUR interface green = preferred type
Terminal compartment and con- Suitable for 2:1 technology , Reverse polarity protection
nector versions diode not required
Connection (system side) Cage tension spring terminals
Your Benefit Screw terminals,
tightening torque min. 0.5Nm
EX approval 1G applicable up to Stripped length 7 mm
zone 0 Connection (valve side) 4-pin, M12 x 1 socket
Usable up to SIL2 acc. to IEC 61508 Cage tension spring terminals
like connection (system side)
and valve output
holes 30 x 80 and 30 x 130
Category 1G; 2G; 3G
lc 3 lc1 Dimensions
W Length L [mm] 77.5
Width W [mm] 65
LEDs Height H [mm] 35
Connector area lc2 [mm] - 10 10 - 10
lc 2
Connector area lc3 [mm] - - - - 10
H

L BT65X Activator for F31 series
NCN3-F31K-N4 NCN3-F31K-N4-K NCN3-F31K-N4-V1-V1
NCN3-F31K-N4-S NCN3-F31K-N4-K-S N4-V1-V1
4 1
N4 N4-K 1 +
1 5
-
4 4 1 1
I + I L+ 11 2
+
S
I 5 4 2
I 5 11
S
- L- -
1 I 1
I + L+
II
II 2
- II S II 2
9 / 10
L- 6/7
7/6
V2+
V2-
10 / 9
V+(V-) 9 / 10 3
V- (V+) V1+
10 / 9
V1-
7/6
V 6/7
V- (V+)
V+(V-)
3
V1-
1 V1+ 1 BN (brown)
3 V2-
2 WH (white)
V
1 V2+
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
5 GY (gray)

Inductive sensor F25 series (NAMUR with safety function)
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
3 mm
flush mountable
Current consumption

NCN3-F25-SN4-0,14
NCN3-F25-SN4-5M
NCN3-F25-SN4-V1
Model Number
Properties
F25 housing
DC, dual NAMUR safety interface
cable PVC , 180 mm
Your Benefit
EX approval 1G applicable up to
zone 0 Use in the Hazardous Area
Usable up to SIL3 acc. to IEC 61508 Use in the hazardous area see instruction manuals

LED indicators for switching state Category 1G; 2G; 3G
and valve output Approvals and Certificates
Direct mounting without additional FM control drawing 116-0165F
mounting aids on NAMUR bore ho- UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
les 30 x 80 CSA approval cCSAus Listed, General Purpose
Dimensions
Width W [mm] 52
Height H [mm] 20

BT32XAS Activator for F25 series
W BT33 Activator for F25 series
L
lc V1-G-N4-5M-PUR Female cordset, M12, 4-pin, NAMUR, PUR cable
LEDs
R
H
NCN3-F25-SN4-0,14 NCN3-F25-SN4-V1
NCN3-F25-SN4-5M
N4 N4
1/BN + 1/BN +
I I
I I
3/BU - 3/BU -
I 2/WH + I 2/WH +
II II
4/BK - 4/BK -
II II

Accessories for Positional Feedback Sensors in the -F25 Series
Actuator, Mounting Sets, and Brackets for Position Feedback Sensors (-F25 Series)
Includes:
Mounting set 1) Shaft diameter 2) Shaft height Mounting hole pattern Fig.
Actuator Bracket
BT32-F25-0
1
< 34mm
1 20mm
1 1
30 mm x 80mm
1 BT32
1
1 1
1
BT33-F25-0 < 34mm .1 30 mm.1.1 .1.2
30 mm x 80mm.1.3 .1.4
BT33 .1.5 3 .1.5
BT34-F25-2 preferably > 34mm 20/30mm 30 mm x 80mm BT34 K2 2
Proximity Sensors

BT34-F25-3 preferably > 34mm 30 mm 30 mm x 130 mm BT34 K3 4

BT34-F25-4 preferably > 34mm 50 mm 30 mm x 130 mm BT34 K4 5
MH5-F25-Y43089 < 34mm 20/30mm 30 mm x 130 mm Metal plate 6

F25 fully
MH20-F25-Y43090 Height compensation for additionally mounted regulator 7
encapsulated
1)
Includes mounting screws for the respective double sensor
2)
If the ring is higher than 3mm, the height of the snap ring is the determining factor rather than the shaft diameter.
Fig. 1 Fig. 2 Fig. 3 Fig. 4 Fig. 5 Fig. 6 Fig. 7
Number of
Individual part Shaft diameter Shaft height Notes Fig.
switching targets
Actuator 3)
BT32 34mm 20mm 2 Active height: 28mm 8
BT32XS 34mm 20mm 1 As per BT32, with reverse-direction operation 9
BT32XAS 34mm 20mm 2 As per BT32, with reverse-direction operation 9
BT33 34mm 30 mm 2 Active height: 38 mm 10
BT34 34mm 20 mm 2 Active height: 28mm, sitting on the drive shaft 11

Actuator BT37 with 4mm groove for mounting on
BT37 34mm 20mm 1
regulator
Bracket
K2 Mounting hole pattern 30 mm x 80mm 2
1)
Actuator without mounting screws for the respective double sensor
32
38.5
35
28
32
33
28
28
43
38
40
40
40
40
Fig. 8 Fig. 9 Fig. 10 Fig. 11
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
281
Accessories for Positional Feedback Sensors in the -F31/-F31K /F31K2 Series
Actuators for the -F31 / F31K2 Series with Fixed Switching Positions
The following actuators are made out of conductive plastic that prevents build-up of electrostatic charge and therefore can be used in hazardous
areas. The sheathing surface of the BT65X and BT115X actuators is made out of stainless steel (V2A) with openings at the actuating positions.
1 1
This results in an inverted operating principle. 1
.1.5 .1.6 Drive shaft
.1.7 Mounting hole
Actuator Shaft height Notes Illustration
diameter
Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Rotational Speed Monitors pattern
Snap ring diameter max.

BT65A
65mm,
20mm Snap ring height max.

< 58 mm and 30 mm x 80mm 6mm.
30mm For right and left rotating
drives with 90/180
BT65X
rotation.
BT115A Snap ring diameter max.

110mm,
30 mm Snap ring height max.
< 90 mm and 30 mm x 130 mm 7mm.
50 mm For right and left rotating
drives with 90/180
BT115X rotation.
Actuators for the -F31 / F31K2 Series with Adjustable Switching Positions
Drive shaft Mounting hole

Actuator Shaft height Notes Illustration
diameter pattern

20mm
65mm,
BT65B < 58 mm and 30 mm x 80mm
snap ring height max.
30mm *)
6mm
Adjustable in 5 steps,
BT65- 20mm clearly visible colored
F31K2-RG- < 49 mm and 30 mm x 80 mm indicators.
EN 30mm Comes with protection
hood.

30 mm
110mm,
BT115B < 90 mm and 30 mm x 130 mm
snap ring height max.
50 mm
7mm
*)
30mm using MH-BT65B mounting base
MH-BT65B Mounting Base
MH-BT65B
Adapter plate for using BT65B actuators on drives with:

hole dimension 80mm x 30mm
hole dimension 130mm x 30mm

and drive shaft height 30mm
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
Accessories for valve position sensors Assembly set
Technical Data
General Data
Suitable sensors Double sensor, -F25 series with actuator BT32...
Double sensor, -F31 series with actuator BT65A
Double sensor, -F31K series with actuator BT65A
1
Material Mounting bracket and nut: stainless steel 1.4301
Tappet and shaft: Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303 (V2A) .1.5
Sensor plate: Vestamid (PA 12), conductive
MH-BT-F10-M10
MH-BT-F10-M12
MH-BT-F12-M10
MH-BT-F03-M5
MH-BT-F04-M5
MH-BT-F04-M6
MH-BT-F05-M5
MH-BT-F05-M6
MH-BT-F07-M5
MH-BT-F07-M6
MH-BT-F07-M8
MH-BT-F10-M8
Model Number
Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Double Sensors for Valve Actuators ( Accessories)
Dimensions
A [mm] 16 20.7 20.7 24.36 24.36 34.36 34.5 34.5 52.12 52.12 52.12 66.39
B [mm] 20 20 20 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
Assembly set with switch plate for mounting of inducti- C [mm] 60 60 60 60 60 64.5 64.5 64.5 93 93 93 111
ve valve sensors on manual operated valves acc. to D [mm] 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 54 74 74 74 74
ISO5211-DIN3337. D4 [mm] 36 42 42 50 50 70 70 70 102 102 102 125
The assembly set includes a 2-parts mounting bracket D5 [mm] 5.3 5.3 5.3 6.5 6.5 8.5 8.5 8.5 11 11 11 13
with switch plate, a driver stem and a lock nut. H 60 mm / 70 mm / 80 mm / 90 mm / 100 mm, 80 mm / 90 mm / 100 mm /
adjustable 110 mm / 120 mm,
adjustable
L [mm] 25 25 50 25 50 25 50 45 45 60 50 60
Properties M [mm] 5 5 6 5 6 5 6 8 8 10 12 10
Simple mounting
Conforming to standards
Adjustable in height
Adjustable shaft extension
Your Benefit
Suitable for use in hazardous areas
due to conductive material
Sturdy holder consisting of stain-
less steel and Vestamid D
Easy standard installation acc. to D4
ISO5211-DIN3337
10
L
C
A
B D5
13
15
20
12
4
25
H
85
M5 40
M6 x 13.5
30
Date of issue 08.04.2015

Inductive power clamp sensor F58 series
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
2 mm
non-flush
Constant magnetic field 100 mT
Alternating magnetic field 100 mT
Operating voltage display LED green
Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Double Sensors for Clamping Systems
Indication of the switching state switching state "close" = LED red (S2)
switching state "open" = LED yellow (S1)
Housing material amplifier; PBT, PA6 + GD-ZN AL4
oscillators; PBT
Properties
Compact F58 housing
NBN2-F581-60/180S6-E8-V1
NBN2-F581-100S16-E8-V1
NBN2-F583-100S18-E8-V1
NBN2-F581-270S15-E8-V1
NBN2-F581-100S6-E10-V1
NBN2-F583-100S3-E8-V1
DC, 3-wire switching outputs
Adjustable connector version
Model Number
Your Benefit
Flexible mounting due to adjustab-
le plug in 45 grid
Numerous sensor types for minmal
Switching element function NPN Dual NO
installation space
PNP Dual NO
35 mA
0 ... 25 Hz
0 ... 50 C (32 ... 122 F)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 47
Width W [mm] 18
W Height H [mm] 18
L
Connector area lc1 [mm] 100 270 100 60
Connector area lc2 [mm] 100 270 100 180
H

V1-G-2M-PUR H/S Female cordset, M12, 4-pin, irradiated PUR cable
V1-W-2M-PUR H/S Female cordset, M12, 4-pin, irradiated PUR cable
LC1
LC2
NBN2-F581-100S16-E8-V1 NBN2-F581-100S6-E10-V1
NBN2-F581-270S15-E8-V1
NBN2-F583-100S3-E8-V1 1
NBN2-F583-100S18-E8-V1
NBN2-F581-60/180S6-E8-V1
2 4
E10
1 1/BN 3
I L+
L+
I 4/BK
4 O 2/WH
I 2 O C 3/BU Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
L-
II C
II 3 1 BN (brown)
L-
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Inductive rotation speed monitor VariKont series
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
flush
1

Indication of the switching state LED 1: yellow
Damping indicator LED 2: yellow
S

Properties
NJ15+U1+DW1-100
NJ15+U1+DW1-10
NJ15+U1+DW1-1
Frequency range 0.1 ... 1 Hz , adjustable

1 ... 10 Hz , adjustable
(CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 118
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40
Connector area lc [mm] 0 ( M20 x 1,5 )

W
L
lc
Wh
H
NJ15+U1+DW1-1
NJ15+U1+DW1-10
NJ15+U1+DW1-100
1
L+
4
3
L-

Inductive rotation speed monitor VariKont series
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
flush
.1.7 Operating voltage 90 ... 250 V AC 1)
Indication of the switching state LED 1: yellow

Damping indicator LED 2: yellow
NJ15+U1+DW2-100
NJ15+U4+DW2-100
NJ15+U1+DW2-10
NJ15+U4+DW2-10
NJ15+U1+DW2-1
NJ15+U4+DW2-1
Properties
Model Number
Frequency range 0.1 ... 1 Hz , adjustable
Terminal compartment 1 ... 10 Hz , adjustable
PBT/metal

tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 118
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40
Connector area lc [mm] 0 ( M20 x 1,5 ) 0 ( 1/2" NPT )
1)
In the temperature range below 0 C, permissible operating voltage Ub 80...253 V
Safety fuse 0.2 A (quick-blow) according to IEC 60127-2 Sheet 1
Recommendation: after a short circuit, check that the device is functioning correctly.
W
L V1-W-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
lc
Wh
H
NJ15+U1+DW2-1 NJ15+U4+DW2-1
NJ15+U1+DW2-10 NJ15+U4+DW2-10
NJ15+U1+DW2-100 NJ15+U4+DW2-100
DW2
1 BN
L1 1
I 4 BK
L1
4
3 BU
N 3
L2

1
Proximity Sensors
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
Notes
.1
1
1
.1.1
USA: +1 330 486 0001

fa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
1
.1.2
Germany: +49 621 776-4411

fa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
1
.1.3

1
.1.4
Singapore: +65 6779 9091

fa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
1
.1.5

1
.1.5

1
.1.6
287
1
.1.7

Proximity Switches
1
.2
Contents
1 1 1 1
.3 .2.1 .2.2 .3.1 .3.2
1
Proximity Sensors, Magnetic Field Sensors, Accessories

Proximity Sensors, Capacitive Sensors
Proximity Sensors, Magnetic Field Sensors
Proximity Sensors, Magnetic Field Sensors, Sensors

Proximity Sensors, Capacitive Sensors, cylindrical
Proximity Sensors, Capacitive Sensors, rectangular types

Singapore: +65 6779 9091
Table of Contents, Capacitive Sensors
1 1
1.2 Capacitive Sensors .2
Proximity Sensors

Overview of Capacitive Sensors/Selection Tables
Cylindrical Sensors ..................................................................................... 290

Rectangular Sensors ................................................................................... 291
Introduction to Capacitive Sensors ................................................ 292
Type-Code Capacitive Sensors ....................................................... 293
Data Section
1.2.1 Cylindrical Sensors ...................................................................... 294
1.2.2 Square-Shaped Sensors .............................................................. 305
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
289
Proximity Switches
1 1
Cylindrical housing
1 1 1 1
.2 .3 .2.1 .2.2 .3.1 .3.2


12mm 18 mm 30 mm

Stainless steel housing Housing made from stainless Housing made from plastic,
steel or plastic nickel-plated brass, or stainless
steel
Operating distance
Flush 4 mm 8 mm 10 mm
Non-flush 8 mm 15 mm 10mm ... 15mm
Connection
Cable l l l
Male cordset
Terminal compartment l
Output
Two-wire DC
Four-wire DC Page 297 ff
Two-wire AC Page 300 ff
Three-wire AC
Two-wire AC/DC
Analog output
NAMUR Page 302 Page 303 Page 304
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
Selection Table, Capacitive Sensors
1
Cubic housing
1
.2
Proximity Sensors

F46/F46A F64 F104 VariKont FP
Flat housing Small housing Flat housing Head can be Wide detection
design design design moved in five range
Chemically Cable and plug directions Terminal
resistant design versions Sensor can be compartment
(optional) replaced without Sensor can be
loosening the replaced without
connections loosening the
connections
Operating distance
15 mm Flush
2 mm ... 10 mm 8 mm ... 15mm 5 mm 40 mm Non-flush
Connection
l l l Cable
Male cordset
l Plug connector
Output
Two-wire DC
Page 305 ff Page 307 Page 308 Three-wire DC
Page 309 Page 310 Four-wire DC
Page 311 Two-wire AC
Three-wire AC
Two-wire AC/DC
Analog output
Page 312 NAMUR
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
291
Proximity Switches
Introduction to Capacitive Sensors The rated operating distance sn of a capacitive proximity switch is based
on a grounded metal object of a particular size. In contrast, the capaci-
tance change for nonconductive actuator materials is lower and the ob-
Capacitive sensors detect both metallic and nonmetallic targets such as
ject must be moved closer to the sensor electrode in order to actuate
glass, plastic, or wood. Depending on the size and material properties
the switch. The length of the specific operating distance depends upon
of the target as well as the size and mounting conditions of the sensor,
1 1
switching distances of between 1mm and 50mm are possible. 1
Capacitive proximity switches can be used as "penetrating sensors" to
1
the electrode area, the size and the material (permittivity) of the object
to be detected as well as the sensor's installed position. The lower the 1 1 1
permittivity number of the respective actuator material under otherwise
detect liquid
.2 or granular media.
.3 They react.2.1to the contents.2.2
of a thin-walled .3.1
comparable .3.2
geometric mounting conditions, the shorter the achievable
and electrically nonconductive container made from glass or plastic. This operating distance. With most capacitive proximity switches, the sensitiv-
function is performed by increasing the overall capacitance, consisting of ity can be adjusted within limits using a potentiometer on the sensor. The

Proximity Sensors

the container wall and filling media (see also "Functional description of factory-set operating distance can be adjusted retrospectively in accor-
capacitive proximity switches"). The "penetration" functionality of capaci- dance with the object material and the installation position.
tive sensors enables flow rate and fill level controls to be performed for

liquid media and bulk goods without coming into direct contact with them. Correlation between material constants and operat-
ing distances
Special technical features of capacitive sensors:
The rated operating distance sn of a capacitive proximity switch is preset
They react to both electrically conductive materials and insulating at the factory using a grounded metal object of a particular size and under
defined mounting conditions (flush, non-flush). If other materials are used
materials
with the otherwise unchanged geometrics of the object and the mounting
(ferrous metals, nonferrous metals, glass, wood, plastic, as well as oil conditions of the sensor, the preset operating distance decreases. The
and liquid solutions) table below illustrates the ranges of material-related dielectric constants
The operating distance of the sensor can be adapted to the object and the expected reduction factors for the rated operated distance.
and mounting properties
They can be used as "penetrating" sensors through nontransparent Material Dielectricity er Reduction factor
and nonconductive container walls Grounded metal plate >100 to 10,000 1
Water 80 1
Common applications for capacitive sensors:
Alcohol 22 0.75
Checks for the presence of paper, wood, glass, or plastic materials Glass 5 to 16 0.6
Fill level control for fluid media and bulk goods (pellets, tablets, Ceramic 4 to 7 0.5
granulate, toner) PVC 2.3 to 3.4 0.45
Flow rate control on plastic piping and hoses
Wood (dry) 3 to 7 0.3
Common areas of application for capacitive sensors: Oil 2.6 to 2.9 0.28
Print and paper processing industry Paper (dry) 1.6 to 2.6 0.25
Packaging and food industry Air 1 0
Pharmacy, chemical, and process technology
Wood and plastic processing The values in the table are reference values and therefore should not be
Automotive industry referred to in terms of physical accuracy.
Functional description Special applicationpenetration functionality

Capacitive proximity switches have a sensor electrode (active area) and
Container wall
a shield ring. The sensor electrode is the active area of the sensor and (electrically
emits an electric AC field that forms a capacitance with the surroundings non-conductive)
acting as the counter potential (capacitor principle). If an actuator moves
closer to the active sensor electrode, the counter potential changes.
The capacity between the sensor and the switching flag increases. This
Sensor
change in external capacity is compared with an internal sensor refer- actuated
ence value. If the reference value is exceeded, the sensor is actuated
and delivers a switch-over signal to the sensor output. The external shield Sensor
not actuated
ring focuses the electric field of the sensor electrode and reduces the Fill fluid Air
influence of the installation position upon the operating distance of the
sensor.
Sensor
Screen (eg. F46)
Target Sensor electrode r fluid r wall r air r wall
The penetration functionality of capacitive proximity switches is based

on the change in the total capacitance of the media to be detected. In
this context, the term "penetration" is not used to describe how a specific
detection range is covered in an optical sense. Rather, an insensitive sen-
sor suppresses the container wall in the sense of a dielectric constant
component (left drawing, sensor does not react to container wall). If the
filling media in the container now rises above the center of the sensor's
electrode, the electric conductivity of the system changes and results in
sensor actuation.
S
Fig. 1: Principles of the capacitive proximity switch

Introduction to Capacitive Sensors
Mounting conditions of capacitive sensors

Mounting the sensor in a machine or plant environment can result in B F
preattenuation of the sensor due to material located within the detection
clear zone
range. This preattenuation results in a change in the preset operating dis-
tance. An installed potentiometer can be used to offset these changes sensing face
1 1
C
within certain limits. However, if the preset operating distance has not
changed, you must ensure that no material, other than the object, is lo-
A
support
cated within the sensor detection range (see the gray clearance area). .2
The exact values for lengths A to F are sensor-specific and are included
on the data sheets of the corresponding product.
Proximity Sensors

Mounting conditions for cylindrical sensors
B F Flush mounting of capacitive sensors
clear zone In addition to the above-mentioned, nonflush mounting of cylindrical sen-
sensing face
sors, the sensors can also be flush mounted (measurement A is 0mm)
in special cases. Pepperl+Fuchs offers specially aligned flush-mountable
C
sensors (CJ-, CBB-, CCB types) for this purpose. A potentiometer can
support also be used with these types of sensor to adapt the operating distance
for different object materials.
Sensors in cubic housing are generally installed on a carrier material. In
this case, measurement A is defined by the height of the housing. One
Installation conditions for cubic sensors
particular quality feature of capacitive sensors is their shielding against
the carrier material. The most critical case would involve mounting in a
metallic conductive carrier material. Pepperl+Fuchs sensors can be used
under the above-mentioned conditions in all types of carrier material.
Type Code, Capacitive Sensors
C C N 15 - 30 G S 60 - E2 - V1
Electrical Output
A, A0 4-wire, DC, NPN, antivalent
Cylindrical E, E0 3-wire, DC, NPN, NO
usable E1 3-wire, DC, NPN, NC
threaded length E2 3-wire, DC, PNP, NO
(mm)
E3 3-wire, DC, PNP, NC
M Metal N, N0 NAMUR, NC
(brass, nickel plated) 1N, N1 NAMUR, NO
K Plastic U 2-wire, AC/DC, programm. wiring
S Stainless steel U 2-wire, AC/DC, NC
1.4305/AISI 303 US 2-wire, AC/DC, NO
H Stainless steel W 2-wire, AC, programm. wiring
1.4435/AISI 316L W 2-wire, AC, NC
G Threading WS 2-wire, AC, NO
Diameter in mm
Rectangular type
F46, F46A, F64, F104
U VariKont
FP Surface switch Connection Elements
V1 M12 x 1 device connector for DC proximity switches
Operating range
V3 M8 device connector for DC proximity switches
1 mm ... 40 mm
V5 Faston connector
B flush V13 M12 x 1 device connector for AC proximity switches
N non-flush V16 Rd24 x 1/8 device connector for dual sensors in F31 housing
V18 M18 x 1 device connector for valve connection (F31 housing)
B Basis line
C Comfort line
C Capacitive
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
293
Capacitive sensor cylindrical, 12 mm
Technical Data
General Data
1 Operating voltage
10 ... 36 V DC
12 mA
Potentiometer sensitivity adjustment

CBB4-12GH60-E0-V1
CBB4-12GH60-E2-V1
CBN8-12GH60-E2-V1
CBB4-12GH70-E0
CBB4-12GH70-E2
CBN8-12GH70-E2
Model Number
Properties
12 mm housing
4 mm, flush and 8 mm, non-flush Rated operating distance 4 mm
Adjustable sensitivity Installation flush
Your Benefit cable PUR , 2 m
Corrosion resistant high grade

steel housing

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 69 70 60 61
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position Pos. B Pos. C

Po s. C
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
CBB4-12GH70-E0 CBB4-12GH70-E2 CBB4-12GH60-E0-V1 CBB4-12GH60-E2-V1
CBN8-12GH70-E2 CBN8-12GH60-E2-V1
BN BN 1 1 1
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 4
BU BU 3 3 2 4
L- L- L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
PNP
10 ... 30 V
NO
1

Properties
CBN15-18GK75-E2-V1
CBB8-18GK75-E2-V1
18 mm housing
Adjustable sensitivity
Connector version
15 mm
Installation flush
non-flush
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 88.5
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position Pos. B

Po s. C
s. A
Po V1-W-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
lc
lt L
D
l1
CBB8-18GK75-E2-V1
CBN15-18GK75-E2-V1
1
1
L+
4 4
3
L-
3
1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
1 Operating voltage
10 ... 30 V
18 mA

CBN15-18GS75-E2-V1
CBB8-18GS75-E2-V1
CBN15-18GS75-E2
CBB8-18GS75-E0
CBB8-18GS75-E2
Model Number
Properties
18 mm housing
mountable versions Rated operating distance 2 ... 8 mm
2 ... 15 mm
Adjustable sensitivity Installation flush
PNP NO
Corrosion resistant stainless steel
housing

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 75.5 88.5
Diameter D [mm] 18
Cap length l1 [mm] 0.5 15 0.5 15

s. B
Po s. C
s. A
lc
lt L
D
l1
CBB8-18GS75-E0 CBB8-18GS75-E2 CBB8-18GS75-E2-V1
CBN15-18GS75-E2 CBN15-18GS75-E2-V1
1
BN BN 1
L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4
4
BU BU 3
L- L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
10 ... 30 V DC
20 mA
1

CBN15-30GK60-A0
CBN15-30GK60-A2
CBB10-30GK60-E0
CBN15-30GK60-E0
CBN15-30GK60-E2
Properties
30 mm housing
10 mm, flush and 15 mm, non-flush Model Number
mountable versions
non-flush
NPN NO
PNP NO/NC
PNP NO
CCC approval Products with a maximum opera-
ting voltage of 36 V do not bear a

CCC marking because they do not
require approval.
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 60
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. C
Po s. C
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
CBB10-30GK60-E0 CBN15-30GK60-E2 CBN15-30GK60-A0 CBN15-30GK60-A2
CBN15-30GK60-E0
BN BN BN BN
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK BK BK
BU BU WH WH
L- L-
BU BU
L- L-

Technical Data
Model Number CBB10-30GKK-A2

Installation
10 mm
flush

Properties
30 mm housing
10 mm, flush mountable Approvals and Certificates
Adjustable sensitivity UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
DC, 4-wire switching output versi- CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
ons
Terminals version Dimensions
Length L [mm] 115

lt
D
LED
lc
CBB10-30GKK-A2
1
L+
4
3
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
non-flush
1

CCN15-30GS60-A2-V1
CCN15-30GS60-E2-V1
CCN15-30GS60-A0
CCN15-30GS60-A2
CCN15-30GS60-E0
CCN15-30GS60-E2
Properties
Model Number
30 mm housing
Adjustable sensitivity green = preferred type
PNP NO/NC
PNP NO
Corrosion resistant stainless steel

housing

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 60 75
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. C

s. B
Po s. C V1-G-BK 4-pin, M12 female field-attachable connector
Po
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
CCN15-30GS60-E0 CCN15-30GS60-E2 CCN15-30GS60-E2-V1
BN BN 1 1
L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4
BU BU 3 2 4
L- L- L-
3
CCN15-30GS60-A0 CCN15-30GS60-A2 CCN15-30GS60-A2-V1

BN BN 1
L+ L+ L+
BK BK 4 1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
WH WH 2
3 BU (blue)
BU BU 3 4 BK (black)
L- L- L-

Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage
10 mm
20 ... 253 V AC

CJ10-30GM-WO
CJ10-30GK-WO
CJ10-30GM-WS
CJ10-30GK-WS
30 mm housing
10 mm, flush and non-flush moun-
table versions Installation flush
non-flush
Adjustable sensitivity Switching element function AC NO
AC, 2-wire switching output AC NC
Cable version Housing material Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
PBT
tification (CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 80 79
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. C

s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
CJ10-30GK-WO CJ10-30GK-WS CJ10-30GM-WO CJ10-30GM-WS
BN BN BN BN
L L L L
BU BU BU BU
N N N N
GN/YE GN/YE

Technical Data
Model Number CBB10-30GKK-W

Installation
10 mm
flush
1
Operating voltage 20 ... 250 V AC .2.1

Properties Dimensions
Length L [mm] 115
30 mm housing Diameter D [mm] 30 / 40
10 mm, flush mountable Thread length lt [mm] 61
Adjustable sensitivity Connector area lc [mm] 0
AC, 2-wire switching output This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10
Terminals version Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
lt
D
LED
lc
CBB10-30GKK-W
BN
BU
BN
BU

Capacitive sensor cylindrical, 12 mm, NAMUR
Technical Data
General Data
1 Installation
non-flush
NAMUR, NO
Measuring plate detected 2.4 mA

0102
CJ1-12GK-N
CJ4-12GK-N
12 mm housing
1 mm and 4 mm, non-flush moun-
table versions
4 mm
DC, NAMUR interface
Cable version Use in the hazardous area see instruction manuals
Category 1G; 2G; 1D
ATEX approved sensor applicable Control drawing 116-0165F
up to zone 0 and zone 20 UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Ready-for-use switching distance
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 60
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position -

s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
CJ1-12GK-N
CJ4-12GK-N
BN
L+
BU
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
non-flush
NAMUR, NO
1

0102
CJ2-18GK-N
CJ6-18GK-N
18 mm housing
2 mm and 6 mm, non-flush moun- Rated operating distance 2 mm
table versions 6 mm
DC, NAMUR interface
Cable version Use in the hazardous area see instruction manuals
Category 1G; 2G; 1D
ATEX approved sensor applicable Control drawing 116-0165F
up to zone 0 and zone 20 UL approval cULus Listed, General Purpose
Ready-for-use switching distance CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 80
Diameter D [mm] 18
LED position -

s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
CJ2-18GK-N
CJ6-18GK-N
BN
L+
BU
L-

Technical Data
General Data
Installation
10 mm
flush
Current consumption

CCB10-30GS55-N1-V1
CCB10-30GS55-N1
Properties
Model Number
30 mm housing
DC, NAMUR interface
cable PVC , 2 m
Your Benefit
Category 1G; 1D
ETL approval cETLus
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 70 82
Diameter D [mm] 30
LED position Pos. C

Po s. C
Po
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
CCB10-30GS55-N1 CCB10-30GS55-N1-V1
1
BN 1
L+ L+
2 4
BU 4
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
4 BU (blue)

Capacitive sensor F46 series
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
Operating voltage
non-flush
10 ... 30 V DC
1

CBN10-F46-E0
CBN10-F46-E2
CBN10-F46-E3
CBN2-F46-E0
CBN2-F46-E1
CBN2-F46-E2
CBN2-F46-E3
CBN5-F46-E0
CBN5-F46-E1
CBN5-F46-E2
CBN5-F46-E3
Properties
Model Number
F46 housing
2 mm, 5 mm and 10 mm, non-flush green = preferred type
Cable version 10 mm
NPN NC
Your Benefit PNP NO
PNP NC
Ready-for-use switching distance Switching frequency 0 ... 10 Hz
0 ... 5 Hz
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 22
Width W [mm] 50
Height H [mm] 5
lc
L
LED
H
CBN2-F46-E0 CBN2-F46-E1 CBN2-F46-E2 CBN2-F46-E3
CBN10-F46-E0 CBN10-F46-E2 CBN10-F46-E3
BN BN BN BN
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK BK BK
BU BU BU BU
L- L- L- L-

Capacitive sensor F46A series
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
5 mm
non-flush

Housing material PVDF
Connection type cable FEP , 2 m
Properties
CCN5-F46A-E0
CCN5-F46A-E1
CCN5-F46A-E2
CCN5-F46A-E3
F46A housing
Cable version
NPN NC
Your Benefit PNP NO
Ready-for-use switching distance PNP NC
Soiling-repellent PTFE housing Approvals and Certificates

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 20.4
Width W [mm] 50
Height H [mm] 10.7
lc
L
LED
H
CCN5-F46A-E0 CCN5-F46A-E1 CCN5-F46A-E2 CCN5-F46A-E3
BN BN BN BN
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK BK BK
BU BU BU BU
L- L- L- L-

Capacitive sensor F64 series
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
non-flush

1

CBN12-F64-E2
CBN12-F64-E3
CCN15-F64-E2
CBN8-F64-E0
CBN8-F64-E1
Model Number

Properties 12 mm
15 mm
F64 housing Switching element function NPN NO
8 mm, 12 mm and 15 mm, non-flush NPN NC
mountable versions PNP NO
PNP NC
Cable version 0 ... 5 Hz
Housing material Crastin (PBTB)
PBT
Your Benefit Connection type cable PUR , 2 m
Ready-for-use switching distance cable PUR , 3.1 m
cable PUR , 4.6 m
cable PVC , 2 m

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 40
Width W [mm] 25
Height H [mm] 12
lc
L
H
LED
CCN15-F64-E2
BN BN BN BN
L+ L+ L+ L+
BK BK BK BK
BU BU BU BU
L- L- L- L-

Capacitive sensor F104M series
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
5 mm
non-flush

Housing material GD-Zn
CBN5-F104M-E2-V3R
Properties
CBN5-F104M-E2
F104M housing Model Number
Connection type Device connector 8 mm , 3-pin
cable PUR , 2 m
Your Benefit
Ready-for-use switching distance

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 32
Width W [mm] 20
Height H [mm] 8

V3-WR-2M-PUR Cable socket, snap locking, 3-pin, PUR cable
V3-GR-2M-PUR Cable socket, snap locking, 3-pin, PUR cable
lc
H
LED
W
CBN5-F104M-E2 CBN5-F104M-E2-V3R
BN 1 4
L+ L+
BK 4
1 3
BU 3
L- L-

1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Capacitive sensor VariKont series
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
15 mm
flush
1

Properties
CJ15+U1+A2
CJ15+U4+A2
VariKont housing
Terminal compartment PBT housing / metal base
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 118
Width W [mm] 40
Height H [mm] 40

L
lc
Wh
H
CJ15+U1+A2
CJ15+U4+A2
1
L+
4
3
L-

Capacitive sensor FP series
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
40 mm
non-flush

Properties
CJ40-FP-A0-P1
CJ40-FP-A2-P1
CJ40-FP-A2-P4
FP housing
Housing material PBT/POM housing / PBT base
POM housing / metal base
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 80
Width W [mm] 80
Height H [mm] 40
( M20 x 1.5 ) ( 1/2" NPT )
W
l1
lc
H
LED
CJ40-FP-A0-P1 CJ40-FP-A2-P1
CJ40-FP-A2-P4
1 1
L+ L+
4 4
2 2
3 3
L- L-

Capacitive sensor FP series
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
40 mm
non-flush
1
Operating voltage 20 ... 250 V AC .2.2

CJ40-FP-W-P1
CJ40-FP-W-P4
Properties
FP housing Model Number
Housing material PBT/POM housing / PBT base
AC, 2-wire switching output PBT/POM housing / metal base
Terminal compartment Approvals and Certificates
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 80
Width W [mm] 80
Height H [mm] 40
W
l1
lc
H
LED
CJ40-FP-W-P1 CJ40-FP-W-P4
1 3 L 1 3 L
2 4 N 2 4 N

Capacitive sensor F46 / F46A series, NAMUR
Technical Data
General Data
1 Installation
non-flush
NAMUR, NO
CCN10-F46A-N1
CCN5-F46A-N1
CBN10-F46-N1
CBN2-F46-N1
CBN5-F46-N1
Model Number
0102

2 mm
Properties 5 mm
Flat F46 / F46A housing Housing material PBT
PVDF
Up to 10 mm, non-flush mountable Protection degree IP67
versions
IP68
DC, NAMUR interface Connection type cable FEP , 2 m
Cable version cable PUR , 2 m
Your Benefit
up to zone 0 and zone 20 Use in the Hazardous Area
Soiling-repellent PTFE housing
Category 1G; 2G; 1D
versions (F46A)
Ready-for-use switching distance Approvals and Certificates
pose

pose
Dimensions
Width W [mm] 50 42
Height H [mm] 5 10.5
lc
L
LED
H
CBN10-F46-N1
CBN2-F46-N1
CBN5-F46-N1
CCN10-F46A-N1
CCN5-F46A-N1
BN
L+
BU
L-

Notes
1 1 1 1 1
.2 .3 .2.1 .2.2
Proximity Sensors
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
313
Proximity Sensors
1
.3
Contents
1 1 1 1
.2.1 .2.2 .3.1 .3.2


1 Proximity Sensors
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
Table of Contents, Magnetic Field Sensors
1 Proximity Sensors
1 1 1
1.3 Magnetic Field Sensors .2 .3
Proximity Sensors

Overview of Magnetic Field Sensors/Selection Table..................... 316
Introduction to Magnetic Field Sensors ......................................... 317

Operating Distance and Responsiveness
Mounting Conditions for Magnetic Field Sensors
Magnetic "Penetrating Sensors" for Hydraulic Cylinders ............ 318
Type Code, Magnetic Field Sensors ............................................... 318
Data Section
1.3.1 Magnetic Field Sensors ............................................................... 319
1.3.2 Accessories, Permanent Magnets .................................. see below
DM25-32-07
D = 32mm, H = 7mm
Material: BaFe with steel jacket
Ambient temperature: -40C ... 85C
DM60-31-15
D = 31 mm, H = 15 mm
Material: SrFe
Ambient temperature: max. 200C
DM06-05 NDFEB
D = 6 mm, H = 5 mm
Material: NdFeB
Coating: Ni + Sn
Ambient temperature: max. 120 C
Packaging unit: 20 units
DM10-10 NDFEB
D = 10 mm, H = 10 mm
Material: NdFeB
Coating: Ni + Sn
DM20-10 NDFEB
D = 20 mm, H = 10 mm
Material: NdFeB
Coating: Ni + Sn
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
315
Proximity
Sensors Selection Table, Magnetic Field Sensors
1 1 1 1 1
Designs
.3 .2.1 .2.2 .3.1 .3.2


Series 8mm 12 mm F12 F32

Nickel-plated brass or Nickel-plated brass Aluminum housing Mounted to hydraulic
stainless steel housing housing cylinders using
Plastic or stainless tightening strap
steel front face Noncontact detection
of the piston position
Operating distance
Flush in nonmagnetic 50mm
60 mm 60 mm 35 mm
material (switching width)
Connection
Cable l l l l
Output
Three-wire DC Page 319 Page 320
Four-wire DC Page 322
NAMUR Page 321 Page 323
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
Introduction to Magnetic Field Sensors
Introduction to Magnetic Field Sensors switching behavior.
Unlike inductive or capacitive proximity switches, magnetic field sensors

react to the presence of a magnetic field, regardless of whether this field
is generated by an electromagnet or a permanent magnet. Compared
with close-range sensors, they usually have longer operating distances. 1 1 1
Special technical characteristics of magnetic field sensors .2 .3
Long operating distance - longest operating distance among close-
Proximity Sensors

range sensors
Variable operating distance - the required operating distance can be
adjusted based on the magnet selected and installed
Coding character sensor reacts solely to magnetic fields
Operating Distance and Responsiveness

The possible operating distance of a magnetic field sensor depends on
the size and magnetic flux density of the actuating magnet. Permanent
magnet DM60 is used as a base for determining the rated operating dis- Mounting Conditions for Magnetic Field Sensors
tance (Sn). The magnet has a diameter of 31mm and a height of 15mm
with a remanence Br of 380 to 400mT.
Due to the passive character of magnetic field sensors, unlike inductive

or capacitive sensors, they can be flush mounted without affecting the
operating distance. In contrast, the mounting conditions of the actuating
magnet affect the operating distance.
If the magnet is applied to a magnetizable carrier, the obtainable operat-
ing distance increases slightly.
When the magnet passes laterally over the surface of the sensor, a po-
larity-dependent response curve is produced. The response curve repre-
sents the detection range of the sensor. The result is a bipolar alignment
of the magnet: two symmetric curves.
If the magnet is inserted flush into a magnetizable carrier material, the op-
erating distance is considerably reduced by the magnetic "short circuit"
through the carrier material.
Unipolar alignment of the magnet results in a central detection range with

side curves. These side curves are responsible for maintaining a specific
minimum distance between the magnet and the sensor to ensure safe
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
317
Proximity Sensors
Magnetic "Penetrating Sensors" for Hydrau- Mounting conditions of magnetic penetrating sensors
lic Cylinders The MB-F32 magnetic field sensor is positioned externally on the steel
cylinder wall and secured using a tightening strap. To create a functional
system, a special pole shoe must be mounted to the piston inside the hy-
The MB-F32 magnetic field sensor has a unique special feature. The draulic cylinder. The shape and geometric dimensions of the pole shoe as
1 1
sensor enables one of the pistons to be detected through the wall of a
hydraulic cylinder. Once the piston passes over the sensor, the sensor 1 1 1 well as the size and number of magnets depends on the configuration of
the respective cylinder piston system. The specialists at Pepperl+Fuchs
generates a switching signal. This special function means that the sensor can help you design your magnet system.
.3 can be used
.2.1to determine the position of.3.1
.2.2 the piston and also
.3.2 to count the
piston strokes.
Functional description of magnetic penetrating sensors


The MB-F32 sensor reacts sensitively to magnetic fields. It requires a
magnetic field change in order to change its switching state. In the exam-
ple below [Fig. 7], the magnetic pole shoe of the piston induces a partial
magnetic field in the steel cylinder wall. The sensor switches once the
partial magnetic field passes over it.
Cross section through a hydraulic cylinder with view of the cylinder and
pole shoe
Type code, magnetic field sensors
M B 60 - 12 G M 50 - E2 - V1
Electrical Output
E2 3-wire, DC, PNP, NO
Cylindrical 1N, N1NAMUR, NO
usable
threaded length
(mm)
M Metal
G Threading
Diameter in mm Connection Elements

Rectangular type V1 M12 x 1 device connector for DC proximity switches
F32, F12 V3 M8 device connector for DC proximity switchesgeeignet)
Operating range
35 mm or 60 mm
J Initiator
B Basis line
C Comfort line
M Magnetic
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
Magnetic field sensor cylindrical, 8 mm
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
60 mm
flush in non-magnetic metal
1

III PELV
MB60-8GM50-E2-V3
MB60-8GM50-E2
8 mm housing
Up to 60 mm (depends on magnet),
flush mountable green = preferred type
DC, 3-wire switching output cable PUR , 2 m

Protection class III
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 60
Diameter D [mm] 8
LED position Pos. C

s. B
Po s. C EXG-08 Quick mounting bracket with dead stop
Po
s. A DM 25-32-07 Permanent magnet for magnetic field sensors
Po
DM 60-31-15 Permanent magnet for magnetic field sensors
lc
lt L
D
l1
MB60-8GM50-E2 MB60-8GM50-E2-V3
BN 1 4
L+ L+
BK 4
1 3
BU 3
L- L-
1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Magnetic field sensor cylindrical, 12 mm
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
60 mm

MB60-12GM50-E2-V1
MB60-12GM50-E2
Properties
Model Number
12 mm housing
Cable and connector versions cable PUR , 2 m

Protection class II
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 60
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position Pos. B

s. B DM 60-31-15 Permanent magnet for magnetic field sensors
Po s. C
Po V1-W-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 4-pin, PUR cable
s. A
Po
lc
lt L
D
l1
MB60-12GM50-E2 MB60-12GM50-E2-V1
1
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
2 4
BU 3
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Magnetic field sensor cylindrical, 12 mm (NAMUR)
Technical Data
General Data
Installation
60 mm
1
Current consumption

Magnet detected 2.5 mA
Magnet not detected 1 mA
0102
MC60-12GM50-1N-V1
MC60-12GM50-1N
12 mm housing
DC, NAMUR interface Connection type Device connector M12 x 1 , 4-pin
cable PVC , 2 m
Your Benefit
ATEX approved sensor applicable Use in the Hazardous Area
up to zone 1
FM approval Category 2G
FM-control drawing 116-0165F
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50 63
Diameter D [mm] 12
LED position Pos. C

s. B
Po s. C
Po
s. A DM 25-32-07 Permanent magnet for magnetic field sensors
Po
lc V1-W-N-2M-PUR Cable socket, M12, 2-pin, NAMUR, PUR cable
lt L
D
l1
MC60-12GM50-1N MC60-12GM50-1N-V1
1
BN 1
L+ L+
2 4
BU 2, 3, 4
L- L-
3
1 BN (brown)
2 BU (blue)

Magnetic field sensor F32 series
Technical Data
General Data
1 Installation
on the cylinder surface
PNP NO/NC
Switching range typ. 50 mm

LED indicator red: switching state output 1
yellow: switching state output 2
Housing material Polyamide (PA)
MB-F32-A2-V1
MB-F32-A2
Model Number
Properties
F32 housing
Hydraulic cylinder installation
cable PVC , 2 m
Requires magnetic piston
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 50
Width W [mm] 21
Height H [mm] 18

lc
H
L
W
MB-F32-A2 MB-F32-A2-V1
1
BN 1
L+ L+
BK 4
2 4
WH 2
BU 3
L- L- 3
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)

Magnetic field sensor F12 series, NAMUR
Technical Data
Model Number MJ35-F12-1N

Installation
35 mm
flush
1
Current consumption

Magnet detected 3 mA
Magnet not detected 1 mA
Housing material anodized aluminium
0102 Connection type cable PVC , 2 m
Properties
Miniature F12 housing Use in the Hazardous Area
Category 2G
flush mountable
DC, NAMUR interface Approvals and Certificates
FM-control drawing 116-0165F
Cable version CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC
ATEX approved sensor applicable Length L [mm] 30
up to zone 1 Width W [mm] 12
Height H [mm] 12
FM approval Connector area lc [mm] 0
Suitable for installation on alumini-
um pneumatic cylinder
lc
L
H
MJ35-F12-1N
BN
L+
BU
L-

Photoelectric Sensors
324
2
Photoelectric Sensors, Standard Sensors, diffuse mode sensors with background suppression
.1.1
Pepperl+Fuchs Group
2
.1.1
2
Photoelectric Sensors, Standard Sensors, diffuse mode sensors
.1.2
USA: +1 330 486 0001

fa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com
2

.1.2
Contents
2
Photoelectric Sensors, Standard Sensors, retroreflective sensors

.1.3
Germany: +49 621 776-4411

fa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com
2

.1.3
2
Photoelectric Sensors, Standard Sensors, thru-beam sensors

.1.4
Singapore: +65 6779 9091

fa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com
2

.1.4
2
Photoelectric Sensors, Standard Sensors, distance sensors

.1.5
2
Photoelectric Sensors, Standard Sensors, fiber optic sensors

.1.6
Table of Contents
Overview of Photoelectric Sensors/Selection Tables

Background suppression sensors ............................................................. 326
Energetic diffuse mode sensors ................................................................ 332
Retroreflective sensors ............................................................................... 336
Thru-beam sensors....................................................................................... 342
2
The Functional Principles at a Glance ........................................... 346
Data Section
2.1 Standard Photoelectric Sensors ............................... 352

2.1.1 Background suppression sensors .................................... 352
2.1.2 Diffuse mode sensors ........................................................ 395
2.1.3 Retroreflective sensors ...................................................... 421
2.1.4 Thru-beam sensors ............................................................ 481
2.1.5 Distance sensors................................................................. 511
2.1.6 Fiber optic sensors ............................................................ 514
2.1.7 Contrast sensors and luminescence scanners ............... 534
2.1.8 Color sensors ..................................................................... 545
2.1.9 Slot sensors and slot grid sensors................................... 547
2.2 Light Grids .................................................................. 560
2.3 Optical Data Couplers ............................................... 569
2.4 Accessories
2.4.1 Reflectors ............................................................................ 575
Fiber optic cables, see 2.1.6 Fiber optic sensors ........... 514
Mounting Aids, see 10.3 Mounting Accessories ........... 1068
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
325
Background suppression
sensors
2 Series 2 2 2 KT10 2 18 mm 2 2 ML17 2 2 R2 2 2

Page 352 ff Page 354 ff Page 373 Page 356
.1.1 .1.1 .1.2 .1.2 .1.3 .1.3 .1.4 .1.4 .1.5 .1.6
Features
High-precision M4 Economical Series for Special housing design Ultra small housing

miniature sensors standard applications for M18 front mounting Abrasion-resistant,
Smallest background Classic Series with or side mounting thru- antistatic glass front
suppressor wide range of features holes
Sturdy V2A stainless
steel metal housing
Specifications
Detection range limit 8 mm 120 mm up to 100 mm up to 80 mm
Type of voltage DC DC DC
Red light l l l
Infrared light l
Laser, visible
Connection
Cable l l l
Male cordset l l
Plug connector l l
Output
PNP switching output l l
NPN switching output l
Push-pull output l l
N-channel MOSFET
Relay output
NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features
For "hygienic design"
For hazardous applications

Selection Table, Background Suppression Sensors
sensors
ML4.2 ML6 ML7 ML8 Series 2

Page 357 ff Page 360 ff Page 365 ff Page 367 ff
Features
High-precision VISO+ Precision VISO+ Miniature housing Cost-effective series
sensors for demanding sensors for standard design with different Tamperproof, no
applications applications mounting options operating controls
Scratch-resistant glass Robust plastic optical Certified by ECOLAB Sensors for detecting
optical surface surface critical objects using
multiple light spots
Specifications
up to 80 mm up to 150 mm up to 350 mm up to 350 mm Detection range limit
DC DC DC DC Type of voltage
l l l l Red light
l l l l Infrared light
Laser, visible
Connection
l l l l Cable
l l l l Male cordset
l l l l Plug connector
Output
l l PNP switching output
l l NPN switching output
l l l Push-pull output
N-channel MOSFET
Relay output
NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
327
sensors
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
.1.1 .1.1 .1.2 .1.2 .1.3 .1.3 .1.4 .1.4 .1.5 .1.6

Series ML10 ML100 ML300
Features High-precision miniature Cost-effective series for Cost-effective series for

background suppressor standard applications standard applications
Scratch-resistant glass optical PowerBeam BERO sensors, analog sensors
surface Prefault diagnostics
Specifications
Detection range limit up to 2.2 mm 350 mm 200 mm
Type of voltage DC DC
Red light l l
Infrared light l
Laser, visible
Connection
Cable l l
Male cordset l l
Plug connector l l
Output
NPN switching output l l
Push-pull output
N-channel MOSFET
Relay output
NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features

sensors
MLE75/MLE76 MLV12 MLV41 Series
Page 376 ff Page 378 ff Page 380 ff
EHEDG-certified sensors with Sensor family in industry- Corrosion-resistant metal Features

hygienic design in stainless steel standard housing housing
(V4A) housing 90 rotatable plug IO-Link interface for service and
Front lens inserted with no gaps process data
and without use of adhesive Shallow installation depth
Specifications
up to 140 mm up to 250 mm 350 mm Detection range limit
DC DC DC Type of voltage
l l l Red light
l l Infrared light
Laser, visible
Connection
l l l Cable
l Male cordset
Output
l PNP switching output
NPN switching output
N-channel MOSFET
Relay output
NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features
l For "hygienic design"
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
329
sensors
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
.1.1 .1.1 .1.2 .1.2 .1.3 .1.3 .1.4 .1.4 .1.5 .1.6

Series RL28 RL29 RL31
Page 383 ff Page 389 Page 390 ff
Features Universal series for a wide range Cost-effective series for Cost-effective series for
of application options standard applications standard applications
Universal voltage devices with End value versions with IO-Link
terminal compartment interface for service and process
Programmable timer function data
Specifications
Detection range limit up to 2 m 1.2 m up to 800 mm
Type of voltage DC and AC/DC DC DC
Red light l l l
Infrared light l
Laser, visible l
Connection
Cable l l l
Male cordset l l
Output
PNP switching output l
Push-pull output l l l
N-channel MOSFET
Relay output l
NAMUR
AS-Interface l
Special features

sensors
2
SBL RL32 Series
Page 392 ff Page 394
Background suppression sensor for roller EC-type examination certificate for Zone 2 and Features
conveyors Zone 22, slim housing design
Slim housing design for mounting between rollers Glass optical surface
Sensors with and without integrated control logic
for block removal
Specifications
900 mm up to 800 mm Detection range limit
DC DC Type of voltage
l Red light
l l Infrared light
Laser, visible
Connection
Cable
l Male cordset
l l Plug connector
Output
l NPN switching output
l Push-pull output
N-channel MOSFET
Relay output
NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features
l For hazardous applications
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
331
Energetic diffuse mode

sensors
2 Series 2 2 2 KT10 2 12mm 2 2 18 mm 2 2 ML17 2 2

.1.1 .1.1 Page 395 ff .1.2
.1.2 Page 397
.1.3 .1.3 Page.1.4
398 ff .1.4 Page 408
.1.5 .1.6
Features
High-precision M4 M12 series for space- Economical Series for Special housing design

miniature sensors saving mounting standard applications for M18 front mounting
Sturdy V2A stainless Easy commissioning Basic Series with or side mounting thru-
steel metal housing due to visible red light robust metal housing holes
Classic Series with
wide range of features
Specifications
Detection range limit 80 mm 200 mm up to 500 mm 450 mm
Type of voltage DC DC DC and AC/DC DC
Red light l l
Infrared light l l l
Laser, visible l
Connection
Cable l l l l
Male cordset l
Output
N-channel MOSFET l
Relay output
NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features

Selection Table, Energetic Diffuse Mode Sensors
Energetic
diffuse mode sensors
ML7/ML71 ML8 ML100 ML300 Series 2

Page 405 ff Page 407 Page 409 Page 410 ff
Features
Miniature housing Miniature design Cost-effective Cost-effective
design with different Cost-effective series series for standard series for standard
mounting options Tamperproof, no applications applications
Certified by ECOLAB operating controls PowerBeam BERO sensors, analog
sensors
Prefault diagnostics
Specifications
200 mm 200 mm 1m up to 1.2 m Detection range limit
l l l l Red light
l Infrared light
Laser, visible
Connection
l l l l Cable
l l l Male cordset
Output
l l l l PNP switching output
l l l l NPN switching output
Push-pull output
N-channel MOSFET
Relay output
NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
333
Energetic diffuse mode

sensors
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
.1.1 .1.1 .1.2 .1.2 .1.3 .1.3 .1.4 .1.4 .1.5 .1.6

Series RL29 RL31 RL61 WTS10
Page 412 Page 413 ff Page 415 ff Page 417
Features
Cost-effective Cost-effective Cubic housing design Light scanner for
series for standard series for standard with M30 thread checking the quality of
applications applications welding tips
Devices for DC or Coaxial optics with
AC/DC operation uniform light spot
Specifications
Detection range limit 2.5 m up to 2.5 m up to 4 m 12 mm
Type of voltage DC DC and AC/DC DC and AC/DC DC
Red light l l l
Infrared light l l
Laser, visible
Connection
Cable l l
Male cordset
Plug connector l l l l
Output
Push-pull output l l l
N-channel MOSFET
Relay output l l
NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features

Selection Table, Energetic Diffuse Mode Sensors
Energetic
diffuse mode sensors
2
MLV11 RL36 VariKont M Series
Features
EC-type examination certificate EC-type examination certificate EC-type examination certificate
for Zone 1, small housing design for Zone 1, small housing design Zone 20 (dust) and Zone 1 (gas)
Insensitive to glare due to Immune Rotatable sensor head
polarization filter
Specifications
500 mm 2m 300 mm Detection range limit
Red light
l l l Infrared light
Laser, visible
Connection
Cable
Male cordset
l Plug connector
Output
PNP switching output
Push-pull output
N-channel MOSFET
Relay output
l l l NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features
l l l For hazardous applications
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
335
Retroreflective
sensors
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Series 12mm 18 mm ML17
.1.1 .1.1 .1.2 .1.2 .1.3 .1.3 .1.4 .1.4 .1.5 .1.6
Page 421 ff Page 423 ff Page 445 ff

Features
M12 series for space-saving Economical Series for standard Special housing design for M18
mounting applications front mounting or side mounting
Robust metal housing with high Basic Series with robust metal thru-holes
IP67 degree of protection housing
Easy commissioning due to Classic Series with wide range
visible red light of features
Specifications
Detection range limit up to 2.5 m up to 20 m 5m
Type of voltage DC DC and AC/DC DC
Red light l l l
Infrared light
Laser, visible l
Connection
Cable l l l
Male cordset
Output
N-channel MOSFET l
Relay output
NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features

Selection Table, Retroreflective Sensors
Retroreflective
sensors
2
R2 ML4.2 ML6 ML7/ML71 Series
Page 434 Page 435 Page 436 ff Page 438 ff
Features
Ultra small housing High-precision VISO+ Precision VISO+ Miniature housing
Abrasion-resistant, sensors for demanding sensors for standard design with different
antistatic glass front applications applications mounting options
Scratch-resistant glass Robust plastic optical Certified by ECOLAB
optical surface surface
Specifications
1.4 m 6m 6m up to 7.6 m Detection range limit
l l l l Red light
Infrared light
Laser, visible
Connection
l l l l Cable
l Male cordset
Output
l l l PNP switching output
l l Push-pull output
N-channel MOSFET
Relay output
NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
337
Retroreflective
sensors
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
.1.1 .1.1 .1.2 .1.2 .1.3 .1.3 .1.4 .1.4 .1.5 .1.6

Series ML8 ML100 ML300 MLE75
Page 443 ff Page 447 ff Page 449 ff Page 451
Features Cost-effective series Cost-effective Cost-effective Sensors in stainless

Tamperproof, no series for standard series for standard steel (V4A) housing for
operating controls applications applications the splash zone
Detection of critical PowerBeam BERO sensors, analog Permanent
objects using multiple sensors impermeability even
light spots Prefault diagnostics with repeated thermal
shocks
Specifications
Detection range limit 3.5 m 7m up to 7 m 5.1 m
Type of voltage DC DC DC DC
Red light l l l l
Infrared light l
Laser, visible
Connection
Cable l l l l
Male cordset l
Output
PNP switching output l l l
NPN switching output l l l
Push-pull output l
N-channel MOSFET
Relay output
NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features
For "hygienic design" l

Retroreflective
sensors
MLE76 MLV12 MLV41 Series
Page 452 Page 453 ff Page 457 ff
EHEDG-certified sensors with Sensor family in industry- Corrosion-resistant metal Features

hygienic design in stainless steel standard housing housing
(V4A) housing Versions with laser Version with IO-Link interface for
Front lens inserted with no gaps 90 rotatable plug service and process data
and without use of adhesive Shallow installation depth
Specifications
5.1 m up to 21 m up to 12 m Detection range limit
l l l Red light
Infrared light
l Laser, visible
Connection
l l l Cable
Male cordset
Output
N-channel MOSFET
Relay output
NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features
l For "hygienic design"
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
339
Retroreflective
sensors
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
.1.1 .1.1 .1.2 .1.2 .1.3 .1.3 .1.4 .1.4 .1.5 .1.6

Series RL28 RL29 RL31 RL61
Page 463 ff Page 472 Page 473 ff Page 475 ff
Features
Universal series Cost-effective Cost-effective Cubic housing design
for a wide range of series with terminal series for standard with M30 thread
application options compartment applications 4 display LEDs
Programmable timer Versions with Devices for DC or Programmable timer
function foreground AC/DC operation function
suppression
Specifications
Detection range limit up to 42 m up to 10 m up to 16.5 m 25 m
Type of voltage DC and AC/DC DC AC and DC AC and DC
Red light l l l l
Infrared light
Laser, visible l
Connection
Cable l l l l
Male cordset
Output
Push-pull output l l l l
N-channel MOSFET
Relay output l l l
NAMUR
AS-Interface l
Special features

Retroreflective
sensors
2
MLV11 RL32 RL36 VariKont M Series
Page 477 Page 478 Page 479 Page 480
Features
EC-type examination EC-type examination EC-type examination EC-type examination
certificate for Zone 1, certificate for Zone certificate for Zone 1, certificate
small housing design 2 and Zone 22, slim small housing design Zone 20 (dust) and
Insensitive to glare due housing design Immune Zone 1 (gas)
to polarization filter Glass optical surface Rotatable sensor head
Specifications
3m up to 14 m 11.5 m 2m Detection range limit
l l l l Red light
Infrared light
Laser, visible
Connection
Cable
Male cordset
l l Plug connector
Output
Push-pull output
N-channel MOSFET
Relay output
l l l NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
341
Thru-beam sensors
2 Series 2 2 KS/KSE10 2 2 12mm 2 2 18 mm 2 2 R2 2 2

Page 481 ff Page 483 Page 484 ff Page 490
.1.1 .1.1 .1.2 .1.2 .1.3 .1.3 .1.4 .1.4 .1.5 .1.6
Features
High-precision M12 series for space- Economical Series for Ultra small housing

M4 miniature saving mounting standard applications Abrasion-resistant,
sensors Robust metal housing Basic Series with robust antistatic glass front
Sturdy V2A with high IP67 degree of metal housing
stainless steel protection Classic Series with wide
metal housing Easy commissioning due range of features
to visible red light
Specifications
Detection range limit 1.5m 5m up to 60m 2.5 m
Type of voltage DC DC DC and AC/DC DC
Red light l l l
Infrared light l l
Laser, visible l
Connection
Cable l l l
Male cordset l
Plug connector l l
Output
Push-pull output l
N-channel MOSFET l
Relay output
NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features

Selection Table, Thru-Beam Sensors
Thru-beam sensors
ML4.2 ML7/ML71 ML8 ML100 Series 2

Page 491 Page 492 ff Page 494 Page 495 ff
Features
High-precision VISO+ Versatile miniature Cost-effective series Cost-effective
sensors for demanding design with various with many extras series for standard
applications mounting options Tamperproof, no applications
Scratch-resistant glass Certified by ECOLAB operating controls PowerBeam: high
optical surface detection ranges up
to 30m
Specifications
10 m 4.5 m 4.5 m up to 30 m Detection range limit
l l l l Red light
l Infrared light
Laser, visible
Connection
l l l l Cable
l l Male cordset
Output
l l l PNP switching output
l l l NPN switching output
l Push-pull output
N-channel MOSFET
Relay output
NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
343
Thru-beam sensors
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
.1.1 .1.1 .1.2 .1.2 .1.3 .1.3 .1.4 .1.4 .1.5 .1.6

Series ML300 MLV12 RL28
Page 498 ff Page 500 Page 501 ff
Features Cost-effective series for Sensor family in industry- Universal series for a wide range
standard applications standard housing of application options
BERO sensors, analog sensors 90 rotatable plug Universal voltage devices with
Prefault diagnostics terminal compartment
Programmable timer function
Specifications
Detection range limit up to 14 m 25 m up to 400 m
Type of voltage DC DC DC and AC/DC
Red light l l l
Infrared light l l
Laser, visible l
Connection
Cable l l l
Male cordset
Output
Push-pull output l
N-channel MOSFET
Relay output l
NAMUR
AS-Interface l
Special features

Selection Table, Thru-Beam Sensors
Thru-beam sensors
RL31 MLV11 RL32 RL36 Series
Page 506 ff Page 508 Page 509 Page 510
Cost-effective EC-type examination EC-type examination EC-type examination

Features
series for standard certificate for Zone 1, certificate for Zone certificate for Zone 1,
applications small housing design 2 and Zone 22, slim large housing design
Devices for DC or Insensitive to glare due housing design Immune
AC/DC operation to polarization filter Glass optical surface Adjustable sensitivity
IP67 degree of
protection
Specifications
30 m 10 m 30 m 30 m Detection range limit
DC and AC/DC DC DC DC Type of voltage
l l l l Red light
l Infrared light
Laser, visible
Connection
l Cable
Male cordset
l Terminal compartment
Output
l Push-pull output
N-channel MOSFET
l Relay output
l l NAMUR
AS-Interface
Special features
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
345
The Functional Principles at a Glance

Features:
The photoelectric sensors or photo sensors used in automation
Almost constant detection range for diffuse reflecting
provide all the benefits of rapid and noncontact detection. Our
wide range of photoelectric standard sensors is suitable for all materials with extremely different degrees of remission.
noncontact object detection solutions. The many different ver- Dark objects in front of a light background are reliably
sions available mean that it is always possible to find the best detected.
possible sensor for any application. Ongoing development of Insensitive to interfering reflections from objects outside of the
these sensors is setting new market trends through innovations specified detection range.
such as the measuring photoelectric sensor or the efficient con- High excess gain.
nection of sensors to the control hierarchy via IO-Link. Minimal mounting effort as the sensor consists of one unit and
2 AT A GLANCE 2
Various functional principles are available:
2 2 2 2 does not require a reflector. 2 2 2 2 2
Similarly to background suppression, it is also possible to make
Thru-beam
.1.1 sensors.1.1 .1.2 .1.2 use of foreground
.1.3 .1.3 suppression.
.1.4 These sensors
.1.4 ignore all objects
.1.5 .1.6
Retroreflective sensors that are located closer to the sensor than the preset minimum
detection range.
Energetic diffuse mode sensors or background suppression


sensors Measuring photoelectric sensors
Fiber optic sensors with compatible fiber optic cables
Contrast sensors and color sensors Measuring photoelectric sensors combine the ad-
Photoelectric slot and slot grid sensors vantages of background/foreground suppression
Light grids with the measuring functionality of a distance sen-
Brass, stainless steel, or plastic housing sor. An integrated measuring core, otherwise
From miniature housings to cylindrical threaded housing to found only in distance sensors, enables different
switching functions in one device and provides
robust compact sensors
outstanding performance data.
Innovative functions for easy setup and safe operation
Convergent mode sensors
1. Background suppression sensors Convergent mode sensors function similarly to

background suppression sensors, although the
distance between the object and the background
Background suppression sensors were developed is greater. Due to this compromise in terms of se-
to reach a defined detection range for any object, lectivity, this device is offered at an extremely at-
regardless of its brightness, color, or other charac- tractive cost/benefit ratio. These sensors are the
teristics such as the brightness of the background. first choice where suppression of an existing background is re-
The following figure illustrates the functional prin-
quired in the application despite high cost pressures.
ciple of a background suppression sensor. The
light emitted by the emitter is directed by the lens and hits the Background evaluation sensors
object. If the object is located within the detection range, a por-
tion of the reflected light, bundled by the receiver lens, is mapped In addition to background suppression, the re-
to the near element of the receiver (N); the sensor outputs the verse principlebackground evaluationis also
switched on signal. used in certain applications. While the one method
As the objects distance increases, this light spot moves in the ignores the background and detects only objects
direction of the far element (F). At the detection range limit, one within the detection range, the other evaluates
half of the light spot is on the near element, the other on the far only the light reflected from the background: the
element and the sensor registers off. If the object moves further background becomes the reference rather than the object (see
away, the light only hits the far element and the sensor still reg- Fig.). If an object interrupts the light path to the background, the
isters off. sensor switches, regardless of whether or not the reflected light
reaches the receiver again and indicates a detected object be-
fore the backgroundsuch as with reflective objects.
Object in
sampling range
Emitter
Background evaluation sensors do not have a blind zone and are
especially suitable for detecting complex, highly reflective ob-
jects. In contrast to systems with background suppression, they
Receiver can also be tested and support self-monitoring.
Far
Near Receiver Emitter Receiver Emitter Receiver Emitter
Near element Bright Near Far Near Far Near Far

receives more light Scanning range background
object is detected
Vehicle is only
detected in
Detection range Background Vehicle is background
detected evaluation mode
Emitter Back-
ground
is
detected
Receiver
Far
Near INear < IFar = OFF INear > IFar = ON INear = IFar = 0 = ON
Far element Object in the

receives more light Scanning range background
object is ignored

Introduction
2. Diffuse Mode Sensors Luminescence sensors

The luminescence sensora version of the contrast sensor
In principle, a diffuse mode sensor is constructed works with modulated ultraviolet light. Suitable materials (lumino-
similarly to a retroreflective sensor. However, it phores) that are applied to the target become photoluminescent
does not use a reflector and the receiver evaluates when exposed to the light. These materials include optical bright-
the light reflected from the detected object instead. eners in white paper, certain chalks, varnishes, oils, fats, and in
highlighters.
E 2
O
R
Due to the diffuse reflection (remission) by the object, the sen-

sors detection range is reduced compared with that of the retro-
reflective sensor. This detection range is the maximum distance
The light emitted from the luminophores to the receiver has a lon-
from the emitter at which an object can be reliably detected.
ger wavelength than that emitted from the transmitter; it is within
the visible spectral range. Due to modulation and the precisely
defined frequency shift between the transmitter light and the re-
ceiver light, luminescence sensors are barely affected by inter-
fering light sources and therefore function reliably.
Color sensors
While a standard contrast sensor evaluates only the differences
in brightness in a specific spectral range that is predetermined
by the light color of the emitter, the color sensor divides the light
reflected by the object into several subspectra and provides an
intensity value for each of these subspectra. The distribution of
these values reflects the spectral characteristics and the color
Sensitivity adjuster
of the target.
Visolux color sensors operate according to the three-range pro-
cess, which can be either active or passive.
Special versions of diffuse mode sensors Active three-range process:

The target is illuminated sequentially with the three emitter
The standard feature of the diffuse mode sensor colors (red, green, and blue). The amount of reflected light is
that it reacts sensitively to the surface finish of the measured individually for each color. The color of the target is
targetis utilized in contrast sensors and color clearly determined based upon the three values obtained this
sensors. way.
Passive three-range process:
The target is illuminated with white emitter light. The light
Contrast sensors source is, for example, a white LED. The red, green, and blue
portions of the reflected light are then filtered out and the
This sensor evaluates the difference in brightness between the
target and a marking that is applied to it. The color of the emitter amount of light is determined in each case. Three receivers
light or the color of the print mark is selected to allow as much are used for this and the values obtained are used to
contrast as possible. Our contrast sensors are fitted with a three- determine the color of the target.
color LED as the light source. The best possible transmitter light
color is selected automatically by the sensor during the Teach-in
process. A large number of sensors are arranged in accordance
with the auto-collimation principle, i.e., the transmitter and receiv-
er and located on a common optical axis (monocular system).
This enables the lens to be moved and makes the installation
position of the sensor very flexible.
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
347
3. Retroreflective Sensors Retroreflective sensors for clear object detection
Retroreflective sensors contain an emitter and a Retroreflective sensors with reduced exces gain
receiver in one housing. The emitted light is re- are used for clear object detection. This results in
flected back to the receiver by a reflector. When increased switching sensitivity with only minimal
the light beam is interrupted, the output is switched. absorption through the glass.
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
.1.1 .1.1 .1.2 .1.2 .1.3 .1.3 .1.4 .1.4 .1.5 .1.6
R R
O

Retroreflective sensors with polarization filter
Retroreflective sensors with foreground
A problem typically associated with reflector systems is that shiny
and reflective objects cannot be reliably detected. This problem
suppression
is solved through the use of a polarization filter. Linear polarizing
These photoelectric sensors ignore all signals
filters are positioned in front of the sensors emitter and receiver,
from reflectors and high-gloss reflective objects
and the polarization levels are aligned perpendicular to one an-
positioned closer to the sensor than a preset mini-
other (see Fig.). These filters create two polarization planes posi-
mum detection range.
tioned at 90 from each other. As such, only the light beams from
the corner cube reflectors reach the receiver because it changes
the polarization level of the light, allowing it to pass freely through
the filter in front of the receiver.
Reflector
Emitter
Receiver
Polarization filter
Emitter
Receiver
Reflecting
object
Features:
Detects nontransparent objects even with shiny and reflective
surfaces.
Clear object detection possible with special sensors
(G version).
Minimal installation effort as electrical connection is required
for the sensor only.

Introduction
4. Thru-Beam Sensors
The emitters and receivers of thru-beam sensors
are housed in physically separated housings. The S
emitter (E) sends signals directly to the receiver
S
(R). If an object (O) interrupts the light beam,
the receiver voltage decreases and the output is E
switched. E
2
E R Light grids
O Safety applications in particular often involve mon-
itoring a large area. The easiest way to achieve
Features: this is through the parallel arrangement of several
thru-beam sensors. All the emitters in this type of
Detects nontransparent and reflective objects. light grid are grouped into a single housing and all
Wide detection ranges and high excess gain because the light the receivers, whose switching outputs are logi-
beam travels only one path, from the emitter to the receiver. cally linked, are grouped into another. This reduces the installa-
Low susceptibility to interference, therefore ideal for use tion effort compared with a corresponding number of individual
in difficult conditions, e.g., open-air applications or in dirty thru-beam sensors. The distances between the individual beams
surroundings. of the grid are application-specific.
Greater installation effort as both units must be mounted and
wired.
Typically, thru-beam sensors are used to monitor production and
packaging lines (see Fig.), fill levels in transparent containers,
and the safety of doors and hazardous areas. The latter applica-
tion area is a domain for thru-beam technology.
Emitter
Receiver
Special versions of thru-beam sensors
Photoelectric slot sensors

If there is only a short physical distancea few mil-
limeters or centimetersto bridge between the
emitter and the receiver, they can both be posi-
tioned opposite one another in a U-shaped hous-
ing. Compared with normal thru-beam sensors,
photoelectric slot sensors (see Fig.) benefit from
simpler electrical installation as only one device needs to be
wired. Also, the optical axes do not need to be adjusted.
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
349
5. Fiber Optic Systems from the range of fiber heads, each of which can be combined
with the sheathing materials.
The optical characteristics of a photoelectric sen-
To help you choose the right product, the "Fiber Optic Devices"
sor with a fiber optic cable are similar to those of a
section highlights which fiber optic cables are suitable for the in-
thru-beam sensor or a diffuse mode sensor, de-
dividual sensor types.
pending on the housing design.
Thru-beam systems have one fiber optic cable 6. Light Grids for Clear Object Detection
each for the emitter and receiver, while in diffuse
systems the light is passed through separate emitting and receiv- The devices in the PR and LG series are high-res-
ing fibers in a single fiber optic cable. olution light curtains for detecting very small posi-
The emitter and receiver are arranged in one housing. The opti- tion-independent objects.
2 2
cally active area runs from the device to the sensing point using 2
The use of special low-noise receiver levels and
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
flexible fiber optic cables made of glass or plastic fibers. Due to a sophisticated evaluation algorithm enables even
their small
.1.1optically active
.1.1 areas, fiber
.1.2optic systems
.1.2 are suit- .1.3 .1.3 .1.4 .1.4 .1.5
highly transparent objects with a high excess gain to be detected
.1.6
able for detecting small details at close range. Special fiber optic reliably.
cables are used with a coaxial or mixed fiber arrangement and

small fiber diameters (plastic fibers: a few hundred m, glass fi- Crossed beam evaluation:
bers: typically 50m). Each emitter emits light to each receiver. This results in a very
The large opening angle at the light exit of the fiber optic cable high sensor resolution.
(approx. 70) also enables it to be used to achieve shorter detec-
tion ranges than standard photoelectric sensors or Automatic calibration:
light sensors; if necessary, these can be increased using suitable After turning on the supply voltage (model number W) or ex-
lens attachments. ternally activating the calibration input (model number F), the
sensor automatically calibrates itself. Each individual emitter-
Glass or plastic? receiver distance is calibrated separately.
Example PR16:
When choosing a suitable fiber optic cable, users can choose
between plastic or glass fiber optic. The characteristics of both 16 emitters and 16 receivers for crossed beam evaluation result
these materials are briefly outlined below. in 256 light beams being individually evaluated internally. Fur-
thermore, the signal threshold for the individual emitter-receiver
distances is permanently adjusted within a certain bandwidth
during operation. This means that the sensor compares the
stored value with the current measured reception level at certain
time intervals.
If these two values differ over time (due to dust on the lens or
slight misalignment) the receiver threshold for each of the individ-
ual light paths is redefined. This ensures that highly transparent
objects are detected even in harsh industrial conditions.
RLG28 retroreflective area sensor
A very effective operating principle

The retroreflective area sensor uniquely
combines the advantages of a retrore-
flective sensor with those of a light grid.
A retroreflective area sensor contains sev-
eral emitters and receivers in one housing
and, with a reflector positioned opposite
it, forms a detection field with a consistent
width and height across the relevant detec-
Plastic fiber optics tion range. When the light beams within the
consist of a single PVC-sheathed fiber. As the fiber optic detection area are interrupted by an object,
cable material is lightweight and very flexible, it can be used the switching function is triggered.
on machines with moving parts. One advantage in particular The use of standard photoelectric sensors
is the individual assembly of the fibers. The standard length is is often problematic when detecting objects
2m. The cutter provided can be used to shorten the fiber optic with an appearance that differs occasionally. More
cable easily to the length required for the application. Two specifically, objects with varying front edges regularly overload
different fiber diameters and a range of different fiber heads devices with single-point detection characteristics.
are available to choose from. You are sure to find a type to suit
your application.
Glass fiber optics
consist of many individual fibers, each with a diameter of
approx. 50m. Depending upon the application, sheathing
is available in stainless steel, PVC, metal and silicone, or
silicone. Due to the low optical attenuation of glass fibers
compared to plastic fibers, larger sensing ranges are possible.
The robust mechanical design of the stainless steel sheathing
means that the cables can be used at temperatures of up to
300C. You will find a suitable solution for your application

Introduction
This sensor solves the problem 100%. It features a 60mm wide Our product range includes optical data couplers for
detection field for the reliable detection of objects whose front parallel data transfer as well as devices for serial data transfer.
edges can vary, e.g., different types of pallets, bags, packaged
objects, or other items without a clearly defined shape. Parallel data transfer:
An optical data coupler can transfer 8 bits bidirectionally. The
signals in the device are converted into a serial bit sequence.
In the receiver, the data is reassigned to the parallel outputs.
Interference-immune FSK modulation is used to transfer the
binary signals.
Serial data transfer:
Our serial optical data couplers also use the FSK procedure.
Features: The data at the interface is transferred free of protocols and
then re-output to the serial interface in the receiver.
2
Retroreflective area sensor with six light beams in a standard Many devices with a serial interface are also available in
photoelectric sensor housing a version with a red emitter light. These are always used if
Replaces connection-compatible single-beam photoelectric parallel transfer paths need to be created and cross-talk with
sensors the adjacent infrared path needs to be eliminated.
Reflection and foil-resistant, shock and vibration-resistant
Uses six beams to generate a 60mm wide detection area
throughout the entire detection range, without a blind zone
Constant detection of objects as small as 12mm within the
entire detection range
Reliable detection of the front edge of the object irrespective
of its shape, position, or surface finish Photoelectrics With Unequaled Benefits
Suitable for low temperature ranges of down to -30C
Pepperl+Fuchs photoelectric sensors easily cope with extreme
Application examples influences such as excessive ambient light, high humidity, or dirt.
Which is why most of our standard sensors bear the VISO+ qual-
Reliable front edge detection for a wide range of objects, such ity symbol.
as pallets with different heights and varying reflectivity, as well
High priority is given to functional reliability. The sensors operate
as dirt and damage
extremely reliably as the emitters generate between 10 and 100
Detection of objects regardless of their shape, e.g., bags or times more light than is required for reliable detection. As a re-
other objects without a clearly defined shape sult, they operate perfectly even in very dirty, dusty environments
Detection of objects regardless of their texture, e.g., reflective or with inaccurate alignment. The high degree of insensitivity to
foil-wrapped objects ambient light further increases operational reliability and allows
Reliable location-independent detection of falling objects, them to be used in the direct vicinity of frequency-controlled en-
e.g., in ejection control ergy-saving lighting. A high degree of immunity to cross-talk al-
Overhang control lows several sensors to be positioned closely next to each other.
As a muting sensor The features at a glance:
Very high excess gain
7. Optical Data Couplers Very high degree of immunity to ambient light, even with
frequency-controlled energy-saving lighting
Optical data couplers use the light for the wireless Protection against cross-talk.
transmission of information between two points, in
cases where wire-based communication is not
economically feasible. They perform a protocol-
free transfer of the data from the interface to the
receiver and make it available at the serial inter-
face, thus solving communication problems with stock feeders,
forklift trucks, automated guide vehicles, or monorail conveyors.
Devices are available with different detection ranges and transfer
rates. The latest version, the LS680-DA, is the fastest optical data
coupler on the market and enables connection to Fast Ethernet
networks without reducing the transfer rate for the first time.
f1 f2
log 0 log 1
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
351
Background suppression sensor cylindrical, 4 mm
Technical Data
Model Number KT10-8-H-8

Detection range 0.5 ... 8 mm
Light type modulated infrared light , 870 nm
Diameter of the light spot 2 mm at 8 mm sensor range
Operating voltage see accessory: signal transformer
Signal output see accessory: signal transformer
Material
Housing Stainless steel 1.4305 / AISI 303
2 Optical face
Protection degree
glass
IP65
Connection 1500 mm fixed cable
.1.1

CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not
Properties bear a CCC marking because they do not require approval.
Background suppression Dimensions
Cylindrical threaded housing Length L [mm] 25
Diameter D [mm] 4
Stainless steel housing Thread length lt [mm] 25
DC sensor Connector area lc [mm] 0
Requires external amplifier
Cable version Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
Infrared light SU11/40a/49/92 External amplifier
SU11/32/40a/82b/92 External amplifier
Your Benefit SU11/40a/49/115 External amplifier
SU10/40a/49/116 External amplifier
Smallest sensor design for space- BF 4 Mounting flange, 4 mm
saving mounting
Reliable detection of all surfaces,
regardless of color and structure
lc
lt
= light on, = dark on
KT10-H/KT10-80
BK
BU
WH To external amplifier
BN
YE
External amplifier SU10 ...

Option: /49
1 BK +UB
2 BU Q1
3 WH 0V
4 BN/YE Q2
External amplifier SU11 ...

Cable connection (option 115) Connector (option 92)
Option: /49 /32/82 Option: /49 /32/82

BN +UB +UB 1 +UB +UB
WH Q2 Stability 2 Q2 Stability
control control
BK Q1 Q 4 Q1 Q
BU 0V 0V 3 0V 0V
External amplifiers SU10... und SU11 for KS/KSE10... und KT10... sensors
External amplifier
SU10/40a/49/116
5
1 3
4 2
Changeover
switch
Light/dark switch
Display LED
90
45
35
94.4
Sensitive
Sensitivity adjuster Name plate .1.1

External amplifier for mounting on a
22.5
standard top hat rail. For M4
Technical Data
18
Supply voltage: 10 ... 30 VDC 58
No load supply current: 40 mA BU WH BN/YE BK
Signal output: 1 PNP + 1 NPN switching From KT10-H

KT10
output KS/KSE10
Output current: max. 200 mA
External amplifier
SU11.../92
20
3.5
Function display-LED
Connection
receiver
M4 - 4 mm deep
13.85
60
44.5
20
Connection
transmitter
30
30 M12 x 1
40
Technical Data
Supply voltage: 10 ... 30 VDC
9.5
No load supply current: 40 mA

20
Signal output: 1 PNP + 1 NPN switching

output or
1 PNP, open collector Sensivity adjuster
External amplifier
SU11.../115
20
Indicator-LED
3.5
M4-4 deep
13.85
60
44.5
20
30
Technical Data
30
Supply voltage: 10 ... 30 VDC 40

No load supply current: 40 mA
Signal output: 1 PNP + 1 NPN switching
9.5
output or
1 PNP, open collector
20

Sensivity adjuster
Singapore: +65 6779 9091
353
Background suppression sensor cylindrical, 18mm
Technical Data
General Data
Sensing range adjustment
Detection range 10 ... 120 mm
Adjustment range 40 ... 120 mm
Light type modulated visible red light , 640 nm
Diameter of the light spot approx. 6 mm at detection range 120 mm
No-load supply current < 15 mA
Switching current max. 100 mA
2 Switching frequency
Ambient temperature
500 Hz
-25 ... 60 C (-13 ... 140 F)
Material
.1.1 Housing PC
Optical face PMMA
GLV18-8-H-120/25/102/115
GLV18-8-H-120/25/102/159
GLV18-8-H-120/115/120
Properties
GLV18-8-H-120/73/120
Cylindrical threaded housing Model Number
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Discrete output green = preferred type
Cable and connector versions Switching type light/dark on
Visible red light light on
Signal output 1 NPN, short-circuit protected open coll-
ector
Your Benefit 2 PNP, complementary, short-circuit pro-
tected, open collectors

Most compact mechanically adjus- Connection 2 m fixed cable
table M18-background suppressi- Connector M12 x 1, 3-pin
on sensor for space-saving connector M12 x 1, 4-pin
mounting
regardless of color and texture
Minimal black/white difference Approvals and Certificates
Adjustable switchpoint Protection class II
UL approval cULus Listed, Class 2 Power Source
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 33
lc Diameter D [mm] 18

L Accessories See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
CPZ18B03 For Series CP18 Threaded Photoelectric Sensors
BF 5-30 Universal mounting bracket for cylindrical sensors with a diameter of
5 ... 30 mm
D
GLV18-8-H-120/25/102/115 GLV18-8-H-120/115/120 GLV18-8-H-120/25/102/159 GLV18-8-H-120/73/120
Option 25/102/115 Option /115/120 Option 25/102/159 Option 73/120 Wire colors in accordance with EN 6
1
BN +UB BN +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB
1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
BK Q WH Q 4 Q 2 Q 4 4 BK (black)
BU 0V BU 0V 3 0V 3 0V
BK Q 4 Q 3
Wire colors in accordance with EN 60

1
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
2 4
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
3
Background suppression sensor cylindrical, 18 mm
Technical Data
Model Number VT18-8-H-120-M/40a/65b/118/128

Light/dark switch
Detection range 20 ... 120 mm , adjustable
Light type modulated visible red light
Diameter of the light spot approx. 6 mm at a distance of 120 mm
Switching type light/dark on, switchable
Signal output
Switching current
Push-pull (4 in 1) output short-circuit protected overvoltage pro-
tected
max. 200 mA
2
Switching frequency 500 Hz .1.1
Material
Housing brass, nickel-plated
Optical face plastic
Properties Connection M12 connector, 4-pin (Vario-Quick quick connect technology)
Cylindrical threaded housing
Nickel-plated brass housing
DC sensor
Discrete output bear a CCC marking because they do not require approval.
Visible red light Length L [mm] 78
Diameter D [mm] 18
Your Benefit Connector area lc [mm] 13
regardless of color and texture This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10
Minimal black/white difference BF 18 Mounting flange, 18 mm
Adjustable switchpoint OMH-VL18 Mounting Bracket with swivel nut
Further Products
VT18-8-H-120-M/32/40a/65b/118
Tech. spec. like VT18-8-H-120-M/40a/65b/118/128 but:
Signal output: 1 PNP output, short-circuit protected
overvoltage protected,
open collector
lc
lt
VT18-8-H-120-M/40a/65b/118/128 VT18-8-H-120-M/32/40a/65b/118
1
Option 40a/118/128 Option 32/40a/118
1 +UB 1 +UB 2 4
2 n.c. 2 n.c.
3
3 0V 3 0V
4 Q 4 Q Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Background suppression sensor R2 series
Technical Data
General Data
Light type modulated visible red light, 630 nm
Operating voltage 10 ... 30 V DC , class 2
Signal output 1 PNP output, short-circuit protected, reverse polarity protected, open collec-
tor
Switching type light on
Switching current max. 50 mA, resistive load
Switching frequency approx. 800 Hz
2 Ambient temperature
Material
Housing
-25 ... 60 C (-13 ... 140 F)
PC/ABS and PBT

.1.1 Optical face
Cable
glass
PUR
Connection 200 m fixed cable with connector M8 x 1, 4-pin
Properties
OBT15-R2-E2-0,2M-V31
OBT30-R2-E2-0,2M-V31
OBT50-R2-E2-0,2M-V31
OBT80-R2-E2-0,2M-V31
Rectangular ultra-small housing
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Model Number
Discrete output
Pigtail version
Visible red light
Your Benefit 1 ... 30 mm
3 ... 50 mm
Improved machine availability with 15 ... 80 mm
abrasion-resistant, antistatic glass Diameter of the light spot aaprox 2 mm at a distance of 15 mm
front aaprox 2 mm at a distance of 30 mm
aaprox 3.5 mm at a distance of 50 mm
aaprox 5 mm at a distance of 80 mm
UL approval cULus Recognized, Class 2 Power Source
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 11.2
Width W [mm] 7.5
L Height H [mm] 24
W Connector area lc [mm] 0

MH-R2-01 Mounting bracket
V31-GM-2M-PVC M8, 4-pin socket, PVC cable
H

lc
OBT15-R2-E2-0,2M-V31
OBT30-R2-E2-0,2M-V31
OBT50-R2-E2-0,2M-V31
OBT80-R2-E2-0,2M-V31
2 4
1 3
Option E2
1 +UB

4 Q
1 BN (brown)
3 0V 2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Background suppression sensor ML4.2 series
Technical Data
General Data
Switching type light/dark on electrically switchable
Signal output Push-pull (4 in 1) output, short-circuit protected, reverse polarity protected
Material
Housing
Optical face
ABS
glass pane
2
Protection degree IP67 .1.1
ML4.2-8-H-40-43-RT/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-20-RT/40b/110/115b
ML4.2-8-H-40-RT/40b/110/115b
ML4.2-8-H-80-RT/40b/110/115b
ML4.2-8-H-20-RT/40b/110/115
ML4.2-8-H-40-RT/40b/110/115
ML4.2-8-H-60-RT/40b/110/115
ML4.2-8-H-80-RT/40b/110/115
ML4.2-8-H-20-RT/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-40-RT/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-60-RT/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-80-RT/40b/95/110
Properties
Background suppression Model Number
Rectangular miniature housing
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Cable, connector and pigtailed con- 10 ... 40 mm
nector versions 10 ... 60 mm
Visible red light 10 ... 80 mm
Connection 2 m fixed cable
Your Benefit 300 mm fixed cable with M12 x 1, 4-pin
connector

Reliable detection of all surfaces, M8 x 1 connector, 4-pin

Small, sharp light spots provide re-
liable, color insensitive object posi-
tioning
Extremely sharp background sup- UL approval cULus Listed
pression CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC mar-
Antistatic optical face inhibits dust king because they do not require approval.
build-up in paper and printing ap- Dimensions
plications Length L [mm] 18
Width W [mm] 13,9
Height H [mm] 25.4
Connector area lc [mm] 7,5 13,9
W
OMH-4.1 Mounting Clamp
OMH-ML6 Mounting bracket
OMH-ML6-U Mounting bracket
OMH-ML6-Z Mounting bracket
H
V31-WM-2M-PVC M8, 4-pin socket, PVC cable

lc
ML4.2-8-H-20-RT/40b/110/115 ML4.2-8-H-20-RT/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-40-RT/40b/110/115 ML4.2-8-H-40-RT/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-60-RT/40b/110/115 ML4.2-8-H-60-RT/40b/95/110 1
ML4.2-8-H-80-RT/40b/110/115 ML4.2-8-H-80-RT/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-40-43-RT/40b/95/110 2 4
2 4
ML4.2-8-H-40-RT/40b/110/115b 1 3
ML4.2-8-H-80-RT/40b/110/115b
ML4.2-8-H-20-RT/40b/110/115b 3
Option 40b/110/115 Option 40b/95/110

BN +UB 1 +UB
1 BN (brown)
WH H/D 2 H/D 2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
BU 0V 3 0V
4 BK (black)
BK Q 4 Q
Technical Data
General Data
Signal output Push-pull (4 in 1) output, short-circuit protected, reverse polarity protected
2 Material
Housing ABS
Optical face glass pane
.1.1 Protection degree IP67
ML4.2-8-H-20-IR/40b/110/115
ML4.2-8-H-40-IR/40b/110/115
ML4.2-8-H-60-IR/40b/110/115
ML4.2-8-H-80-IR/40b/110/115
ML4.2-8-H-20-IR/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-40-IR/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-60-IR/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-80-IR/40b/95/110
Properties
Model Number
Plastic housing
DC sensor green = preferred type
Discrete output Detection range 7 ... 20 mm
Cable and connector versions 10 ... 40 mm
10 ... 60 mm
Infrared light 10 ... 80 mm
Diameter of the light spot approx. 1.5 mm at 20 mm
Your Benefit approx. 3 mm at 40 mm
approx. 4 mm at 60 mm
approx. 6 mm at 80 mm
regardless of color and texture Connection
2 m fixed cable
Small, sharp light spots provide re-
M8 x 1 connector, 4-pin
liable, color insensitive object posi-
tioning
Extremely sharp background sup-
pression
Antistatic optical face inhibits dust UL approval cULus Listed
build-up in paper and printing ap- CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC mar-
plications king because they do not require approval.
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 18
Width W [mm] 13.9
W
L Height H [mm] 25.4
Connector area lc [mm] 7.5 13.9

H

lc
ML4.2-8-H-40-IR/40b/110/115 ML4.2-8-H-20-IR/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-60-IR/40b/110/115 ML4.2-8-H-40-IR/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-80-IR/40b/110/115 ML4.2-8-H-60-IR/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-20-IR/40b/110/115 ML4.2-8-H-21-22-IR/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-80-IR/40b/95/110 2 4
Option 40b/110/115 Option 40b/95/110 1 3
BN +UB 1 +UB
WH H/D 2 H/D
BU 0V 3 0V
1 BN (brown)
BK Q 4 Q 2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Technical Data
General Data
Diameter of the light spot 2 light spots:
size 2.5 mm distance 5 mm at 20 mm (ML4.2-8-H-20...)
size 3.5 mm distance 9 mm at 40 mm (ML4.2-8-H-40...)
Ambient temperature
Material
Housing
-20 ... 60 C (-4 ... 140 F)
ABS
2
Protection degree IP67 .1.1
ML4.2-8-H-40-IR/DS/40b/110/115
ML4.2-8-H-20-IR/DS/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-40-IR/DS/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-20-IR/DS/25/95/136
Properties
Background suppression with mul- Model Number
tiple beams
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Discrete output
Cable and connector versions 7 ... 20 mm
Infrared light Light type modulated infrared light , 880 nm
Signal output 1 push-pull (4 in 1) output, short-circuit

protected, reverse polarity protected
Your Benefit 2 Push-pull (4 in 1) outputs, short-cir-
cuit protected, reverse polarity protec-
Dual sensor with two light spots ted
Improved detection of transparent Switching type light on: +UB / dark on: 0V
or reflective materials light/dark on electrically switchable
Simple 2-point edge control
Antistatic optical face inhibits dust
in paper and printing applications

UL approval cULus Listed
L Dimensions
W Length L [mm] 18
Width W [mm] 13,9
Height H [mm] 25,4

H

lc

ML4.2-8-H-40-IR/DS/40b/110/115 ML4.2-8-H-20-IR/DS/25/95/136 ML4.2-8-H-20-IR/DS/40b/95/110
ML4.2-8-H-40-IR/DS/40b/95/110
Option 40b/110/115 Option 25/95/136 Option 40b/95/110
2 4
BN +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB
1 3
WH IO 2 Q 2 IO
BU 0V 3 0V 3 0V

BK Q 4 Q 4 Q
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
BN +UB 1 +UB 4 BK (black)
WH IO 2 IO
BU 0V 3 0V
BK Q 4 Q
Background suppression sensor ML6 series
Technical Data
General Data
Switching type light/dark on
Material
2 Housing
Optical face
ABS
PMMA
.1.1 Connection 2 m fixed cable
ML6-8-H-40-RT/40b/102/115
Properties
ML6-8-H-20-RT/59/115/136
ML6-8-H-40-RT/59/115/136
ML6-8-H-60-RT/59/115/136
ML6-8-H-80-RT/59/115/136
Plastic housing Model Number
DC sensor
Discrete output
Cable version
Visible red light
10 ... 60 mm
Reliable detection of all surfaces, 10 ... 80 mm
regardless of color and texture Diameter of the light spot approx. 1.5 mm at 20 mm
Small, sharp light spots provide re- approx. 3 mm at 40 mm
liable, color insensitive object posi- approx. 4 mm at 60 mm
tioning approx. 6 mm at 80 mm
Signal output NPN, open collector short-circuit protected
Extremely sharp background sup- reverse polarity protected

pression 2 Push-pull (4 in 1) outputs, complementary,
short-circuit proof, reverse polarity protected

Dimensions
Length L [mm] 18
Width W [mm] 13,9
Height H [mm] 25,4
Connector area lc [mm] 7,5
L
W
H
lc
ML6-8-H-40-RT/40b/102/115 ML6-8-H-60-RT/59/115/136
ML6-8-H-80-RT/59/115/136
ML6-8-H-20-RT/59/115/136
Option 40b/102/115 4
ML6-8-H-40-RT/59/115/136
ML6-8-H-80-RT/110/115a
BN +UB 1 3
Option 59/115/136
WH IO
BU 0V BN +UB
Q
BK Q WH
BU 0V
1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
BK Q 4 BK (black)
BN +UB
WH IO
BU 0V
BK Q
Technical Data
General Data
Material
Housing
Optical face
Protection degree
ABS
PMMA
IP67
2
Connection M8 x 1 connector, 4-pin .1.1
ML6-8-H-20-RT/59/95/136
ML6-8-H-40-RT/59/95/136
ML6-8-H-60-RT/59/95/136
ML6-8-H-80-RT/59/95/136
Properties
ML6-8-H-40-RT/95/102
Model Number
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Discrete output
Connector version
Visible red light 10 ... 40 mm
10 ... 60 mm
Diameter of the light spot approx. 1.5 mm at 20 mm
Reliable detection of all surfaces, approx. 3 mm at 40 mm
regardless of color and texture approx. 4 mm at 60 mm
Small, sharp light spots provide re- approx. 6 mm at 80 mm
liable, color insensitive object posi- Signal output NPN, open collector short-circuit protected

tioning reverse polarity protected
2 Push-pull (4 in 1) outputs, complementary,
Extremely sharp background sup- short-circuit proof, reverse polarity protected
pression
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 18
Width W [mm] 13.9
L Height H [mm] 25.4
W

H

lc
ML6-8-H-150-RT/40b/65a/95/110 ML6-8-H-60-RT/59/95/136 ML6-8-H-40-RT/95/102
ML6-8-H-80-RT/59/95/136
ML6-8-H-20-RT/59/95/136 Option 95/102
ML6-8-H-40-RT/59/95/136
2 4
1 +UB
Option 40b/95/110 Option 59/95/136
1 3
2 IO
1 +UB 1 +UB
3 0V
2 H/D 2 Q Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
4 Q
3 0V 3 0V
1 BN (brown)
4 Q 4 Q 2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
1 +UB 4 BK (black)
2 IO
3 0V
4 Q
Technical Data
General Data
Ambient temperature
1000 Hz
-20 ... 60 C (-4 ... 140 F)
Material
.1.1 Housing ABS
Optical face PMMA
ML6-8-H-150-RT/59/65a/115b/136
ML6-8-H-150-RT/40b/65a/95/110
ML6-8-H-150-RT/59/65a/115/136
Properties
Model Number
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Discrete output
Various connection versions
Visible red light green = preferred type
light/dark on, programmable
Your Benefit Signal output Push-pull (4 in 1) output, short-circuit

Reliable detection of all surfaces, protected, reverse polarity protected
regardless of color and texture 2 Push-pull (4 in 1) outputs, comple-
mentary, short-circuit proof, reverse
Minimal black/white difference polarity protected
Sharp background suppression Connection 2 m fixed cable
300 mm fixed cable with M12 x 1, 4-pin
Adjustable switchpoint connector
Further Products
In this series, we also offer:
ML6-8-H-120-RT/59/65a/95/136
Spec. like ML6-8-H-150-RT/59/65a/115b/136 but: Approvals and Certificates
Detection range: 15 ... 120 mm
Connection: M8 x 1 connector, 4-pin UL approval cULus Listed
L
W Dimensions
Length L [mm] 18
Width W [mm] 13,9
Height H [mm] 25,4

H

lc

ML6-8-H-150-RT/59/65a/115/136 ML6-8-H-150-RT/40b/65a/95/110 ML6-8-H-150-RT/59/65a/115b/136
1
Option 59/115/136 Option 40b/95/110 Option 59/95/136
2 4 2 4
BN +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB 1 3
WH Q 2 L/D 2 Q 3
BU 0V 3 0V 3 0V
BK Q 4 Q 4 Q 1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Technical Data
General Data
Switching type light/dark on, programmable
Signal output
Switching current
2 Push-pull (4 in 1) outputs, complementary, short-circuit proof, reverse pola-
rity protected
max. 100 mA
2
.1.1
Material
Housing ABS
Optical face PMMA
Properties
ML6-8-H-150-IR/59/65a/115/136
ML6-8-H-150-IR/59/65a/95/136
Plastic housing
DC sensor Model Number
Discrete output
Infrared light
Your Benefit Connection 2 m fixed cable

Reliable detection of all surfaces, M8 x 1 connector, 4-pin
Minimal black/white difference
Sharp background suppression
Adjustable switchpoint Approvals and Certificates
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 18
Width W [mm] 13.9
Height H [mm] 25.4
L
W
H

lc
ML6-8-H-150-IR/59/65a/115/136 ML6-8-H-150-IR/59/65a/95/136
Option 59/115/136 Option 59/95/136
BN +UB 1 +UB 2 4
1 3
WH Q 2 Q
BU 0V 3 0V
BK Q 4 Q
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Technical Data
General Data
Light type 660 nm visible red light
Diameter of the light spot 2 light spots:
size 2.5 mm, distance 5 mm at 20 mm (ML6-8-H-20...)
size 3.5 mm, distance 9 mm at 40 mm (ML6-8-H-40...)
Switching type light on +UB
dark on: 0 V
2 Signal output
Switching current
Switching frequency
2 Push-pull (4 in 1) outputs, short-circuit protected, reverse polarity protection
max. 100 mA
500 Hz
.1.1 Material
Housing ABS
Optical face PMMA
ML6-8-H-40-RT/DS/25/115/136
Properties
ML6-8-H-20-RT/DS/25/95/136
ML6-8-H-40-RT/DS/25/95/136
Background suppression with mul-
tiple beams
Model Number
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Discrete output
Visible red light Detection range 7 ... 20 mm
10 ... 40 mm
Your Benefit M8 x 1 connector, 4-pin
Dual sensor with two light spots
Improved detection of transparent
or reflective materials and 2-point
edge control
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 18
Width W [mm] 13.9
Height H [mm] 25.4
L
W
H

lc
ML6-8-H-40-RT/DS/25/115/136 ML6-8-H-20-RT/DS/25/95/136
ML6-8-H-40-RT/DS/25/95/136
Option 25/115/136 Option 25/95/136
BN +UB 1 +UB 2 4
WH Q 2 Q 1 3
BU 0V 3 0V
BK Q 4 Q
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Technical Data
General Data
Signal output
Switching current
2 Push-pull (4 in 1) outputs, complementary, short-circuit proof, reverse pola-
rity protected
max. 100 mA
2
Switching frequency 1 kHz
.1.1
Material
Housing PC (glass-fiber-reinforced Makrolon)
Optical face PMMA
Properties
ML7-8-H-140-RT/59/65a/115b/136
ML7-8-H-140-RT/59/65a/115a/136
ML7-8-H-140-RT/59/65a/115/136
ML7-8-H-140-RT/59/65a/136/143
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Model Number
Discrete output
Cable, connector and pigtailed con-
nector versions
Visible red light
200 mm fixed cable with 4-pin,
Slotted mounting holes provide fle- M12x1 connector

xible mounting options 200 mm fixed cable with 4-pin,
Reliable detection of all surfaces, M8x1 connector
regardless of color and texture M8 x 1 connector, 4-pin
Adjustable switchpoint
ECOLAB certificate Approvals and Certificates
Protection class II
UL approval cULus
W L Dimensions
Length L [mm] 23
Width W [mm] 11
Height H [mm] 31

H
Montagekit OMH-ML7-01 Mounting set consisting of bracket OMH-ML-01 sheet ONH-ML7-03, and fas-
tening material
tening material
OMH-ML7-01 Mounting bracket
lc
OMH-ML7-03 Fixing plate
ML7-8-H-140-RT/59/65a/115/136 ML7-8-H-140-RT/59/65a/115a/136 ML7-8-H-140-RT/59/65a/136/143
ML7-8-H-140-RT/59/65a/115b/136
Option 59/115/136 Option 59/115b/136 Option 59/136/143 1
BN +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB

2 4
WH Q 2 Q 2 Q
BU 0V 3 0V 3 0V
3
BK Q 4 Q 4 Q
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Technical Data
General Data
Light type modulated infrared light
Material
2 Housing
Optical face
PC (glass-fiber-reinforced Makrolon)
PMMA
.1.1
ML7-8-H-140-IR/59/65a/115b/136
ML7-8-H-350-IR/59/65a/115a/136
ML7-8-H-140-IR/59/65a/115/136
ML7-8-H-140-IR/59/65a/136/143
ML7-8-H-350-IR/59/65a/136/143
ML7-8-H-350-IR/65a/115b/120
Properties
Model Number
Plastic housing
DC sensor
nector versions Adjustment range 25 ... 140 mm
Infrared light 25 ... 350 mm
approx. 5 mm at detection range 120 mm
Your Benefit Signal output 2 Push-pull (4 in 1) outputs, complementary,

short-circuit proof, reverse polarity protected
Slotted mounting holes provide fle- 2 PNP, complementary, short-circuit protec-
xible mounting options ted, reverse polarity protected
Reliable detection of all surfaces, Switching frequency 1 kHz
regardless of color and texture 250 Hz
Minimal black/white difference Connection 2 m fixed cable
200 mm fixed cable with 4-pin, M12x1 con-
Sharp background suppression nector

Adjustable switchpoint 200 mm fixed cable with 4-pin, M8x1 con-

nector
ECOLAB certificate

W L
Protection class II
UL approval cULus
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 23
Width W [mm] 11
H
Height H [mm] 31

lc
22 44 2 4
Option 59/115/136 Option 59/115b/136 Option 59/136/143
Option 59/115a/136 Option /115b/120 11 33
BN +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB
1 +UB
3
ML7-8-H-140-IR/59/65a/115/136
ML7-8-H-140-IR/59/65a/115b/136
ML7-8-H-140-IR/59/65a/136/143
ML7-8-H-350-IR/59/65a/136/143
ML7-8-H-350-IR/59/65a/115a/136
ML7-8-H-350-IR/65a/115b/120
WH Q Q 2 Q 2 Q
2 2 Q
BU 0V 3 0V 3 0V
3 0V Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
3 0V
BK Q 4 Q 4 Q 4 Q
4 Q
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Technical Data
General Data
Housing
Optical face
PMMA 2
.1.1
ML8-8-H-30-RT/102/115/162
ML8-8-H-50-RT/102/115/162
ML8-8-H-30-RT/103/143/162
ML8-8-H-50-RT/103/143/162
Model Number
Properties
tiple beams
Rectangular miniature housing Detection range 15 ... 30 mm
Plastic housing 20 ... 50 mm
DC sensor Diameter of the light spot 2 light spots; 11 mm apart, spotsize 4 mm at a distance
of 50 mm
Discrete output 3 light spots, 12 mm apart (outer spot to outer spot),

Cable and connector versions spotsize 3.5 mm at a distance of 30 mm
Signal output 1 NPN output, short-circuit protected, reverse polarity
Visible red light
protected, open collector
1 PNP output, short-circuit protected, reverse polarity

protected, open collector
Special sensors for printed circuit M8 x 1 connector, 4-pin
board and irregular object detec-
tion
Reliably detects printed circuit
boards with multiple light spots in a
row Approvals and Certificates
UL approval cULus Listed, Class 2 Power Source, Type 1 enclosure
Reliable detection of PCBs even CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC marking
with a near background because they do not require approval.
Ignores holes, indentations and
components on the circuit board Dimensions
Length L [mm] 23
Slotted mounting holes provide fle- Width W [mm] 11
xible mounting options Height H [mm] 31
W L
tening material
tening material
H

lc
ML8-8-H-50-RT/102/115/162 ML8-8-H-50-RT/103/143/162
ML8-8-H-30-RT/102/115/162 ML8-8-H-30-RT/103/143/162
2 4
Option /25/102/115 Option /25/103 1 3
BN +UB 1 +UB
WH n.c. 2 n.c.
BU 0V 3 0V
1 BN (brown)
BK Q 4 Q
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Technical Data
General Data
Diameter of the light spot 2 light spots; 12 mm apart, spotsize 4 mm at a distance of 50 mm, 25 mm
apart, spotsize 10 mm at a distance of 100 mm
2 No-load supply current

Switching type
< 15 mA
light on
.1.1 Switching frequency 500 Hz
Optical face PMMA

Properties
ML8-8-H-100-RT/65a/102/115/162
ML8-8-H-100-RT/65a/103/115/162
ML8-8-H-100-RT/65a/102/143/162
ML8-8-H-100-RT/65a/103/143/162
tiple beams
DC sensor
Discrete output
Visible red light
Signal output 1 NPN output, short-circuit protected, reverse
Your Benefit
polarity protected, open collector
1 PNP output, short-circuit protected, reverse
Special sensors for printed circuit
board and irregular object detec- Connection
2 m fixed cable
tion M8 x 1 connector, 4-pin
boards with multiple light spots in a
row
Reliable detection of PCBs even
with a near background Approvals and Certificates
Ignores holes, indentations and UL approval cULus Listed, Class 2 Power Source, Type 1

enclosure
components on the circuit board
Slotted mounting holes provide fle- king because they do not require approval.
xible mounting options
Dimensions
W L Length L [mm] 23
Width W [mm] 11
Height H [mm] 31

tening material
H
tening material
lc
ML8-8-H-100-RT/65a/103/115/162 ML8-8-H-100-RT/65a/103/143/162
ML8-8-H-100-RT/65a/102/115/162 ML8-8-H-100-RT/65a/102/143/162
Option /59/103/115 Option /25/103
BN +UB 1 +UB 2 4
1 3
WH n.c. 2 n.c.
BU 0V 3 0V
BK Q 4 Q
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Technical Data
General Data
Signal output 1 NPN output, short-circuit protected, reverse polarity protected, open collec-
tor
Switching frequency
Ambient temperature
Housing
200 Hz
-20 ... 60 C (-4 ... 140 F)
2
Optical face PMMA .1.1
Properties

ML8-8-H-140-RT/65a/102/115
ML8-8-H-350-IR/65a/102/115
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Model Number
Discrete output
Cable version
Visible red and infrared light versi-
ons
25 ... 350 mm
Light type modulated infrared light
Minimal black/white difference modulated visible red light
Slotted mounting holes provide fle- Diameter of the light spot approx. 15 mm at detection range 350 mm
xible mounting options approx. 5 mm at detection range 120 mm
Further Products Approvals and Certificates

Protection class II, rated voltage 50 V AC with pollution degree 1-2
according to IEC 60664-1
ML8-8-H-350-IR/25/65a/103/115b UL approval cULus Listed, Class 2 Power Source, Type 1 enclosure
Tech. spec. like ML8-8-H-350-IR/65a/102/115 but: CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC mar-
Signal output: 1 NPN output king because they do not require approval.
Switching type: light on
Connection: fixed cable 300 mm with M12 connector Dimensions
4-pin Length L [mm] 23
Width W [mm] 11
Height H [mm] 31
W L

tening material
H
tening material
lc
ML8-8-H-350-IR/65a/102/115
ML8-8-H-140-RT/65a/102/115
Option /25/102/115
BN +UB
WH n.c.
BU 0V
BK Q
Convergent mode sensor ML8 series
Technical Data
General Data
2 Switching current
Switching frequency
max. 100 mA
500 Hz
.1.1 Housing PC (glass-fiber-reinforced Makrolon)
Optical face PMMA
Protection degree IP65/IP67
ML8-8-HGU-220-RT/103/115b
ML8-8-HGU-220-RT/102/115
ML8-8-HGU-220-RT/103/143
Properties
Diffuse type with convergent beam
Rectangular miniature housing Model Number
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Discrete output
nector versions Signal output 1 NPN output, short-circuit protected,

reverse polarity protected, open collector
Visible red light 1 PNP output, short-circuit protected,
Your Benefit fixed cable 300 mm with M12 connector,

Convergent sensing ignores some 4-pin
objects in the background M8 x 1 connector, 4-pin
Slotted mounting holes provide fle-
xible mounting options

UL approval cULus Listed, Class 2 Power Source,
Type 1 enclosure
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 23
Width W [mm] 11
W L
Height H [mm] 31

tening material
H
tening material
lc
ML8-8-HGU-220-RT/102/115 ML8-8-HGU-220-RT/103/115b
ML8-8-HGU-220-RT/103/143
1
Option /25/102/115 Option /25/103
2 4
BN +UB 1 +UB 2 4
1 3
WH n.c. 2 n.c.
BU 0V 3 0V
3
BK Q 4 Q
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Convergent mode sensor ML8 series
Technical Data
General Data
Optical face PMMA
Protection degree IP65 / IP67
2
ML8-8-HGU-30-RT/102/115/162
ML8-8-HGU-50-RT/102/115/162
ML8-8-HGU-30-RT/103/143/162
ML8-8-HGU-50-RT/103/143/162
.1.1
Model Number
Properties
with elongated light spot
Plastic housing 25 ... 50 mm
DC sensor Diameter of the light spot approx. 4 mm x 35 mm at 50 mm
approx. 5 mm x 25 mm at 30 mm
Discrete output
Signal output 1 NPN output, short-circuit protected, reverse
Visible red light 1 PNP output, short-circuit protected, reverse

Your Benefit M8 x 1 connector, 4-pin
Special sensors for printed circuit

board or irregular object detection
boards using a long and very nar- Approvals and Certificates
row light spot UL approval cULus Listed, Class 2 Power Source, Type 1

Accurate position detection enclosure
Elliptical light spot ignores holes king because they do not require approval.
and indentations
Slotted mounting holes provide fle- Dimensions
xible mounting options Length L [mm] 23
Width W [mm] 11
Height H [mm] 31

W
tening material
tening material
H

lc
ML8-8-HGU-50-RT/102/115/162 ML8-8-HGU-30-RT/103/143/162
ML8-8-HGU-30-RT/102/115/162 ML8-8-HGU-50-RT/103/143/162
Option /25/102/115 Option /25/103
2 4
BN +UB 1 +UB
1 3
WH n.c. 2 n.c.
BU 0V 3 0V
BK Q 4 Q Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Technical Data
General Data
Detection range 0.9 ... 2.2 mm
Diameter of the light spot 2 mm at sensor range 2.2 mm
Operating voltage see accessory: external amplifier
Material
Housing PC/ABS
Optical face glass
ML10-8-H-3,2-IR/115e
ML10-8-H-3,2-IR/115
.1.1
Model Number
Properties
Background suppression Connection 2 m cable with 4-pin connector
2 m cable with 5-pin connector
Rectangular nano housing
Plastic housing
Requires external amplifier
Cable version Approvals and Certificates
Infrared light CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC mar-

Length L [mm] 20
Special miniature design fits under Width W [mm] 12
feeder tables Height H [mm] 14
Smallest rectangular background Connector area lc [mm] 0
suppression sensor for space sa-
ving This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10
Almost as small as fiber optics, but
SU180-MD/40ab/115/170 External amplifier for single sensor connection - Master module
much better performance
SU100/25/145/165 External amplifier for connection of up to 3 devices ML10
Precision through maximum swit-
SU180-MD/40b/110/115 External amplifier for single sensor connection - Master module
ching accuracy
SU180-SD/40ab/115/170 External amplifier for single sensor connection - Slave module
Simple mounting with only one
SU180-SD/40b/110/115 External amplifier for single sensor connection - Slave module
screw
lc B
L
H
ML10-8-H-3,2-IR/115e
ML10-8-H-3,2-IR/115
ML10-8-H-3,2-IR/115*
BN 1
BN WH n.c. BK BU
WH 2
n.c. 3
BK 4
BU 5
Technical Data
General Data
Signal output 2 Push-pull (4 in 1) outputs, short-circuit protected, reverse polarity protec-
tion, overvoltage protected
Ambient temperature
Material
Housing
-20 ... 55 C (-4 ... 131 F)
ABS
2
Optical face Acrylic
.1.1
ML17-8-H-100-RT/115b/136
ML17-8-H-50-RT/115b/136
ML17-8-H-100-RT/115/136
ML17-8-H-100-RT/136/143
ML17-8-H-50-RT/115/136
ML17-8-H-50-RT/136/143
ML17-8-H-100-RT/73/136
ML17-8-H-50-RT/73/136
Properties
Plastic housing
DC sensor
nector versions Diameter of the light spot 3 mm at 50 mm
6 mm at 100 mm
Visible red light Connection 150 mm PVC cable with 4-pin, M12

connector
Your Benefit 2 m PVC cable
4-pin , M12 x 1 connector
Reliable detection of all surfaces, 4-pin , M8 x 1 connector
Threaded face and side thru-holes
provide flexible mounting options
UL approval cULus
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 19
Width W [mm] 15
Height H [mm] 35
L Thread length lt [mm] 10
W lt

OMH-ML17-EZ Mounting bracket
H
D
lc
ML17-8-H-100-RT/115/136 ML17-8-H-100-RT/73/136 ML17-8-H-100-RT/115b/136 ML17-8-H-100-RT/136/143
ML17-8-H-50-RT/115/136 ML17-8-H-50-RT/73/136 ML17-8-H-50-RT/115b/136 ML17-8-H-50-RT/136/143 1
Option 59/115/136 Option 73/136 Option 59/115b/136 Option 59/136/143 2 4

2 4
1 3
BN +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB
Q Q Q Q
WH 2 2 2
3
BU 0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V

BK Q 4 Q 4 Q 4 Q
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Technical Data
General Data
Light/dark switch
2 Switching type
Switching current
light/dark on, switchable
max. 100 mA , resistive load
Material
Housing PC (Polycarbonate)
Optical face PMMA

Properties
ML100-8-H-350-RT/103/115b
ML100-8-H-350-RT/103/115a
ML100-8-H-350-RT/102/115
ML100-8-H-350-RT/103/115
ML100-8-H-350-RT/95/102
ML100-8-H-350-RT/95/103
ML100-8-H-350-RT/98/102
ML100-8-H-350-RT/98/103
Plastic housing
Model Number
DC sensor
Discrete output
nector versions
Visible red light Signal output 1 NPN output, short-circuit protected,
reverse polarity protected, open collec-
tor
Your Benefit 1 PNP output, short-circuit protected,
reverse polarity protected, open collec-
Reliable detection of all surfaces, tor
regardless of color and texture Connection 2 m fixed cable
Simplest alignment and set-up with 300 mm fixed cable with 4-pin, M12 x 1

ultra-bright Power-Beam emitter connector
LED 300 mm fixed cable with M8 connector,
4-pin
Small black/white difference connector M8 x 1 , 3-pin
Adjustable long range version connector M8 x 1 , 4-pin
Rugged housing has metal-rein-
forced mounting holes

L
W Type 1 enclosure
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 20
Width W [mm] 11
Height H [mm] 31
H

lc

OMH-F10-ML100 Mounting aid for ML100 series
1
4
2 4
1 3 2 4 2 4
1 3
1 3
3
Option 102/115 Option 103/115 Option 95/102 Option 95/103 Option 98/102 Option 98/103 Option 103/115a Option 103/115b
ML100-8-H-350-RT/95/102
ML100-8-H-350-RT/98/102
ML100-8-H-350-RT/103/115a
ML100-8-H-350-RT/103/115b
ML100-8-H-350-RT/102/115
ML100-8-H-350-RT/103/115
ML100-8-H-350-RT/98/103
ML100-8-H-350-RT/95/103
BN +UB BN +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB

1 BN (brown)
BK Q BK Q 2 n.c. 2 n.c. 4 Q 4 Q 3 Q 3 Q
2 WH (white)
BU 0V BU 0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V 4 0V 4 0V 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
4 Q 4 Q
Technical Data
General Data
No-load supply current max. 25 mA
Switching current max. 0.1 A
Switching frequency
Ambient temperature
500 Hz
-25 ... 55 C (-13 ... 131 F) 2
Material
Housing PBT .1.1
Connection M8 x 1 connector, 3-pin
Properties
ML300-8-H-200-RT/25/98/103
ML300-8-H-200-RT/59/98/103
ML300-8-H-200-RT/25/98/102
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Discrete output Model Number
Connector version
Visible red light
Your Benefit
Switching type dark on
light on
regardless of color and texture Signal output 1 NPN output, short-circuit protected,
Small black/white difference reverse polarity protected, open collector
Adjustable switchpoint 1 PNP output, short-circuit protected,

UL approval cULus Listed 57M3 (Only in association with

UL Class 2 power supply; Type 1 enclosure)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 30
Width W [mm] 15
L
Height H [mm] 30

OMH-ML300-01 Bracket for mounting ML300 series sensors
OMH-ML300-02 Bracket for mounting ML300 series sensors on a 35 mm DIN rail
H
ML300-8-H-200-RT/25/98/102 ML300-8-H-200-RT/25/98/103 ML300-8-H-200-RT/59/98/103
4
Option 98/102 Option 98/103 Option 59/98/103
1 3
1 +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB
4 Q 4 Q 4 Q Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

3 0V 3 0V 3 0V 1 BN (brown)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Background suppression sensor MLE75 series
Technical Data
General Data
Signal output 2 Push-pull (4 in 1) outputs, complementary, short-circuit proof, reverse pola-
2 Switching current
Switching frequency
rity protected
max. 100 mA
1 kHz
Material
Housing Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316L
Optical face PMMA

Properties
MLE75-8-H-140-RT/59/65/115/136
MLE75-8-H-140-RT/59/65/95/136
Stainless steel housing
DC sensor Model Number
Discrete output
Visible red light

Chemical and corrosion resistant M8 x 1 connector, 4-pin
housing for rough enviroments
Wash down design for applications
in food & beverage industries
Reliable detection of all surfaces, Approvals and Certificates
regardless of color and texture UL approval cULus
Minimal black/white difference CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC mar-
Sharp background suppression king because they do not require approval.
Adjustable switchpoint Dimensions

ECOLAB certificate Length L [mm] 25.1
Width W [mm] 12.9
Height H [mm] 32.9
L
W
H
lc
MLE75-8-H-140-RT/59/65/115/136 MLE75-8-H-140-RT/59/65/95/136
Option 59/115/136 Option 59/95/136
BN +UB 1 +UB
2 4
WH Q 2 Q 1 3
BU 0V 3 0V
BK Q 4 Q

1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Background suppression sensor MLE76 series
Technical Data
General Data
rity protected
Switching frequency
Ambient temperature
Material
1 kHz
-20 ... 60 C (-4 ... 140 F) 2
Housing Stainless steel 1.4404 / AISI 316L
Optical face PMMA
.1.1
MLE76100-8-H-100-RT/59/115/136
MLE76100-8-H-140-RT/59/115/136
MLE76100-8-H-100-RT/59/92/136
MLE76100-8-H-140-RT/59/92/136
MLE76100-8-H-50-RT/59/115/136
MLE76100-8-H-50-RT/59/92/136
MLE76350-8-H-50-RT/59/92/136
Properties
Model Number
Stainless steel housing
DC sensor
Discrete output
Visible red light
13 ... 140 mm
Chemical and corrosion resistant Diameter of the light spot approx. 4 mm at detection range 50

mm
housing for rough enviroments
approx. 5 mm at detection range 100
Hygienic design for applications in
mm
food & beverage industries approx. 5 mm at detection range 120

Reliable detection of all surfaces, mm
regardless of color and texture Connection 2 m fixed cable
connector M12 x 1, 4-pin
ECOLAB and EHEDG certificate, in-
tegrated mounting solution is part
of certificates Approvals and Certificates
Special accessories in safe hygie- Protection class II
nic design UL approval cULus
L
W Dimensions
Length L [mm] 25.1 25,1
Width W [mm] 12.9 12,9
Height H [mm] 32.9 32,9
Connector area lc [mm] 171 50 41 171 41
H
lc
MLE76100-8-H-100-RT/59/115/136 MLE76100-8-H-100-RT/59/92/136
MLE76100-8-H-140-RT/59/115/136 MLE76100-8-H-140-RT/59/92/136 1
MLE76100-8-H-50-RT/59/115/136 MLE76100-8-H-50-RT/59/92/136
MLE76350-8-H-50-RT/59/92/136
Option 59/115/136 Option 59/92/136 2 4
BN +UB 1 +UB
3
WH Q 2 Q
BU 0V 3 0V
BK Q 4 Q
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Background suppression sensor MLV12 series
Technical Data
General Data
Light/dark switch
Diameter of the light spot 8 mm at Tw 250 mm
2 Switching type
Switching current
light/dark on switchable
max. 0.2 A
Material
Housing Frame: nickel plated, die cast zinc,
Laterals: glass-fiber reinforced plastic PC

Optical face Plastic pane
Properties
MLV12-8-H-250-RT/65b/115/128
MLV12-8-H-250-RT/65b/124/128
MLV12-8-H-250-RT/65b/95/128
MLV12-8-H-250-RT/47/65b/124
MLV12-8-H-250-RT/47/65b/95
MLV12-8-H-250-RT/47/65b/92
Rectangular compact housing
Die cast zinc frame housing
DC sensor
Model Number
Discrete output
Visible red light
Your Benefit Signal output 1 push-pull (4 in 1) output, short-circuit pro-
tected, reverse polarity protected,
Reliable detection of all surfaces, 0.2 A / 30 V DC
regardless of color and texture 2 PNP outputs, complementary, short-circuit
Minimal black/white difference protected, reverse polarity protected, open
collector
Adjustable switchpoint Connection 2500 mm fixed cable , PUR
Extreme low-temperature operati- Metal connector, M12, 5-pin, 90 rotatable
on Metal connector, M12, 4-pin, 90 rotatable
4-pin M8 metal connector, 90 rotatable

Protection class II
UL approval cULus
W king because they do not require approval.
L
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 41.5
Width W [mm] 15
Height H [mm] 49

Accessories
H
OMH-MLV12-HWG Mounting bracket for series MLV12 sensors
OMH-MLV12-HWK Mounting bracket for series MLV12 sensors
OMH-K01 dove tail mounting clamp
lc
OMH-06 Mounting aid for round steel 12 mm or sheet 1.5 mm ... 3 mm

Option /65b/115/128 Option /65b/95/128 Option /65b/124/128 Option /47/65b/92
Option /47/65b/95
1 BN (brown)
BN +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB 2 4 2 WH (white)
MLV12-8-H-250-RT/65b/124/128
MLV12-8-H-100-RT/65b/124/128
MLV12-8-H-250-RT/65b/115/128
MLV12-8-H-250-RT/65b/95/128
MLV12-8-H-250-RT/47/65b/95
MLV12-8-H-250-RT/47/65b/92
MLV12-8-H-250-IR/65b/124/128
WH n.c. 2 n.c. 2 n.c. 2 Q 1 3 3 BU (blue)

4 BK (black)
BU 0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V
BK Q 4 Q 4 Q 4 Q
GY n.c. 5 n.c.
1
5
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
2 4
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
3 5 GY (gray)
Background evaluation sensor MLV12 series
Technical Data
General Data
Background evaluation
Light/dark switch
Diameter of the light spot 4 mm at Tw 150 mm
Switching type
55 mA
2
Signal output 1 push-pull (4 in 1) output, short-circuit protected, reverse polarity protected,
0.2 A / 30 V DC .1.1
Switching current max. 0.2 A
Material
Housing Frame: nickel plated, die cast zinc,
Properties Laterals: glass-fiber reinforced plastic PC
Background evaluation Protection degree IP67
MLV12-8-HW-RT/65b/115/128
MLV12-8-HW-RT/65b/124/128

MLV12-8-HW-RT/65b/95/128
Die cast zinc frame housing
DC sensor
Discrete output
Cable and connector versions Model Number
Visible red light
Your Benefit
regardless of color and texture Connection 2500 mm fixed cable , PUR
Minimal black/white difference 5-pin M12 metal connector,

90 rotatable
Adjustable switchpoint 4-pin M8 metal connector,
Extreme low-temperature operati-
90 rotatable
on
Further Products
MLV12-8-HW-RT/47/65b/124 Approvals and Certificates
Tech. spec. like MLV12-8-HW-RT/65b/124/128 but:
Protection class II
Signal output: 2 complementary PNP outputs UL approval cULus
W L
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 41.5
Width W [mm] 15
Height H [mm] 49

OMH-MLV12-HWG Mounting bracket for series MLV12 sensors
H
OMH-MLV12-HWK Mounting bracket for series MLV12 sensors

lc
MLV12-8-HW-RT/65b/115/128 MLV12-8-HW-RT/65b/95/128 MLV12-8-HW-RT/65b/124/128
Option /65b/115/128 Option /65b/95/128 Option /65b/124/128 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
BN +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB 1 BN (brown)

2 4 2 WH (white)
n.c. n.c.
WH 2 n.c. 2
1 3 3 BU (blue)
BU 0V 3 0V 3 0V 4 BK (black)
BK Q 4 Q 4 Q
GY n.c. 5 n.c.
1
5 1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
2 4 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
5 GY (gray)
3
Technical Data
General Data
rity protected
Ambient temperature
Material
1000 Hz
-40 ... 60 C (-40 ... 140 F)
.1.1 Housing aluminum , Delta-Seal coated

MLV41-8-H-350-RT/59/115b/136
MLV41-8-H-350-IR/59/115b/136
MLV41-8-H-350-RT/59/115/136
MLV41-8-H-350-IR/59/115/136
MLV41-8-H-350-RT/59/95/136
MLV41-8-H-350-RT/59/92/136
MLV41-8-H-350-IR/59/95/136
MLV41-8-H-350-IR/59/92/136
Properties
Rectangular compact housing Model Number
Aluminium with Delta-Seal coa-
ting housing
DC sensor
Discrete output
Cable, connector and pigtailed con- green = preferred type
nector versions Light type modulated infrared light , 880 nm
Visible red and infrared light versi- modulated visible red light , 660 nm
ons Diameter of the light spot approx. 18 mm at 350 mm sensor range
approx. 8 mm at 350 mm sensor range
Your Benefit fixed cable 300 mm with M12 connector, 4-

pin
Reliable detection of all surfaces, connector M12 x 1, 4-pin
regardless of color and texture M8 x 1 connector, 4-pin
Adjustable long range version
Corrosion resistant Delta-Seal
housing
Extreme low-temperature Approvals and Certificates
operation Protection class II
UL approval cULus Listed 57M3 (Only in association
with UL Class 2 power supply; Type 1
enclosure)
L king because they do not require approval.
W
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 31
Width W [mm] 13.6
Height H [mm] 56.5
Connector area lc [mm] 3 12.5 16

Accessories
H
OMH-40 Mounting bracket
OMH-09 Mounting bracket for Sensors series MLV41 for M12 rod mounting
lc

MLV41-8-H-350-IR/59/115/136 MLV41-8-H-350-IR/59/92/136 MLV41-8-H-350-IR/59/95/136 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
4
MLV41-8-H-350-IR/59/115b/136 MLV41-8-H-350-RT/59/92/136 MLV41-8-H-350-RT/59/95/136
MLV41-8-H-350-RT/59/115b/136 1 BN (brown)
MLV41-8-H-350-RT/59/115/136 1 3 3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Option 59/115/136 Option 59/92/136 Option 59/95/136
GN +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

2 4
BN Q Q 2 Q
2 1 BN (brown)
1 3
2 WH (white)
GR 0V 3 0V 3 0V
3 BU (blue)
WH Q 4 Q 4 Q 4 BK (black)
2 4
Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage 10 ... 30 V DC, class 2
No-load supply current max. 25 mA @ 24 V supply voltage
Interface IO-Link
Protocol IO-Link V1.0
Mode COM 2 (38.4 kbaud)
Signal output 2 Push-pull (4 in 1) outputs, short-circuit proof, reverse polarity protected
Switching current
Switching frequency
max. 100 mA
200 Hz 2
Material .1.1
Housing aluminum , Delta-Seal coated
MLV41-8-H-120-RT-IO/65b/95/136
MLV41-8-H-500-RT-IO/65b/95/136
MLV41-8-H-120-RT-IO/65b/95/136
MLV41-8-H-500-RT-IO/65b/95/136
Properties
Aluminium with Delta-Seal
coating housing Model Number
DC sensor
Discrete output with IO-Link
Connector versions
Visible red light
Detection range 20 ... 120 mm, black/white difference <3%
Your Benefit 20 ... 500 mm, black/white difference <5%
Diameter of the light spot approx. 4 mm at 100 mm sensor range
Reliable detection of all surfaces, approx. 25 mm at 500 mm sensor range
regardless of color and texture Connection connector M12 x 1, 4-pin
Easily adapts to the application by M8 x 1 connector, 4-pin
the standard communication IO-
Link interface
Corrosion resistant Delta-Seal
UL approval cULus Listed 57M3 (Only in association with UL
housing
Class 2 power supply; Type 1 enclosure)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 31
W L
Width W [mm] 13.6
Height H [mm] 56.5

OMH-09 Mounting bracket for Sensors series MLV41 for M12 rod mounting
H

lc
MLV41-8-H-120-RT-IO/65a/95/136
MLV41-8-H-120-RT-IO/65a/92/136
MLV41-8-H-500-RT-IO/65a/95/136 1
MLV41-8-H-500-RT-IO/65a/92/136
2 4
2 4
1 3
Option /92/136
Option /95/136
3
1 +UB
2 Q

3 0V
1 BN (brown)
4 C/Q 2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Foreground and background suppression sensor MLV41 series
Technical Data
Model Number MLV41-8-HV-60-IR/110/124/167

Foreground suppression 0 ... 15 mm
Background suppression starts from 70 mm
Detection range 20 ... 60 mm fixed
Diameter of the light spot max. 6 mm at a distance of 70 mm
Signal output 1 push-pull (4 in 1) output, short-circuit protected, reverse pola-
2 Switching current
Switching frequency
rity protected
max. 100 mA
250 Hz
.1.1 Output of the pre-fault indication 1 push-pull (4 in 1) output, short-circuit protected, reverse pola-
rity protected
Test input emitter deactivation at +UB

Material
Housing aluminum , Delta-Seal coated
Properties Optical face glass pane
Foreground and background sup- Connection M12 x 1 connector, 5-pin
pression
Aluminium with Delta-Seal coa-
ting housing
DC sensor Protection class II
Discrete output UL approval cULus Listed 57M3 (Only in association with UL Class 2 power
supply; Type 1 enclosure)
Connector version
Infrared light bear a CCC marking because they do not require approval.
Dimensions
Your Benefit Length L [mm] 31
Width W [mm] 13.6
Special version for web-break mo- Height H [mm] 56.5
nitoring Connector area lc [mm] 16
Reliable detection of printed mate-
rials of any kind This and more accessories can be found in chapter 10
Accessories
Extremely sharp background sup- See pages from 972 ... for cordsets See pages 1068 ... for mounting aids
pression OMH-MLV41-8-HV-L Mounting bracket
Antistatic optical face inhibits dust OMH-MLV41-8-HV-U Mounting bracket
in paper and printing applications OMH-40 Mounting bracket
Corrosion resistant Delta-Seal hou- OMH-09 Mounting bracket for Sensors series MLV41 for M12 rod moun-
ting
sing
Patented design monitors lens con-
tamination
W L
H
lc
1
5
2 4
1 +UB
active when
not soiled
Q2 3
2 Alarm
active when
soiled Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
3 -UB
1 BN (brown)
Q1 Paper 2 WH (white)
4 3 BU (blue)
web
Emitter 4 BK (black)
deactivation
Test 5 GY (gray)
5
Background suppression sensor RL28 series
Technical Data
General Data
Light/dark switch
Switching type light/dark on switchable
Ambient temperature
Material
-40 ... 60 C (-40 ... 140 F)
2
Housing Plastic ABS
Optical face plastic .1.1
RL28-8-H-400-FFP-RT/47/105
RL28-8-H-400-RT-Z/110/116
RL28-8-H-400-RT/105/110
RL28-8-H-400-RT/47/115
RL28-8-H-400-RT/47/105
Properties
Rectangular full-size housing
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Discrete output
Cable, connector and terminals Timer
versions Adjustment range 150 ... 400 mm
Diameter of the light spot approx. 12 mm at a distance of 400
Visible red light mm

4 mm x 4 mm at a distance of 250 mm
Your Benefit Signal output 1 push-pull (4 in 1) output, short-circuit
Reliable detection of all surfaces, 2 PNP, complementary, short-circuit
regardless of color and texture protected, reverse polarity protected ,
open collectors
Small black/white difference Switching current max. 100 mA
Adjustable switchpoint max. 200 mA
Extreme low-temperature operati- Connection 2500 mm fixed cable
on M12 x 1 connector, 5-pin
terminal compartment

Protection class II
W
L UL approval cULus
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 54.3 65.5
Width W [mm] 25.8
Height H [mm] 88
H

lc
RL28-8-H-400-RT/47/115 RL28-8-H-400-FFP-RT/47/105 RL28-8-H-400-RT/105/110 RL28-8-H-400-RT-Z/110/116
RL28-8-H-400-RT/47/105 1
Option /47/115 Option /47/105 Option /105/110 Option /110/116 5
BN +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB GY Q 2 4

WH Q 2 Q 2 n.c. GY n.c.
BU 0V 3 0V 3 0V GY n.c. 3
BK Q 4 Q 4 Q GY n.c.
5 n.c. 5 n.c. BU
0V
1 BN (brown)
BU
2 WH (white)
OG 3 BU (blue)
+UB
4 BK (black)
OG
5 GY (gray)
Technical Data
General Data
Light/dark switch
Ambient temperature
250 Hz
-40 ... 60 C (-40 ... 140 F)
Material
.1.1 Housing Plastic ABS
RL28-8-H-700-RT-Z/47/116
RL28-8-H-700-RT/105/110
RL28-8-H-700-RT/47/105
Properties
Rectangular full-size housing Model Number
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Connector and terminals versions Timer
Signal output 1 push-pull (4 in 1) output, short-circuit pro-
Visible red light tected, reverse polarity protected
2 PNP, complementary, short-circuit protec-
Your Benefit ted, reverse polarity protected, open collec-
tors
Reliable detection of all surfaces, Switching current max. 100 mA
regardless of color and texture max. 200 mA
Connection M12 x 1 connector, 5-pin
Small black/white difference
terminal compartment
Adjustable switchpoint

Protection class II
UL approval cULus
Dimensions
L Length L [mm] 54,3 65,5
W
Width W [mm] 25,8
Height H [mm] 88

H

OMH-21 / OHM-22 Mounting bracket
OMH-RLK29 Mounting bracket
OMH-RLK29-HW Mounting bracket for rear wall mounting
OMH-RL28-C Protective cover
lc
RL28-8-H-700-IR/47/105 RL28-8-H-700-RT/105/110 RL28-8-H-700-RT-Z/47/116
RL28-8-H-700-RT/47/105
1
Option /47/105 Option /105/110 Option /47/116
5
1 +UB 1 +UB GY Q1
2 4
2 Q 2 n.c. GY Q2
3 0V 3 0V GY n.c.
3
4 Q 4 Q GY n.c.
5 n.c. 5 n.c. BU
0V 1 BN (brown)
BU
2 WH (white)
OG 3 BU (blue)
+UB 4 BK (black)
OG
5 GY (gray)
Technical Data
General Data
Light/dark switch
Switching frequency
Ambient temperature
250 Hz
-40 ... 60 C (-40 ... 140 F)
2
Material
Housing Plastic ABS .1.1
RL28-8-H-2000-IR/105/110
RL28-8-H-2000-IR/47/115
RL28-8-H-2000-IR/47/105
Properties
Model Number
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Cable and connector versions Signal output 1 push-pull (4 in 1) output, short-circuit

Infrared light 2 PNP, complementary, short-circuit
protected, reverse polarity protected ,
open collectors
Your Benefit Switching current max. 100 mA
max. 200 mA
Extreme low-temperature operati-
on
Protection class II
UL approval cULus
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 54,3
L
Width W [mm] 25,8
W Height H [mm] 88

H

lc
RL28-8-H-2000-IR/47/115 RL28-8-H-2000-IR/47/105 RL28-8-H-2000-IR/105/110
Option /47/115 Option /47/105 Option /105/110 1

5
BN +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB
2 4
WH Q 2 Q 2 n.c.
BU 0V 3 0V 3 0V
3
BK Q 4 Q 4 Q
5 n.c. 5 n.c. Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
5 GY (gray)
Technical Data
General Data
Light/dark switch
Laser class 1
Wave length 650 nm
2 Switching type
Switching frequency
140 Hz
.1.1 Material
Housing Plastic ABS
RL28-8-H-1500-LAS/47/115b
RL28-8-H-1500-LAS/105/110
Properties
RL28-8-H-1500-LAS/47/105
DC sensor
Discrete output
Connector and pigtailed connector
versions green = preferred type
Signal output 1 push-pull (4 in 1) output, short-circuit
Laser red light
2 PNP outputs, complementary, short-
circuit protected, reverse polarity pro-
Your Benefit tected, open collector
max. 200 mA
Connection 5-pin, M12 x 1 plastic connector
Small black/white difference 0.2 m fixed cable with 4-pin, M12 con-

Adjustable long range version nector

Protection class II
UL approval cULus
L
W Dimensions
Length L [mm] 54,3
Width W [mm] 25,8
Height H [mm] 88

H

lc
RL28-8-H-1500-LAS/47/115b RL28-8-H-1500-LAS/105/110
RL28-8-H-1500-LAS/47/105 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
Option /47/115b Option /47/105
1
1 BN (brown)
1 +UB 1 +UB 2 WH (white)
Q 2 4 3 BU (blue)
2 Q 2
4 BK (black)
3 0V 3 0V
4 Q 4 Q
3
5 n.c.

5
1 BN (brown)
2 4 2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
3 5 GY (gray)
Technical Data
General Data
Timer
Light/dark switch
Operating voltage 12 ... 240 V AC/DC
Power consumption 3.5 VA
Switching type light/dark on, switchable
Signal output Relay, 1 alternator
Switching current max. 2 A
Switching power
Switching frequency
DC: max. 50 W AC: max. 500 VA
25 Hz
2
S
Material .1.1
Housing Plastic ABS
Connection terminal compartment with 8 spring-loaded terminals
Properties
RLK28-8-H-2000-IR-Z/31/116
RLK28-8-H-400-RT-Z/31/116
RLK28-8-H-700-RT-Z/31/116
Plastic housing
AC/DC sensor
Relay output
Terminals version Model Number
ons
Your Benefit green = preferred type

Universal usage with AC or DC po-
20 ... 700 mm
wer supply
20 ... 2000 mm
Reliable detection of all surfaces, Adjustment range 150 ... 400 mm
regardless of color and texture 200 ... 700 mm
Small black/white difference 200 ... 2000 mm
Adjustable switchpoint Light type modulated infrared light , 880 nm
Extreme low-temperature operati- modulated visible red light , 660 nm
on Diameter of the light spot approx. 12 mm at a distance of 400 mm
approx. 15 mm at a distance of 700 mm
Protection class II
L UL approval cULus
W

(CCC)
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 65.5
Width W [mm] 25.8
Height H [mm] 88
H

OMH-21 / OMH-22 Mounting bracket
lc
RLK28-8-H-2000-IR-Z/31/116
RLK28-8-H-400-RT-Z/31/116
RLK28-8-H-700-RT-Z/31/116
Option /31/116
8 (BK) NO
7 (WH) NC
6 (GY) C
5 (GY) C
4 (BU)
12 V ... 240 V AC/DC
~0 V
3 (BU)
2 (BN)
~/+UB
1 (BN)
Technical Data
General Data
Light/dark switch
Operating voltage 26.5 ... 31.6 V via AS-Interface network , min. 18.5 V
Switching type light/dark on switchable via AS-i bus system
Signal output AS-Interface
Test input Data bit D2:
0: emitter on, 1: emitter off
-40 ... 60 C (-40 ... 140 F)
Material
.1.1 62
Spec 2.1
Housing
Optical face
Plastic ABS
plastic
Connection connector M12 x 1, 4-pin
Properties
RL28-8-H-2000-IR-B3B/73c
RL28-8-H-400-RT-B3B/73c
RL28-8-H-700-RT-B3B/73c
Plastic housing
AS interface
Connector version
Model Number
ons
Your Benefit
Reliable detection of all surfaces, Detection range 20 ... 400 mm
regardless of color and texture 20 ... 700 mm
20 ... 2000 mm
Small black/white difference Light type modulated infrared light , 880 nm
Adjustable switchpoint modulated visible red light , 660 nm
Extreme low-temperature operati- Diameter of the light spot approx. 12 mm at a distance of 400 mm
on approx. 15 mm at a distance of 700 mm
Protection class II
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 54.3
W
L Width W [mm] 25.8
Height H [mm] 88

VBP-HH1 Handheld programming device
H

lc
RL28-8-H-2000-IR-B3B/73c
RL28-8-H-400-RT-B3B/73c 1
RL28-8-H-700-RT-B3B/73c
2 4
Option AS-Interface
1 + 3

3 -
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Technical Data
General Data
Signal output 2 Push-pull (4 in 1) outputs, short-circuit protected, reverse polarity protected
Switching frequency
Ambient temperature
125 Hz
-25 ... 60 C (-13 ... 140 F) 2
Material
Housing Plastic ABS .1.1
RL29-8-H-1200-RT/59/73c/136
RL29-8-H-1200-RT/115/136
RL29-8-H-1200-RT/73c/136
Properties
Rectangular full-size housing Model Number
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Discrete output
Visible red light
light on
Your Benefit Plastic connector M12 x 1, 4-pin

Adjustable switchpoint Approvals and Certificates
UL approval cULus Listed, Class 2 Power Source, Type 1
enclosure
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 54.3
Width W [mm] 25.8
Height H [mm] 88

L
W
H
lc
RL29-8-H-1200-RT/115/136 RL29-8-H-1200-RT/115b/136 RL29-8-H-1200-RT/59/73c/136
RL29-8-H-1200-RT/73c/136 1
Option /73c/136 Option /115b/136 Option /59/73c/136
1 +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB 2 4
2 Q2 2 Q2 2 Q2
3 0V 3 0V 3 0V 3
4 Q1 4 Q1 4 Q1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2

1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Technical Data
General Data
Background analysis
2 Operating voltage
Interface
10 ... 30 V DC , class 2
max. 25 mA at 24 V supply voltage
Interface type IO-Link

.1.1 Mode COM 2 (38.4 kBaud)
Switching output
Signal output 2 Push-pull (4 in 1) outputs, short-circuit protected, reverse polarity protected

Properties Switching frequency 200 Hz
Background suppression Material
Rectangular full-size housing Housing Polycarbonate
Optical face PMMA
Plastic housing Protection degree IP67
DC sensor
RL31-8-H-800-RT-IO/59/115/136
RL31-8-H-800-RT-IO/59/73c/136
Discrete output with IO-Link
Visible red light
Model Number
Your Benefit
Measuring photoelectric sensor
with 4 selectable operating modes
Easily adapts to the application by
the standard communication IO- green = preferred type
Link interface Connection 2 m fixed cable , 4-wire
Simplest alignment and set-up with connector M12 x 1, 4-pin
ultra-bright Power-Beam emitter
LED
Adjustable
Protection class II

enclosure
W
L CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC mar-
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 35
Width W [mm] 18
Height H [mm] 62
Connector area lc [mm] 0 10,3
H

PACTware 4.X
IODD Interpreter Software for the integration of IODDs in a frame application (e. g. PACTware)
IO-Link-Master01-USB IO-Link Master
lc
OMH-RL31-01 Mounting bracket

OMH-RL31-04 Mounting aid for round steel 12 mm or sheet 1.5 mm ... 3 mm
RL31-8-H-800-RT-IO/59/115/136 RL31-8-H-800-RT-IO/59/73c/136
1
Option 59/115/136 Option /59/73c/136
BN +UB 1 +UB
2 4
WH Q 2 Q
BU 0V 3 0V 3
BK C/Q 4 C/Q
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Convergent mode sensor RL31 series
Technical Data
General Data
Light/dark switch
Convergent mode 450 mm
Switching type
Signal output
light on
2 Push-pull (4 in 1) outputs, short-circuit protected, reverse polarity protected
2
Material
Housing plastic
Optical face PMMA
Properties
RL31-8-HGU-300-RT/115b/136
RL31-8-HGU-300-RT/73c/136
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Model Number
Discrete output
Connector and pigtailed connector
versions
Visible red light
Connection 300 mm fixed cable with M12 x 1,
Your Benefit 4-pin connector
connector M12 x 1, 4-pin
Convergent sensing ignores some
objects in the background

Protection class II

enclosure
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 35
Width W [mm] 18
L
W Height H [mm] 62
Connector area lc [mm] 0 10,3

H

OMH-RL31-04 Mounting aid for round steel 12 mm or sheet 1.5 mm ... 3 mm
lc
RL31-8-HGU-300-RT/115b/136
RL31-8-HGU-300-RT/73c/136
1
Option /25/73c/136
2 4
1 +UB
2 Q2
3
3 0V
4 Q1 Wire colors in accordance with EN 60947-5-2
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Background suppression sensor SBL series
Technical Data
General Data
Operating voltage 24 VDC -20% +10%
Material
-20 ... 50 C (-4 ... 122 F)
Housing plastic
.1.1 Optical face plastic lens
Connection connector M12 x 1, 4-pin
Properties
SBL-8-H-900-IR/40a/65b/73/110
SBL-8-H-900-IR/25/65b/73/136
SBL-8-H-900-IR/59/65b/73/120
SBL-8-H-900-IR/59/65b/73/136
SBL-8-H-900-IR/25/30/65b/73
SBL-8-H-900-IR/25/32/65b/73
SBL-8-H-900-IR/30/59/65b/73
SBL-8-H-900-IR/32/59/65b/73
Application specific housing
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Discrete output Model Number
Connector version
Infrared light
Your Benefit
Congested track scanner optimi- light/dark on, switchable
zed for roller conveyor light on
Mounts under and between rollers Signal output 1 Push-pull (4 in 1) output, short-circuit

to protect against damage protected, reverse polarity protected
1 NPN, short-circuit protected, reverse
Large sensing range polarity protected

Connection for motor or valve 1 PNP, short-circuit protected, reverse

polarity protected
2 Push-pull outputs, short-circuit pro-

tected, reverse polarity protected
2 PNP, complementary, short-circuit
protected, open collectors
max. 200 mA
W Approvals and Certificates

Type 1 enclosure
L CCC approval Products with a maximum operating voltage of 36 V do not bear a CCC mar-
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 46
H
Width W [mm] 18
Height H [mm] 100

OMH-SBL-01 Mounting bracket for sensors of SBL series
Schraubendreher 0,5 x 3,0 mm Screwdriver
2 4
Option 25/30/73 Option 25/32/73 Option 73/136 Option 30/59/73 Option 32/59/73 Option 73/110 Option 73/120 Option 73/136
1 +UB
1 +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB 1 +UB 3
SBL-8-H-900-IR/25/30/65b/73
SBL-8-H-900-IR/30/59/65b/73
SBL-8-H-900-IR/32/59/65b/73
SBL-8-H-900-IR/59/65b/73/120
SBL-8-H-900-IR/25/32/65b/73
SBL-8-H-900-IR/25/65b/73/136
SBL-8-H-900-IR/59/65b/73/136
SBL-8-H-900-IR/40a/65b/73/110
2 Q 2 Q 2 Q 2 Q 2 Q 2 n.c. 2 Q 2 Q
3 0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V 3 0V
4 Q 4 n.c. 4 Q 4 Q 4 n.c. 4 Q 4 Q 4 Q
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Background suppression sensor SBL series
Technical Data
General Data
Cascadability At 20C max. 64 sensors per line
Operating voltage 24 V DC 20 %
Switching type
Signal output
dark on
1 PNP, short-circuit protected, reverse polarity protected 2
Pneumatic output 3/2 way valve
Type of valve currentless closed
Operating pressure 2 ... 8 bar (2.9 ... 11.6 psi)
Material
Properties Housing plastic
Background suppression Optical face plastic lens
Application specific housing Connection connector M12 x 1, 4-pin ; Connecting cable with Socket, straight M12 x 1 ;
Plastic housing Length: 1930 mm
DC sensor
Discrete output and pneumatic val-
ve
Connector/pigtailed connector ver-
SBL-8-H-900-IR-SL-V-Z/32/59/73
sion
SBL-8-H-900-IR-SL-V/32/59/73
Infrared light
Your Benefit
Congested track scanner optimi- Model Number
zed for roller conveyor
Mounts under and between rollers
to protect against damage
Large sensing range
3 in 1: Sensor, pneumatic valve and
integrated control logic Timer
Integral control logic for linking up Approvals and Certificates
to 30 devices UL approval cULus Listed, Class 2 Power Source, Type 1

enclosure
Double timing relay for congestion-
minimized conveying king because they do not require approval.
W
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 46
Width W [mm] 18
L
Height H [mm] 100

H
OMH-SBL-01 Mounting bracket for sensors of SBL series

V1S-TEE-V1/V1S T-Distributor, M12 connector to M12 socket/connector
Schraubendreher 0,5 x 3,0 mm Screwdriver
lc
SBL-8-H-900-IR-SL-V/32/59/73
SBL-8-H-900-IR-SL-V-Z/32/59/73 1 1
SBL-8-H-*-*-SL-V(-Z)
4 2 2 4
1 1
+UB +UB
2 2
IN Q
3 3
0V 3 3 0V
4 4
VT VT
1 BN (brown)
2 WH (white)
3 BU (blue)
4 BK (black)
Technical Data
General Data
Signal output 2 PNP, complementary, short-circuit protected, reverse polarity protected
2 Optical face
Protection degree
glass
IP65
Connection Plastic connector M12 x 1, 4-pin
.1.1
0102
RL32-8-H-2482-400-Ex2/47/73c
RL32-8-H-800-RT-EX2/47/73c
Properties
RL32-8-H-800-Ex2/47/73c
Model Number
Plastic housing
DC sensor
Discrete output
Connector version
ons
30 ... 800 mm
40 ... 800 mm
Your Benefit Light type modulated infrared light
modulated visible red light
ATEX-approval for zone 2 and zone Diameter of the light spot approx. 10 mm at 800 mm sensor range
22 approx. 12 mm at 400 mm sensor range
approx. 25 mm at 800 mm sensor range
Material
Housing ABS
Terluran GV15
Marking Zone 2: II 3G Ex nA op is IIC T4

Zone 22: II 3D Ex tD A22 IP65 T 75C

L king because they do not require approval.
W
Dimensions
Length L [mm] 45,5
Width W [mm] 22
Height H [mm] 72
Connector area lc [mm] 13,5
H
lc
RL32-8-H-800-RT-EX2/47/73c

Tdoct2584a Eng PDF

Transféré par

Informations du document

Titre original

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Tdoct2584a Eng PDF

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

Sensors and

Sensors and Systems

Appendix ..................................................................... 1086

Proximity sensors 1. Inductive sensors

Ultrasonic sensors 1. Diffuse mode sensors

Rotary encoders 1. Absolute rotary encoders

Inclination and 1. Inclination sensors

Logic control units 1. Counters and displays

Accessories 1. Electric connection technology

Pepperl+Fuchs endeavors to maintain its high standards

Why Sensors? Typical Applications

The Catalog Product selection table:

This compact yet comprehensive catalog presents the

The technical data is supplemented by a list of approv-

Just a recommendation - preferred types

The selection tables summarize the technical data from

We understand the preferred types as a recommendation

software tools, etc. for technical specialist staff.

The Website The product selector

To search for information about a specific product,

To search for a product based on specific or on the basis of product features.

The search function

Depending on the completeness of the product name or

Sensor Connections/Sensor Outputs Switching example:

Pepperl+Fuchs provides sensors that can be operated BN

the reference -Z. Two-wire sensors are supplied as: 1 (BN) + UB

Core colours in accordance with EN 60947-5-2.

Three-wire DC sensors Sensors with push-pull output are included in:

NPN NC/NO contacts (A or A0).

Pepperl+Fuchs GmbH offers a range of switch amplifiers

Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Rotational Speed Monitors

Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, rectangular types

Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, slot types

Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, ring types

Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Valve Position Sensors

Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Valve Position Sensors ( Accessories)

Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Clamping Systems Sensors

1.1 Inductive Sensors ..................................................................... 12

1.2 Capacitive Sensors ................................................................ 288

1.3 Magnetic Field Sensors ......................................................... 314

www.pepperl-fuchs.com fa-info@us.pepperl-fuchs.com fa-info@de.pepperl-fuchs.com fa-info@sg.pepperl-fuchs.com

Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors

Cylindrical Sensors ....................................................................................... 14

Choosing the Right Sensor in Five Steps......................................... 28

Special Sensor Features for Special Applications ......................... 32

Sensors for Position Feedback to Valve Actuators ......................... 33

Type Code, Inductive Standard Sensors .......................................... 35

1.1.2 Rectangular Sensors ................................................................... 171

1.1.3 Slot Sensors ................................................................................. 251

1.1.4 Ring Sensors ................................................................................ 263

1.1.5 Double Sensors for Valve Actuators .......................................... 268

Double Sensors for Valve Actuators (Accessories) ................. 282

1.1.6 Double Sensors for Clamping Systems .................................... 285

1.1.7 Rotational Speed Monitors ......................................................... 286

Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Rotational Speed Monitors

Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, rectangular types

Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, slot types

Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, ring types

Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Valve Position Sensors

Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Valve Position Sensors ( Accessories)

Proximity Sensors, Inductive Sensors, Clamping Systems Sensors

Flush 0.6mm/1mm 0.6mm to 1.5mm 0.8 mm 0.8 mm/1.5 mm

Three-wire DC Page 36 Page 37, 38 Page 39